contract design, estimating and documentation manual · 9.0 design . 10.0 computation . 11.0...

CONTRACT DESIGN, ESTIMATING AND DOCUMENTATION MANUAL

Volume 1 Contract Documentation Ministry of Transportation Ontario Provincial Highways Management Division Highway Standards Branch Design and Contract Standards Office

of 1

CONTINUING RECORD OF REVISIONS

CONTRACT DESIGN, ESTIMATING AND DOCUMENTATION (CDED) MANUAL

Revision Entered By Date

No. Dated

This manual includes CDED Manual Revision No. 223 dated May 10, 2018.

of 1

To all users of this publication: The information contained herein has been carefully compiled and is believed to be accurate at the date of publication however freedom from error cannot be guaranteed. A Portable Document Format (PDF) copy of this manual is available for download, free of charge, from the MTO Technical Publications website at:

http://www.raqs.mto.gov.on.ca/techpubs/cded.nsf/ Enquiries pertaining to the content of this manual can be submitted via e-mail to:

[email protected] or may be directed to:

Ministry of Transportation Design & Contract Standards Office Highway Standards Branch 301 St. Paul Street, 2nd Floor St. Catharines, Ontario L2R 7R4 Tel.: (905) 704-2293 Fax: (905) 704-2051

Ministère des Transports Bureau de la conception et des normes de contrats Direction des normes routières 301, rue St. Paul, 2e étage St. Catharines (Ontario) L2R 7R4 Tél.: (905) 704-2293 Téléc.: (905) 704-2051

CDED MANUAL CDED Table of Contents

May 2018 Page 1 of 10 CDED A-005

CDED TABLE OF CONTENTS

CDED VOLUME 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION

A-010 Introduction to the CDED 1.0 CDED Volumes 2.0 August 2017 CDED Manual Update 3.0 Feedback 4.0 Summary of Changes 5.0 Definitions

August 2017

Chapter A - Contract Documentation

A-100 Contract Documentation 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Offices Involved in Contract Documentation 3.0 Ministry Policy Documents 3.1 CDED Manual 3.2 Other Manuals and Documents 4.0 Ministry Directives and Memoranda 4.1 Obtaining Copies of Ministry Directives and Memoranda 4.2 Naming and Numbering Convention 4.3 Directives and Memoranda Applicable to Contract Documentation

August 2017

A-105 List of Directives and Memoranda August 2017 A-200 Standard Documentation

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Reviewing, Developing, and Updating Standard Documentation 2.1 Administrative Updates 2.2 Technical Updates 3.0 Supporting Documentation 4.0 Publishing of Standard Documentation 5.0 Implementation of Changes In CPS 6.0 Categorization of Changes 6.1 Category 1 Changes 6.2 Category 2 Changes 7.0 Submission of Changes to ESSMS 8.0 Communication of CPS Changes to Design Staff

January 2018

A-205 List of Standard Documentation Custodians August 2017 A-210 Standard Documentation Numbering Protocol

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Numbering Protocol for Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) 3.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSS General & Construction Specifications 4.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSS Material Specifications 5.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSDs for Roads, Drainage & Structures 6.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSDs for Electrical Work

August 2017

A-215 Incorporating Standard Documentation into Contract Packages 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Standard Drawings 3.0 Special Provisions 4.0 Standard Specifications

Coming Soon



5.0 Referenced Standard Specifications 6.0 General Conditions

A-300 Non-Standard Documentation 1.0 Introduction 1.1 Types of NSSPs 2.0 NSSP Clean-up Initiative 2.1 NSTI Clean-up Initiative 3.0 Policy for Management of Non-Standard Documentation 3.1 Non-Standard Tender Items (NSTIs) 3.2 Development of Non-Standard Documentation 3.3 Process for Development and Approval of Non-Standard Documentation 4.0 Implementation of Non-Standard Documentation in CPS

August 2017

A-305 PFO Contact List for Endorsement of NSTIs and NSSPs March 2018 A-310 Non-Standard Documentation Endorsement Request Form Coming Soon A-315 Incorporating Non-Standard Documentation into Contract Packages Coming Soon A-400 CPS Updates

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Changes to Standard Documentation 2.1 Types of Changes 2.2 Incorporating Changes into Contract Packages 3.0 Changes to Non-Standard Documentation

August 2017

Chapter B - Detail Estimating

B-110 Tender Items and Plan Quantity Payment (PQP) 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Tender Items 2.1 Tender Item Status 2.2 Unit of Measure (UOM) and PQP Status 2.3 Item Type 2.4 Item Code and Title 2.5 Item Category 2.6 Item Asset Category 2.7 Column Type 2.8 Tender Item Accessories 3.0 Plan Quantity Payment (PQP) 3.1 Measured Quantity (MQ) Items 3.2 Lump Sum (LS) Items 3.3 Adjusted Plan Quantity 3.4 Final Verification of PQP Quantities 4.0 Tender Items with Small Quantities

August 2017

B-112 Electrical Tender Items Coming Soon B-113 ATMS Tender Items Coming Soon B-120 Contingencies and Allowances

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Operations Requiring the Application of an Allowance 3.0 Application of Allowances and Percentages

August 2017

B-130 Checking of Quantities 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Checking 3.0 Checking of Items Paid for by an Outside Agency

August 2017



4.0 Checking Verification B-140 Construction Cost Estimates

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Role of HiCo 3.0 Factors That Impact Costs 4.0 Examples

Coming Soon

B-150 List of Active Standard Tender Items May 2018 B-180 Writer's Guide for Chapter B Detail Estimating Sections

1.0 Introduction 1.1 Contract Documentation 1.2 Authors and Readers of CDED Chapter B Sections 1.3 Writing Chapter B Sections 1.4 Section, Sub-section Numbering and Headings 2.0 Step Process to Write a Draft CDED Chapter B section 2.1 Use of Words 3.0 References 3.1 Reference Documents (as applicable to this guide) 4.0 Tender Items 5.0 Specifications 6.0 Special Provisions 7.0 Non-Standard Special Provisions (NSSPs) 8.0 Standard Drawings 9.0 Design 10.0 Computation 11.0 Documentation

August 2017

B-190 List of Active Detail Estimating Sections May 2018

Chapter C - Designated Sources for Materials

C-100 Designated Sources for Materials 1.0 Introduction 2.0 The Road Authority (TRA) 3.0 Prequalification 3.1 Product Classification 3.2 The Classification Process 3.3 Classification Matrix 4.0 MTO's DSM Requirements for Listing of Vendors and Products 4.1 Custodial Office Criteria for Creation of a New DSM Listing 5.0 DSM Online Interface 5.1 System Access for DSM Custodians 5.2 Deadline for Submission of Listings 6.0 Delisting of Vendors 6.1 Standard Wording for Delisting Notice

August 2017

C-110 MTO, TRA and ASI Contact Information December 2017 C-120 DSM Custodial Offices Contact List August 2017 C-130 DSM Custodian List October 2017



Chapter D - Specifications

D-200 OPSSs 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Implementation of OPSSs in CPS 3.0 List of Active OPSSs 4.0 OPSS Number 5.0 Type 6.0 Title 7.0 Issue Date 8.0 Implementation Date

August 2017

D-205 List of Active OPSSs May 2018

Chapter E - Special Provisions

E0-2 Chapter E - Introduction August 2015 E1-0 Special Provisions

1.0.1 Reference Documents 1.1 General 1.1.1 How SPs Fit within the Contract Documents 1.1.2 Implementation of Special Provisions 1.2 Functions of a Special Provision 1.3 Types of Special Provisions 1.3.1 Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) 1.3.2 Non-Standard Special Provisions (NSSPs)

May 2011

E2-0 Writing Guidelines for Special Provisions (SPs) 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Principles of Writing Special Provisions 2.3 Special Provision Formatting 2.4 Special Provision Style

May 2011

E2Ap1 Appendix 1 - Formatting Guidelines for SSPs May 2011 E2Ap2 Appendix 2 - Special Provision Examples August 2016 E2Ap3 Appendix 3 - Standard Statements for Amendments to OPSSs May 2011 E3-0 Information About Copies of Standard Special Provisions May 2011 E-3-1 List of Active Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) May 2018

Chapter F - Plans, Drawings, and Quantity Sheets

F-200 Standard Drawings 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Standard Drawings 3.0 Incorporating Standard Drawings Into the Contract Package 4.0 Modification of Standard Drawings

August 2017

F-210 OPSDs 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Implementation of OPSDs for Use by MTO 3.0 Copies of OPSDs 4.0 List of Active OPSDs

August 2017



5.0 OPSD Number 6.0 Title 7.0 Issue Date 8.0 Implementation Date 9.0 Drawing Revision Number 10.0 Use and Modification of OPSDs 11.0 Documenting Modified OPSDs in Contract Documents

F-215 Lists of Active OPSDs May 2018 F-220 MTODs

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Implementation and Publishing of MTODs 3.0 Copies of MTODs 4.0 List of Active MTODs 5.0 MTOD Number 6.0 Title 7.0 Issue Date 8.0 Implementation Date 9.0 Drawing Revision Number 10.0 Office 11.0 Remarks 12.0 Use of MTODs 13.0 Modification of MTODs 14.0 Documenting Modified MTODs in Contract Documents

August 2017

F-225 List of Active MTODs May 2018 F-235 List of Active SSDs May 2018 F-300 Contract Plans

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Incorporating Contract Plans Into the Contract Package 3.0 ASLs and CASLs 4.0 Foundation Investigation Reports (FIRs) 5.0 Soils Profiles 6.0 Contract Drawing Books

August 2017

F-400 Contract Drawings 1.0 Introduction 2.0 MTO AutoCAD Standards Guide 3.0 Preparation of Contract Drawings

August 2017

F-420 Electrical Contract Drawings Coming Soon F-430 ATMS Contract Drawings Coming Soon F-500 Quantity Sheets

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Types of Quantity Sheets 3.0 Cover Page for Quantity Sheet Booklet(s) 4.0 Index 5.0 Preparation of Quantity Sheets 6.0 Quantity Sheets for Limited Plans Format Contracts 7.0 Sample Index Sheet 8.0 Sample Quantity Sheets

August 2017

F-505 Sample Index Sheet August 2017 F-510 Sample Quantity Sheets August 2017 F-520 Electrical Quantity Sheets Coming Soon F-530 ATMS Quantity Sheets Coming Soon



Chapter G - Tender Documents

G-200 Contract Preparation System (CPS) 1.0 Introduction 2.0 CPS Access Roles 3.0 CPS User’s Training Guide 4.0 Obtaining Access to CPS 4.1 Assistance with CPS Technical Issues 4.2 Assistance with CPS Content 5.0 CPS Definitions

August 2017

G-300 Work Projects 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Types of Contracts and Work Project Files 3.0 Recent Changes to Use of Work Project Types in CPS 4.0 Assignment of Group and Work Project Numbers

August 2017

G-400 Form of Tender 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Proposed Work 3.0 Allocation of Funds 4.0 Services Sundry 5.0 Acquisitions/Constructions of Physical Assets 6.0 Recoverables to Ministry and Province 7.0 Supplies By MTO to Contractors 7.1 Schedule of Materials to be Supplied by the Owner 7.2 List of Materials Supplied for Specific Tender Items 7.3 Free on Board (F.O.B.) 7.4 Manual Editing of the Schedule of Materials

August 2017

G-420 Electrical Tender Forms Coming Soon G-430 ATMS Tender Forms Coming Soon G-500 Tender Document

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Cover Page 3.0 Table of Contents 4.0 Tender Item List 5.0 Instructions to Bidders 6.0 Conflict of Interest Declaration 7.0 Schedule of Provisions, Plans, Drawings, Specifications and GCs 8.0 Signed Statement and Tax Compliance Declaration 9.0 Section A: Special Provisions 9.1 Non-Standard Special Provisions (NSSPs) 9.2 Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) 9.3 Schedule of Materials to be Supplied by the Owner 10.0 Section B: Fair Wage Program (FWP) 11.0 Section C: Liquidated Damages

August 2017

G-600 Addenda 1.0 Introduction 1.1 Transferring Ownership of the CPS File 1.2 Transferring Ownership of the HiCo File 1.3 QDCHANGE NSSP 1.4 Addenda Structure 2.0 Revising Tender Items

August 2017



3.0 Revising Plans 4.0 Revising Special Provisions 5.0 Revising Liquidated Damages SP 6.0 Revising Contract Drawings 7.0 Revising Quantity Sheets 8.0 Issuing an Extension of Time 9.0 Formatting the Addenda Tender Document 10.0 The Tender Item List

Chapter H - Contract Review, Submission, and Tendering

H-100 Contract Review 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Preparation of the Contract Package 3.0 Assembly of the Final Contract Package 4.0 Review of the Final Contract Package

August 2017

H-200 Contract Submission 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Submission to Regional Contract Review Office (CRO) 3.0 Submission to Contract Tendering Section (CTS) 4.0 CTS Submission Guidelines 5.0 Attachments That Do Not Form Part of the Contract 6.0 Changes After Submission 7.0 Review and Submission of Addenda

August 2017

H-300 Contract Tendering 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Requirements for Tendering 3.0 Highway Costing System (HiCo) 4.0 Award / Non-Award Process 5.0 Contract Award

August 2017

H-400 CTS Forms and Checklists August 2017 H-401 Contract Package Review Checklist Coming Soon H-402 Addenda Package Review Checklist Coming Soon H-410 Contract Package Submission Form Coming Soon H-411 Design Build Contract Package Submission Form Coming Soon H-420 Foundation Investigation Reports - Cover Page August 2017 H-422 Contract Drawings - Cover Page - Central Region August 2017 H-423 Contract Drawings - Cover Page - West Region August 2017 H-424 Contract Drawings - Cover Page - Eastern Region August 2017 H-425 Contract Drawings - Cover Page - Northeastern Region August 2017 H-426 Contract Drawings - Cover Page - Northwestern Region August 2017 H-427 Contract Drawings - Cover Page - Addendum August 2017 H-430 Quantity Sheets - Cover Page August 2017 H-431 Quantity Sheets - Cover Page - Addendum August 2017 H-500 Sample Contract Packages Coming Soon H-520 Electrical Sample Contract Package Coming Soon H-530 ATMS Sample Contract Package Coming Soon



Chapter I - Regional Guidelines, Forms, and Information

I-200 Central Region Guidelines, Forms, and Information Coming Soon I-300 West Region Guidelines, Forms, and Information Coming Soon I-400 Eastern Region Guidelines, Forms, and Information Coming Soon I-500 Northeastern Region Guidelines, Forms, and Information Coming Soon I-600 Northwestern Region Guidelines, Forms, and Information Coming Soon

CDED VOLUME 2 - DETAIL ESTIMATING

B201-1 Clearing May 2013 B201-3 Grubbing May 2013 B201-4 Removal of Boulders May 2013 B201-6 Mechanical Stump Cutting May 2013 B202 Rock Removal by Manual Scaling, Machine Scaling, Trim Blasting, or Controlled

Blasting Feb 2014

B203 Rock Stabilization Aug 2015 B206-1 Earth Grading Apr 2014 B206-2 Rock Grading Jan 2014 B206-3 Excavation for Pavement Widening Jan 2014 B209 Embankments Over Swamps and Compressible Soils Mar 2012 B212 Earth Borrow Jan 2014 B299-1 Rental of Equipment May 1994 B299-2 Ditch Cleanout Apr 2014 B301 Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces May 1996 B304 Surface Treatments Feb 2005 B305 Granular Sealing Dec 2016 B307 Stockpiling of Patching Materials and Patching of Asphalt Pavement Jun 2012 B308 Tack Coat Feb 2017 B311 Asphalt Sidewalk Jan 1996 B312 Asphalt Curb and Gutter Systems and Asphalt Surfacing of Gutter Apr 2018 B313-1 Hot Mix Asphalt Apr 2016 B313-10 Hot Mix Asphalt Miscellaneous Dec 2014 B314 Untreated Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade, and

Stockpiling Jun 2016

B316 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Treatment May 2008 B320 Open Graded Drainage Layer Apr 2016 B330 In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying

Granular Feb 2012

B331 Full-Depth Reclamation with Expanded Asphalt Stabilization Nov 2015 B332 Hot In-Place Recycling Nov 2016 B333 Cold In-Place Recycling Nov 2015



B335 Cold In-Place Recycling with Expanded Asphalt Nov 2015 B336 Micro-Surfacing Jan 2009 B337 Slurry Seal Nov 2013 B341 Routing and Sealing and/or Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement Apr 2018 B342 Centreline and Shoulder Rumble Strips in Asphalt Feb 2016 B350 Concrete Base and Concrete Pavement Apr 1999 B351 Concrete Sidewalk Jan 2016 B353 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems Mar 2016 B355 Interlocking Concrete Pavers Nov 2011 B363 Repairing Rigid Pavement with Precast Concrete Slabs Aug 2016 B365 Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Aug 2016 B366 Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Mar 2018 B369 Sealing or Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete

Base Jan 2009

B399-2 Reclaim Asphalt Pavement May 2001 B405 Pipe Subdrains Jun 2009 B407-1 Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Sep 1999 B407-2 Rock Excavation for Sewers, Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Sep 1999 B410 Pipe Sewers Nov 2015 B415 Tunnelling Oct 1991 B416 Jacking and Boring Nov 1994 B421-2 Pipe Culverts Nov 2015 B422 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers Apr 2016 B441 Watermains Nov 2016 B510-0 Removal Feb 2014 B510-1 Removal - Bridge Work Feb 2014 B510-2 Removal - Drainage Work Oct 2016 B510-3 Removal - Fence and Noise Barrier Work Feb 2014 B510-4 Removal - Delineators, Traffic Barriers and Energy Attenuator Work Nov 2014 B510-5 Removal - Pavement Work Apr 2014 B510-6 Removal - Concrete Work Oct 2016 B510-7 Removal - Right of Way Work Feb 2014 B510-8 Removal - Miscellaneous Work Feb 2014 B511 Rip-Rap, Rock Protection, and Granular Sheeting Apr 2017 B512 Gabions Jan 2014 B517 Dewatering May 2017 B578 Placement of Unshrinkable Fill Jan 2018 B703 Permanent Small Signs and Supports Nov 2014 B704 Post Mounted Delineators Nov 2014 B705 Flexible Delineator Posts Nov 2014 B706 Temporary Traffic Control Devices Feb 2017 B707 Modified Overhead Signboards Apr 2016 B708 Portable Temporary Traffic Signals (PTTS) Nov 2016



B710 Pavement Marking Sep 2011 B721-1 Adjust Cable Guide Rail and Cable Guide Rail Post Replacement May 2017 B721-2 Steel Beam Guide Rail Jul 2016 B723 Energy Attenuators Mar 2016 B732 Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal (SBEAT) SYSTEMS Jan 2018 B733 Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) Dec 2017 B740 Concrete Barrier Jan 2018 B741 Temporary Concrete Barriers (TCB) Jan 2018 B741-2 Movable Temporary Concrete Barrier (MTCB) Aug 2016 B753 Connecticut Impact Attenuation System (CIAS) Feb 2014 B760 Noise Barrier Systems Jun 2015 B771 Standard Highway Fence Mar 2013 B772 Chain-Link Fence Mar 2013 B799-10 Permanent Intermediate Signs and Support Systems Feb 2017 B799-11 Temporary Transition Barrier Apr 2018 B799-2 REACT 350 Sep 2011 B799-6 Ramp Closure Gates May 2013 B799-8 High Tension Three Cable Guide Rail and High Tension Cable Guide Rail

Terminal Systems Dec 2016

B799-9 Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) Dec 2016 B802 Topsoil Sep 2011 B803 Sodding Apr 2018 B804 Seed and Cover Apr 2014 B805 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures Jan 2016 B810 Rootwad Structures May 2017 B811 Large Woody Debris May 2017 B812 LUNKERS May 2017 B820 Riffles on Streambeds May 2017 B821 Pools in Streambeds May 2017 B822 Rocky Ramps on Streambeds May 2017 B823 Low Flow Channels May 2017 B824 Baffles in a Culvert May 2017 B830 Local Seed Bank Apr 2018 B899-1 Wildlife Fence Mar 2018 B902 Excavation and Backfill for Structures May 1996 B904 Concrete in Culverts Apr 1995 B905 Reinforcing Steel, Coated Reinforcing Steel May 1996 B907 Structural Wood Systems Jun 2013 B908 Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures Nov 2014 B914 Waterproofing Bridge Deck Dec 2014 B932 Crack Repair - Concrete Feb 1999 B942 Prestressed Soil and Rock Anchors Nov 2013

CDED MANUAL Introduction to the CDED Manual

INTRODUCTION TO THE CDED MANUAL 1.0 CDED Volumes

The Contract Design Estimating and Documentation (CDED) Manual consists of four volumes: Volumes 1&2 - Contains information common to all types of contracts. Volume 3 - Contains information specific to Electrical work. Volume 4 - Contains information specific to Advanced Traffic Management

System (ATMS) work. References throughout this document to individual chapters, etc., refer specifically to the "main" CDED Volumes 1 & 2, unless otherwise noted. The intent of the Contract Design Estimating and Documentation (CDED) Manual is to ensure that Contract Documents are prepared in a consistent manner across the province and that the methods of calculation, formatting, language, and content are as accurate and consistent as possible. The CDED Manual provides extensive guidelines to support this goal and it is important for Custodians and Designers to avoid using previous documentation as "templates" when preparing new contract documentation. Previous contract documentation is often quickly out of date due to the rapid pace of change in today's engineering environment therefore the CDED should always be used as the primary and authoritative source of up-to-date information for contract documentation.

The CDED Manual is the Authoritative Source of Information for Contract Documentation.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 6 CDED A-010


2.0 August 2017 CDED Manual Update August 2017 represents a significant update to the CDED Manual. The CDED has been revised and expanded to provide Designers, Custodians, Service Providers, and technical staff with fundamental information necessary to support the thorough and accurate completion of contract documentation, detail estimating, contract preparation, and contract tendering. Under this initiative a substantial amount of NEW content has been added, several chapters have been reassigned to accommodate the new information, and a significant amount of pre-existing content has been cancelled, moved, revised, or expanded. All of the content has been prepared by the Engineering Standards Analyst within the Engineering Standards and Specifications Management Section (ESSMS). Content with the (UNDER REVIEW) notation beside the issue date in the footer should be treated as draft. In the coming months these sections will be revised, where necessary, based on feedback from users and review by the Contract Documentation Committee (CDC) formerly the Design Implementation Committee (DIC). Revised content will be issued via the usual CPS Update process. Also, additional content is still under development and will be released in the coming months.

3.0 Feedback Ministry staff and Service Providers are asked to review all of the content in detail, and are encouraged to submit comments, questions, and suggestions to the following e-mail address:

[email protected]

4.0 Summary of Changes

Changes made under the "August 2017 CDED Manual Update" are summarized in the following table:



AUGUST 2017 CDED MANUAL UPDATE Summary of Changes

(A) Contract Documentation

• Contains NEW content about documentation policies and the development, implementation, incorporation, and use of contract documentation.

(B) Detail Estimating

• Contains NEW content about tender items and Plan Quantity Payment (PQP).

• Contains revised and expanded content about writing detail estimating sections, calculating contingencies and allowances, and checking of quantities, from former Chapter B sections.

• Contains existing detail estimating sections for guidance with the estimating and documentation of tender items.

(C) Designated Sources for Materials

• Contains NEW content about the Ministry's official list of pre-qualified products and vendors, custodial office information, and criteria for creation of new listings and delisting of vendors.

(D) Specifications

• Contains revised and expanded content about specifications and

OPSSs from former Chapter H.

(E) Special Provisions

• Contains existing information about the content and use of SSPs, writer's guide for assistance with the development and updating of SPs, copies and samples of SSPs, and SP formatting guidelines.

• The content of this chapter is under review and will be revised, expanded, and released at a later date.

(F) Plans, Drawings, and Quantity Sheets

• Contains NEW content about plans, drawings, and quantity sheets.

• Contains revised and expanded content about the preparation of quantity sheets and standard drawings from former Chapters G, H, and I.

(G) Tender Documents

• Contains NEW content about the use of CPS and the preparation of tender documents and addenda.

• Contains revised and expanded content about tender forms including services sundry, supplies by MTO, acquisitions / constructions of physical assets, and recoverables from former Chapters C and D.

(H) Contract Review, Submission, and Tendering

• Contains NEW content about the review, submission, and tendering of contract packages and addenda.



5.0 Definitions For the purpose of this Manual, the following definitions apply: Actual Measurement means the field measurement of that quantity within the specified limits of the work. Addendum means an addition to or a change in the Contract Documents issued prior to tender closing. Agreement means the signed document between the Minister or delegated representative and the Contractor for the performance of the Work included in the Contract Documents. Contract means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents. Contract Administrator means the person, partnership, or corporation designated by the Owner to be the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract. Contract Bulletin means a publication of MTO on the MTO’s website www.raqs.merx.com. Contract Documents means the Agreement, Tender, MTO General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications and Drawings, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, Addenda incorporated into any aforementioned document, documents referenced in the aforementioned documents, and subsequent amendments to any of these documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement. Contract Drawings or Contract Plans mean drawings or plans provided by the Owner for the Work and without limiting the generality thereof may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel schedules, aggregate sources lists, quantity sheets, and cross-sections. Contractor means the person, partnership, or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the Agreement. Contract Package means the collective set of Contract Documents, Design Documents, and other attachments that are assembled into a Contract Package suitable for the tendering of a highway capital project for the construction, repair, or rehabilitation of provincial highway infrastructure. Contract Preparation means the preparation and assembly of the Design Documents into a Contract Package for a particular project.



Design Documents means the specific Contract Documents that have been developed, revised, and incorporated into a particular design project. Designer means any Ministry and/or Service Provider staff involved in the completion of the Contract Documents for a highway capital project. Design Team means the Ministry and/or Service Provider staff involved in the design and preparation of a particular Contract Package for a highway capital project. Engineer means a professional engineer licensed by the Professional Engineers Ontario to practice in the Province of Ontario. Estimate means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it, depending on the context. Highway means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof. Lump Sum Item means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment shall be made at a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given in the Contract Documents. Material means material, machinery, equipment, and fixtures forming part of the Work. Owner means the party to the Agreement for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, “Authority.” Plan Quantity means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in the Contract Documents. Quantity Sheet means a list of the locations, estimated design quantities, and other details of Work to be completed for tender items. Record Drawings mean marked-up Contract Drawings prepared by the Contractor that show all differences, design changes, and deviations from the original Contract Drawings. Regional Operations Office means the Operations Office in the MTO Region administering the Contract. Service Provider means those providing services for the completion of outsourced highway design projects.



Special Provision means special direction within the Contract Documents containing requirements particular to the Work. Standard means, when used alone, the generic term for Standard Specifications and Standard Drawings. Standard Specification or Standard Drawing means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for performance of the Work. Tender Item means a material, component, product, or process required for the construction of the Work Project. Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. Working Drawings or Working Plans means any drawings or plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include falsework and formwork plans, roadway protection plans, shop drawings, shop plans, or erection diagrams.


CDED CHAPTER A Contract Documentation

CHAPTER A

CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION

August 2017 CDED A-050


CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION 1.0 Introduction

Contract documentation involves the development, implementation, and use of Contract and Design Documents for use in highway capital projects. The development and implementation of new and revised Contract Documents occurs on a continual basis and is generally initiated by the Provincial Functional Offices (PFOs). When the development of new or revised documentation is initiated by members of a Design Team in response to the unique conditions encountered on a particular design project, then the documentation is developed in cooperation between the members of the Design Team and the PFO. Contract Preparation involves the preparation and assembly of the Design Documents into a Contract Package for a particular project. It takes place during the detail design phase of a highway capital project for the construction, repair, or rehabilitation of provincial highway infrastructure. Design Documents are the specific Contract Documents that have been developed, revised, and incorporated into a particular design project. A Contract Package is the collective set of Contract Documents, Design Documents, and other attachments that are assembled into a package suitable for the tendering of a highway capital project. Design Documents and Contract Packages are prepared by internal design staff as well as external Service Providers working on behalf of the Ministry. Contract and Design Documents generally consist of:

• Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSSs) • Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) • Non-Standard Special Provisions (NSSPs) • Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs) • Ministry of Transportation Ontario Drawings (MTODs) • Structural Standard Drawings (SSDs) • Contract Plans, Contract Drawings, and Quantity Sheets • Agreement, Tender, MTO General Conditions, and Addenda



2.0 Offices Involved In Contract Documentation The primary offices involved in the development and implementation of Contract Documents and the preparation of a Contract Package for the tendering of highway capital projects are:

a) Engineering Standards and Specification Management Section (ESSMS) b) Provincial Functional Offices (PFOs) c) Highway Planning & Design (P&D) d) Regional Functional Areas/Specialty Offices (RFOs)

a) Role of ESSMS In regards to contract documentation the primary role of the Engineering Standards and Specification Management Section (ESSMS) is assisting in the development and implementation of standard and non-standard documentation. ESSMS is the custodian of the CDED manual and is responsible for improving the overall consistency and quality of Contract Documents.

b) Role of PFOs In regards to contract documentation the primary role of the Provincial Functional Offices (PFOs) is the development of both standard and non-standard Contract Documents. The main PFOs involved in developing contract documentation are:

• Design and Contract Standards Office (DCSO) - Engineering Standards & Specification Management Section - Design Standards Section

• Materials Engineering and Research Office (MERO)

- Bituminous - Concrete - Pavements & Foundations - Soils & Aggregates

• Bridge Office (BO) • Environmental Policy Office (EPO)



• Contract Management Office (CMO) - Contract Award - Tendering & Estimating - Construction & Engineering - Construction Contracts

• Contract Innovations Office (CIO) • Traffic Office (TO)

- Electrical Engineering - Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Program - Safety & Information Management - Traffic Operations Engineering

c) Role of P&D The regional Highway Planning and Design (P&D) sections are responsible for the management, design, and delivery of highway capital projects administered by the Ontario Ministry of Transportation (Ministry). Within P&D, the Project Manager is the person responsible for the delivery of a highway capital project and the coordination of the Design Team members involved in the completion of the project. Within P&D, the Designer is the person(s) responsible for the preparation of Design Documents, the estimating of quantities and costs, and the assembly of all of the necessary documents into a Contract Package suitable for the tendering of a highway capital project. The term "Designer" is used throughout the CDED Manual and shall be understood to mean any Ministry or Service Provider staff involved in the contract documentation and contract preparation process.

d) Role of RFAs

During design, Regional Functional Areas (RFAs) and specialty offices provide support to P&D for the design and delivery of highway capital projects. The main RFAs involved are:

• Drainage and Hydrology • Electrical • Environmental • Geomatics • Geotechnical

• Operations • Property • Structural • Traffic



3.0 Ministry Policy Documents

Unless otherwise specified, Ministry manuals, directives, memoranda and standards represent “POLICY” and are to be followed for all activities related to contract documentation, contract preparation, and contract tendering. Deviations from policy are to be identified and approved. Some deviations will be approved by the Manager, Engineering and some will require approval by the Highway Standards Branch. When there is a need to deviate from policy, the justification and associated approval is an integral part of project documentation.

3.1 CDED Manual The Contract Design, Estimating and Documentation (CDED) Manual is the primary document and authoritative source of information for the development and implementation of Contract Documents, the detail estimating of Tender Items, the preparation of Design Documents, the assembly of Contract Packages, and the Tendering of capital projects for the construction, repair, or rehabilitation of provincial highway infrastructure.

3.2 Other Manuals and Documents

Other manuals and documents to support highway planning and design, contract documentation and preparation, and the delivery of the Ministry's Capital Construction Program are available from the Ministry's Project Management Best Practices (PMBP) website under Reference Materials.

4.0 Ministry Directives and Memoranda The Ministry Directive System is administered by the Corporate Business Services Branch (CBSB) and it is the official method of disseminating policy within the Ministry. Further information on issuing, revising, and cancelling Ministry Directives can be obtained from the CBSB, Executive Office. Directives are issued as permanent references at three authority levels: by the Deputy Minister, by a division or branch head, or by a branch head or office manager. Provincial Memoranda are issued by the Provincial Offices to inform of any new or upcoming changes to Ministry policy, standards and guidelines.



Regional Offices may prepare Regional Directives and/or Memoranda to provide additional guidance. These Regional Directives and/or Memoranda should only be used when provincially issued policy documents, manuals, memoranda, etc. do not address a matter. Prior to relying on the information in a directive or memorandum, users must confirm if the directive or memorandum and content is still current/active.

4.1 Obtaining Copies of Ministry Directives and Memoranda Copies of Ministry directives can be obtained from the Ministry's intranet site under PHM, Resources, Directives. Copies of memoranda can be obtained from the Ministry's Project Management Best Practices (PMBP) website under Reference Materials.

Selected directives and memoranda are also available in the Contract Preparation System (CPS) application however their individual status as active or obsolete does not necessarily reflect their current status or the applicability of their content. The directives in CPS are currently under review and all directives not directly related to contract documentation will eventually be made obsolete in CPS. The majority of directives directly applicable to contract documentation will also be cancelled once their applicable content has been incorporated into the CDED manual.

4.2 Naming and Numbering Convention Directives are identified by a three or four letter code according to the division in which they originate followed by a single letter denoting their classification/authority level, and a three digit sequential number based on their divisional grouping. Example: PHY - B - 003



There are three classification/authority levels as follows:

Class Issuing Authority Application

A Deputy Minster To announce policy that has a major effect on the Ministry; to introduce a division; to identify responsibilities or objectives within a division or any significant change in these.

B ADMs and Directors

To announce policy on a subject that effects an activity within a division; general procedural statements on a division activity.

C Directors and Office Managers

To set out specific procedures or instructions within a division's activities, including special performance criteria.

Directives applicable to contract documentation and preparation have been issued by: PHY - Provincial Highways Management Division QST - Quality and Standards Directives originally issued under QST, that require revision in the future will be cancelled and re-issued under the following divisions depending on the subject matter: OPR - Operations Division PLNG - Policy and Planning Division

4.3 Directives and Memoranda Applicable to Contract Documentation A list of Ministry directives and memoranda applicable to contract documentation and preparation is provided in Section A-105 of this chapter. The list is provided for reference purposes only and does not reflect their individual status as current or obsolete.


CDED CHAPTER A List of Directives and Memoranda

LIST OF DIRECTIVES AND MEMORANDA Issuer / Ref. #

Title Purpose Issue Date

Cancel. Date

Notes

Technical Policies and Standards

HSBM DO 2014-01

Format and Method for Policies Issued by HSB

To provide guidance for the format and method of communicating the implementation of technical policies and standards issued by HSB.

Mar 24, 2014

Contract Preparation System (CPS) QST-B-033 Contract Preparation

System (CPS) Implementation of CPS and assignment of responsibilities for training, system support, and system maintenance.

Nov 30, 1994

Feb 01, 2017

Replaced: PHY-B-213

Contract Documentation

PHY-C-066 Processing of Standard Special Provisions

To confirm existing procedures for preparing, issuing and implementing special provisions.

Nov 26, 1979

References: PHY-C-84

PHY-C-073 Monitoring and Reviewing Specifications and Special Provisions

Policies and procedures for monitoring and reviewing the application of specifications and special provisions in contract documents.

Feb 20, 1980

Feb 21, 2017

References: PHY-A-002At.17

PHY-B-164 Preparation and Administration of Regional/District Construction and Maintenance Contracts and Municipal Contracts for Local Road Boards and Statue Labour Boards

1. To establish uniform policies for the preparation and administration of Regional / District construction and maintenance contracts, and Air Program, municipal contracts for Local Roads Boards and Statute Labour Boards, prepared, tendered and awarded by the Regions / Districts*.

2. To provide guidelines and standard procedures for use in applying these policies. * Herein called "Regional / District Contracts". This Directive is not applicable to Structural Coatings Contracts. See Directive B-187.

May 19, 1983

References: PHY-B-058

PHY-C-161 Canadian Content In Construction Contracts

To introduce guidelines and procedures for use by the Regional construction staff, to monitor the origin of structural steel, reinforcing steel, steel H and tube piles and strand used for prestressing and post tensioning work.

Jul 8, 1985

PHY-C-053 No-Plans Contract Format

1. To change the terminology for the small size contract format from No-Plans Format to Limited Plans Format.

2. To re-emphasize the use of this format as an effective way to accelerate the design process and to reduce pre-contract engineering costs.

3. To extend the use of the format to include new construction, rehabilitation (preservation) and capital maintenance type contracts.

Dec 13, 1985

References: RECAP 6:2 PHY-B-13A.2&3 PHY-B-228 CDED Ch. F



Issuer / Ref. #


Cancel. Date

Notes

PHY-C-173 Special Provision Format and Numbering

To introduce a new special provision format and standard special provision numbering system for use in contract documents.

Apr 22, 1988

References: PHY-C-084

PHY-B-232 Post Construction Contract Package Evaluation Processes

Process for evaluating the effectiveness of the Contract Package after completion of construction.

Jul 1, 1989

N/A

QST-B-013 Ontario Provincial Standards - General Conditions of Contract (OPS GC)

To implement-OPS General Conditions of Contract -MTO Supplemental General Conditions of contract.-Standard General Special Provisions associated with the OPS GC and MTO Supplemental GC.

Sep 2, 1992

Jun 28, 2001

QST-C-013 Implementation of Revisions to Standards, Procedures and Policies That Affect the Preparation of the Capital Construction Contract Package

To define the processes and procedures to be followed for the introduction of new or revised standards and policies into capital construction contract packages.

Sep 6, 1994

Replaced: PHY-C-084 References: PHY-C-066

QST-B-037 Pre-Contract Engineering Quality Control Process

Responsibilities of Regional and Head Office Units in the preparation of contract documents.

Feb 1, 1995

Replaced: PHY-B-231 PHY-C-144 References: PHY-B-113 PHY-B-185 QST-C-013

DCSO Memo

Implementation of OPS Specifications in Construction Contracts

1. To update QST-C-13 for determining implementation dates of OPSSs.

2. To establish a communication protocol between OPS and MTO for the review of OPSSs.

Aug 27, 2007

Updates QST-C-013

DCSO Memo

Renumbering of OPS Construction Specifications - OPS Relocation Initiative

To provide a status update on how the ministry is managing implementation of changes to the numbering system of OPS Construction Specifications and related changes to MTO contract documents.

Feb 3, 2011

HDB 2008-03

Management of New NSTIs, NSSPs and Modified SPs

To establish procedures to manage the development and use of new NSTIs, NSSPs, and modified SSPs in contract documents as part of detail design work.

Sep 19, 2008

DCSO Memo 2014-05

Implementation of the Design Policy for Identification of Designated Substances Through SSP 101F21

To provide requirements for documenting Designated Substances on MTO contracts.

Oct 20, 2014



Issuer / Ref. #


Cancel. Date

Notes

Contract Plans and Drawings

PHY-C-005 Revised MTO Form 902 - Structure Excavation Detail Design and Contract Documentation

1. To introduce and explain revised estimating presentation and documentation procedures for contracts advertised after 78 10 04.

2. To introduce the revised Concrete and Timber Culvert Sheet, DB RD 53.

Aug 11, 1978

References: MTC FORM 539 MTC FORM 902

PHY-C-013 Aggregate Sources Lists for Maintenance Crushed Gravel Contracts

To update requirements for provision of Aggregate Sources Lists with tender documents for maintenance crushed gravel contracts.

Oct 25, 1978

PHY-C-052 Contract Package Preparation and Content (2) - Contract Drawings Details

To implement further CPPC Recommendations to minimize and/or simplify information on contract drawings.

Aug 13, 1979

References: CPPC 10 CPPC 11 CPPC 15 CPPC Rec.Extra

PHY-C-048 CPPC a) Horizontal &

Vertical Control Drawings

b) Alignment Detail Drawings

To eliminate Horizontal and Vertical Control and Alignment Detail Drawings from contract books and streamline the process.

Sep 17, 1979

References: ASD C-3?? RECAP 6:6 CPPC Rec. #2 CPPC Rec. #7

PHY-B-080 Working Drawings for Falsework and Other Temporary Structures

To introduce a new policy with respect to specification requirements of working drawings for falsework and other temporary structures.

Apr 15, 1980

N/A

PHY-C-041 Contract Books - Printing Contract Documents

Implementation of duplex (back-to-back) printing for the printing of all Ministry Contract Books.

Jul 31, 1980

References: PHY-C-085 CPPC Dir. #3

PHY-C-103 CPPC (4) - Guideline for Contract Drawing Preparation

This directive formally introduces Book II of the CPPC Task Force, thereby completing the work of the Task Force.

Feb 3, 1981

References: PHY-C-048 PHY-C-052 PHY-C-085 CPPC Book1 RECAP 6:4

PHY-C-132 Standard Drawings - Electrical

To introduce highway engineering traffic signal standard drawings (DD ) that were previously issued as construction design (CD) drawings.

Jul 6, 1982

N/A

PHY-C-147 Abbreviations and Symbols Manual

To introduce the revised Abbreviations and Symbols Manual as a single source document for all abbreviations and symbols that may be used in the preparation of plans and contract documents.

Sep 12, 1983

PHY-B-074 Original Cross-Section for Capital Construction Projects

The purpose of this directive is to state Ministry policy and to establish requirements and responsibilities for the taking and retention of original cross-sections on capital construction projects by conventional, photogrammetric and total station methods.

Jun 5, 1986

Replaces: PHY-C-077 References: RECAP 7:4



Issuer / Ref. #


Cancel. Date

Notes

PHY-C-085 CPPC (3) - Depiction of Details in Contract Drawings and Documents

Contains appended guidelines for the depiction of details in contract drawings and documents.

Jul 22, 1986

References: PHY-C-048 PHY-C-052 PHY-C-026 PHY-C-041 PHY-C-053

PHY-B-218 Foundation Investigation Data in Capital Construction Contracts

To provide bidders with foundation investigation data on appropriate Capital Construction Contracts.

Mar 11, 1988

PHY-C-175 Original Contract Drawings

Availability and preservation of Original Contract Drawings.

Oct 27, 1988

N/A

PHY-C-186 Contract Drawings - Guide Rail Details

To change Ministry policy regarding the depiction of guide rail details on contract drawings.

Feb 1, 1991

Feb 21, 2017

Cancelled By: CDED B721-1, B721-2, B723, B730, B731 References: CPPC 1981 PHY-C-085

QST-C-009 Modifications To Standard Drawings

To detail the policy and procedure for preparing modified Standard Drawings.

May 1, 1993

N/A

QST-C-015 Horizontal and Vertical Control Drawings

To eliminate horizontal and vertical control drawings from the contract books and to make the horizontal and vertical control information available during bidding.

Nov 29, 1994

Replaced: PHY-C-181

QST-B-038 Integrated Engineering System (IES) Steering Committee

Roles, responsibilities, membership, and reporting relationships of the IES steering committee.

Mar 16, 1995

N/A

HSB Memo 2010-001

Providing Digital Information to Contractors SSP 199F61

To provide the ministry's policy with respect to facilitating project construction by providing digital and data files to contractors.

Mar 4, 2010

DCSO Memo

Ministry of Transportation Ontario Drawings (MTODs)

To implement a new method of including MTODs in contract documents of capital construction projects.

Jun 23, 2011

Estimating

PHY-B-067 Project Value Determination, Update Procedures From Project Inception to Project Award

1. To establish a procedure for the updating and recording of Cost Estimates for projects on the Construction Program, on a regular basis.

2. To define the areas responsible for each of the project design phases (inception of project by Status Report, Preliminary Design, Detailed Design, D4 to tender opening).

Jan 16, 1980

May 22, 2012

References: PHY-B-002



Issuer / Ref. #


Cancel. Date

Notes

PHY-C-072 Estimating Engineering Costs and Establishing the Number of Working Days for Construction Contracts

To define policies and appropriate procedures for: A) Estimating Engineering Costs for

Construction Contracts. B) Establishing the number of working days,

free time period, and commencement date to be assigned to construction contracts.

Feb 20, 1980

References: RECAP 4:12 RECAP 15:2 PHY-B-068

PHY-B-081 Major Items. Payments of Overruns Exceeding the Percentage Stated in the Contract

To state Ministry policy covering the payment to contractors during the negotiations on major items that overrun in excess of the percentage stated in the contract.

Apr 16, 1980

Mar 23, 2000

Replaced: B-58

PHY-C-086 Small Quantity Tender Items

The purpose of this memorandum is to raise the awareness of Design and Construction staff to the potential cost savings possible by utilizing small quantity tender items only when practical and cost-effective to do so.

Jul 14, 1980

References: RECAP 6:4

PHY-B-105 Working Days and Liquidated Damages

To introduce revised Special Provisions for liquidated damages and working days to be used in MTC contracts.

Jan 19, 1981

Mar 23, 2000

PHY-B-002 (a) The Security of Estimated and Bid Prices (b) Responsibility for the Preparation of Cost Estimates and the Determination of Project Values

1. Redefine the respective responsibilities of the units that provide a design service to the Regions in the preparation of project values for projects on the Capital Construction, Maintenance and Municipal Roads Program.

2. Stress the need to provide the Transportation Capital Branch with accurate project values throughout the pre-contract engineering process in order to facilitate programming and expenditure prediction for projects on the Capital Roads Program.

3. Reaffirm the confidential nature of Ministry estimated costs and unit prices and contractors' bid unit prices.

Jan 15, 1985

N/A

PHY-B-113 Plan Quantity Payment For Construction Contracts

To implement Plan Quantity Payment. Further instructions on procedures and implementation policies will be issued as attachments to this directive.

Nov 6, 1986

Feb 01, 2017

References: RECAP 16:1

PHY-B-231 Final Verification of Plan Quantity Payment Quantities

To redefine the Final Verification of Plan Quantity Payment (PQP) Quantities Process, to cancel the requirement for carrying out an Independent Verification of PQP Quantities, and to state the respective responsibilities of the Regional and Head Office Units.

May 1, 1989

Mar 23, 2000

Cancelled By: QST-B-037 References: PHY-B-113 PHY-B-185 PHY-C-047

HOC 2006-05

Calculation of Liquidated Damages

To provide uniformity in the calculation and administration of Liquidated Damages.

Aug 22, 2006



Issuer / Ref. #


Cancel. Date

Notes

Contract Tendering

PHY-B-068 Refinement of Award Schedule (Both Current and Multi-year)

1. To refine the establishment of the current and multi-year Award Schedule.

2. To obtain the optimal award date for each project.

Feb 4, 1980

References: RECAP 4:8 RECAP 15:2

PHY-B-111 Scheduling of Maintenance Contracts and Provision of Aggregate Sources Lists

To clarify the scheduling process, from submission of District requirements to issuance of D4's and Aggregate Sources Lists, and to provide procedural guidelines for the preparation of Aggregate Sources Lists.

Aug 12, 1981

References: RECAP 12:2 B-2?

PHY-C-114 Information To Contractors During Period Of Tender Calling

To ensure uniformity of replies to questions raised by bidders during the tendering period on the Ministry's Engineering contracts opened in Downsview.

Oct 1, 1981

PHY-B-146 Guidelines for Rehabilitation Contracts in Locations With High Traffic Volumes

To establish guidelines and procedures for compiling, advertising and awarding rehabilitation contracts in locations having unusually high traffic volumes.

Jun 28, 1982

N/A

PHY-B-178 Time of Tender Calls (Engineering Contracts)

To advise the industry of the days throughout the year on which tenders will not be opened in Downsview.

Jun 25, 1984

N/A

Note: The directives and memos listed in the above table are for reference purposes only

and do not reflect the actual status as active or obsolete.


CDED CHAPTER A Standard Documentation

January 2018 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 12 CDED A-200

STANDARD DOCUMENTATION 1.0 INTRODUCTION

This section of Chapter A describes the types of standard documentation used in capital contract packages and outlines the procedures to be followed for reviewing, updating, developing, and implementing standard documentation. Standard documentation consists of: · Standard Specifications (OPSSs) · Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) · Standard Drawings (OPSDs, MTODs, SSDs) There are three types of OPSSs: commons, provincial-oriented (PROV), and municipal-oriented (MUNI). OPSS commons are currently being phased out therefore no new commons will be created, and all existing ones will eventually be split into separate PROVs and MUNIs as they are updated. The Engineering Specifications and Standards Management Section (ESSMS) and OPS Administration Unit (OPSAU) coordinates the development of standard documentation. OPSAU coordinates the development of standard documentation produced by the OPS Specialty Committees, i.e. OPSS.COMMs, OPSS.MUNIs, and OPSDs. ESSMS coordinates the development of standard documentation produced by the Provincial Functional Offices (PFOs), i.e. OPSS.PROVs, SSPs, MTODs, and SSDs.

2.0 REVIEWING, DEVELOPING, AND UPDATING STANDARD DOCUMENTATION Standard specifications, drawings, and special provisions are the primary instruments relied on for the safe and cost-effective construction of durable highway infrastructure. Standard documentation is used on large numbers of projects throughout the province and the impact of errors or omissions can be significant therefore the development and review of standard documentation, prior to implementation, must be thorough and structured in order to mitigate this risk. The review and consultation process outlined in this section has been developed to promote consistency and to ensure that a thorough and structured review and consultation process is followed by all the functional offices and staff members involved in the development and review of standard documentation.



Standard documentation must be reviewed on an ongoing basis and should generally be updated at least every 5 years. There are two types of updates: administrative and technical.

2.1 Administrative Updates An MTO objective is to minimize the overall volume of contract documentation through streamlining efforts. This objective is accomplished through the use of administrative updates which involves the consolidating/merging of standard documents for example, by incorporating the content of one or more SSPs into an associated OPSS. Administrative updates are completed by ESSMS and are limited to steps 6 and 7 of Table B, as they are not required to undergo the full review and consultation process. A listing of administrative updates is however, provided to ORBA for information purposes, prior to implementation. Administrative updates will generally occur when an OPSS is modified by one or more standard special provisions that: a) are always included with the tender item or the engineering material covered by

the special provision; b) exceed a total length of two pages, excluding any text that is directly related to

any fill-in portions of the special provision, and c) where at least one of the special provisions has been implemented for a

minimum of two construction seasons. As part of administrative updates, minor changes or corrections may be made to the specification as necessary to address obsolete terminology or other minor issues as outlined in Table A but no changes are made to the core technical information. If no changes are made to the content then an administrative update is effectively a reaffirmation of the standard, requiring only a change to the date.



Table A Administrative Changes

Type of Administrative Change Examples

Obsolete nomenclature corrections. Replace “Authority” with “Owner”.

Correction of phrasing. Replace “labour, equipment and material” with “labour, Equipment, and Material”.

Replace “paid as extra work” with “administered as a Change in the Work”.

Correction of titles. Replace “Untreated Granular, Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, and Stockpiling” with “Untreated Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade, and Stockpiling”.

Replace “MNR” with “MNRF”.

Adjustment of section numbering, table numbering, and text as required to incorporate standard special provision content.

Updates to the current version of external standards (requires PFO endorsement).

2.2 Technical Updates Technical updates involve changes to the requirements of the work and are completed by the provincial functional office (PFO) that is the primary custodian of the standard documentation. PFOs develop new and updated documentation in consultation with internal stakeholders such as ESSMS and the Contract Documentation Committee (CDC), and external stakeholders such as the Ontario Road Builders’ Association (ORBA). A. Consultation with Internal Stakeholders OPSAU and ESSMS provide direct support to the PFOs for all aspects of the management, review, development, updating, publishing, and implementation of standard documentation. Additionally, ESSMS coordinates the activities of the CDC with the Standards Engineer within ESSMS acting as chair and the Engineering Standards Analyst acting as secretary. The CDC meets as required, approximately four to six times per year and consists of the following representatives:



· Head, ESSMS · Standards Engineer, ESSMS · Senior Engineering Standards Analyst, ESSMS · Engineering Standards Analyst, ESSMS · Head, Contract Award, CMO · Team Lead, Contract Tendering Section, CMO · One Regional Head, P&D acting on behalf of all the regions. · One Contract Review Officer or Supervisor from each region. · One Regional Head, Claims acting on behalf of all the regions. ESSMS and the CDC provide support to the PFOs for the development, review, and updating of standard documentation and designer information contained in the CDED manual in order to encourage provincial uniformity in the preparation of capital construction contract packages. ESSMS and the CDC also provide advice and assistance in the coordination of the ministry wide implementation of new documentation, policies, and procedures that affect the preparation of capital construction contract packages. The following offices should be contacted when the subject matter involves them: · Regional Managers of Operations · Regional Managers of Engineering · Manager, Contract Management Office (CMO) · Manager, Claims Office · Manager, Materials Engineering and Research Office · Manager, Design and Contract Standards Office (DCSO) · Manager, Maintenance Management Office · Manager, Bridge Office · Manager, Environmental Policy Office · Manager, Traffic Office B. Consultation with External Stakeholders MTO has also committed to sharing changes to standard documentation with our key industry stakeholder, the Ontario Road Builders’ Association (ORBA). The process includes the sharing of applicable changes with ORBA prior to implementation as determined by Construction and Engineering Contracts Section (CECS), Contract Management Office in consultation with the Provincial Functional Office (PFO) custodian. Other stakeholders may also be consulted as applicable during the development and changes to standard documentation.



C. Timelines for Consultation and Review The timelines for the consultation, review, development, and updating of standard documentation shall be according to Table B "Process for the Development and Updating of Standard Documentation". Supporting documentation as noted in Table C "List of Common Supporting Documentation" shall be developed or updated concurrently. The final submission of standard documentation to ESSMS for implementation in CPS (Table B, Step 6) shall include final drafts of all supporting documentation. D. Version Selection When a specification requires updating and the implemented version in CPS is older than the latest published version, the specification developer in the custodial office shall determine which version will be used as the basis for the update. In most cases, the newer version published by OPS shall be used since the references in it will more up-to-date and some of MTO’s special provisions may have already been included. The style and format of the newer specification is also likely to be more in line with current OPS practices. The older implemented version of the OPS specification may be used when: i) The latest published version of the OPS specification has clearly been written for

municipal purposes and using the latest published version would require more rewriting than using the older implemented version.

Depending on the age of the specifications, the Word documents for both versions are available from the OPS Administration Unit, within ESSMS.

ii) Agreement from the Head, ESSMS, DCSO, has been obtained. When the older implemented version is used the developer shall ensure that all references in the specification are updated and the style and format conform to current OPS practices. OPS style guides and templates are available from OPSAU. The OPS review process encourages the review and publication of construction and associated material specifications simultaneously therefore if the latest published version of an OPS construction specification is being used for the updating process, the latest published version of the OPS material specification should also be used.



Table B Process for the Development and Updating of Standard Documentation

Steps Details Timeline

1 Research & Consultation

PFO carries out research, and internal and external (stakeholder) consultation (including with technical committees) as appropriate.

Months/ Years

2 Internal Review

PFO circulates draft standard(s) to selected MTO offices and staff members for review. Circulation of draft standard(s) and supporting documentation (e.g., CDED Detail Estimating Sections) to Contract Documentation Committee (CDC) is recommended.

3 Weeks

3 ESSMS Review

PFO submits draft standard(s) and supporting documentation (e.g., CDED, DSM, CAITM, etc.) to Standards Engineer and Sr. Standards Analyst, ESSMS. Their review focuses on conflicts with other documents, ambiguity, repetition, structure, and compliance with language and formatting conventions of the "OPS Style, Format, and How to Guide", "CDED Writing Guidelines for SPs", and the "Writer's Guide for CDED Chapter B - Detail Estimating". Suggested revisions are returned to the PFO.

1 Week

4 CECS Review

PFO submits clean, and tracked versions, of draft standard(s) and supporting documentation (e.g., CAITM) to Head, CECS. Their review focuses on measurement for payment, basis of payment, payment adjustments, contract administration and constructability issues, and conflicts with the MTO GCs. Suggested revisions are returned to PFO, with a copy to ESSMS. If there are no suggested revisions, CECS proceeds to Step 5.

2 Weeks

5 ORBA Review

CECS circulates draft standard(s) to ORBA either for information only, or for their review. Comments received from ORBA are forwarded back to the PFO for their review and appropriate action is taken. PFO prepares a response for CECS review and subsequent forwarding to ORBA.

3 Weeks

6 Submission for Publishing

PFO submits final draft standard(s) to Sr. Standards Analyst in ESSMS. A final quality control check is completed the OPSS.PROV is submitted to OPSAU for publishing. Deadline for submission to ESSMS is March 15th for the April 30th OPS publishing, and October 15th for the November 30th publishing.

1 Week

7 Submission for Implementation In CPS

ESSMS in consultation with the PFO and CDC determines implementation timelines. Category I changes are due 4 weeks prior to the implementation date. Category II changes are generally due 8 weeks prior, but may be longer if significant changes to contract preparation are involved. PFO submits final drafts of documents to the Sr. Standards Analyst, ESSMS. ESSMS completes final quality control check, formatting, and posting of documents in CPS.

Varies

Note: Timelines do not include time required to address review comments.



3.0 SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Standard documentation is generally accompanied by supporting documentation as detailed in Table C. A CDED Manual, Chapter B, Detail Estimating section is required for all standard documentation containing measured (non-lump sum) items. When creating new standard documentation, consideration should be given as to whether changes to other supporting documentation will be required. Standard documentation requiring specific actions by the contract administrator, or inspections at the time of construction, require appropriate instructions to be added to the Contract Administration and Inspection Task (CAIT) Manual.



Table C List of Common Supporting Documentation

Documentation Purpose Custodial Office

Contacts

Contract Design, Estimating, and Documentation Manual

Instructions to designers - design, calculating quantities, documenting the work on Contract Drawings and quantity sheets

DCSO Standards Engineer

Construction Administration and Inspection Task Manual

Instructions to contract administrator and construction inspectors - communications, reviews, contact names / offices, transmittal of information, inspection tasks including documentation requirements

CMO Construction Contracts Engineer

Laboratory Standards Manual

Instruction to laboratories - protocols for testing and calculation / documentation of test results

MERO Aggregate Standards Testing Engineer

Designated Sources for Materials Manual (See Chapter C)

Listing of pre-qualified suppliers of products and systems for construction

DCSO Standards Engineer

Technical Manuals and Guidelines

Examples include Structural Manual, Roadside Safety Manual, Drainage Manual, Retained Soil Systems Design Guidelines

PFO (Note 1)

PH-CC-XXX Forms Standard forms for the documentation and transmittal of contract information. To be completed by Contract Administrator, Contractor, QA Laboratory, or others as appropriate

CMO Construction Review Officer

Consultant Agreement Terms of Reference

For design, contract administration, laboratory services, etc. The terms of reference occasionally must be revised to reflect changes to standards

CMO Head, Consultant Contracts

Design and Construction Memorandums

Alert engineering and construction staff, and service providers of new requirements or procedures. Note: The revision of standard reference manuals is more effective than the issuance of design or construction memorandums.

PFO (Note 1)

Notes: 1. Contacts are generally noted on the manuals, guidelines, and memorandums in question.



4.0 PUBLISHING OF STANDARD DOCUMENTATION OPSAU publishes OPSSs and OPSDs on behalf of the Ontario Provincial Standards (OPS) organization which is a separate entity jointly owned by MTO and the Municipal Engineers Association (MEA). These documents are intended for use by both MTO and MEA and are published twice yearly on April 30th and November 30th. In order to be published by OPSAU, Step 6 in Table B must be completed by March 15th for April publishing and by October 15th for November publishing. Submissions should be scheduled throughout the year(s) to level the workload. ESSMS publishes SSPs, MTODs and SSDs on behalf of MTO. These documents are intended for use only by MTO and are published on an on-going basis throughout the year in conjunction with their implementation in CPS. Upon publication all standard documents are available for viewing and download from the MTO Technical Publications Website.

5.0 IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES IN CPS The updating of standard documentation includes the implementation of new documentation as well as the revision and cancellation of existing documentation. The implementation of changes to standard documentation housed in CPS affects the preparation of contract packages therefore careful consideration must be given to the timing and method of introducing the changes, as incorporating changes into contract packages increases the potential for errors and may affect the scheduling, delivery, and tendering of projects. Before implementing any changes to standard documentation, the changes must be reviewed, and potential conflicts must be identified and resolved. Associated documents must be prepared (i.e. Policy Memos, Special Provisions, Detail Estimating Chapters, Drawings, etc.) and the impacts to the preparation of contract packages must be assessed. This is completed by the various PFOs in consultation with ESSMS. Once completed, the PFOs submit their requests to ESSMS for implementation of the changes in CPS. SSPs, MTODs, and SSDs are developed internally and are meant for use by MTO only, therefore the above noted review is completed during the development of the documents and they are published simultaneously in conjunction with their implementation for use by MTO in CPS. OPSSs and OPSDs however are developed both internally (PFOs) and externally (OPS Specialty Committees), are meant for use by both MTO and MEA, and are published only twice per year therefore they are not immediately implemented for



use by MTO in CPS. Documents developed by the OPS Specialty Committees are reviewed by the PFOs after the development and publishing of the documents. The latest published version of an OPS specification will be adopted by MTO if it suits MTO’s needs. It will be considered to suit MTO’s needs when: a) Its technical content fulfills MTO requirements and

b) Its administrative, quality control and quality assurance, and payment content

conform to MTO policy and practice. A standard special provision with a total length of not more than two pages, excluding any text that is directly related to any fill-in portion of the special provision, can be used to make the latest published version of the OPS specification conform to i) and ii) above.

6.0 CATEGORIZATION OF CHANGES Documentation changes such as revisions to standard drawings, specifications or special provisions may be required as a result of new materials, new construction methods, or construction experience. Changes are categorized as either Category 1 or Category 2 depending on the extent of the effects on the preparation of contract packages. Categorization of changes is determined by the initiating office in consultation with the Engineering Standards and Specification Management Section (ESSMS) and the Contract Documentation Committee (CDC).

6.1 Category 1 Changes Category 1 changes have minimal effect on the preparation of contract packages. Category 1 changes affect only the information in the Tender such as the version dates of OPSSs, SSPs, OPSDs, etc. but do not affect the contract drawings and/or quantity sheets. Incorporating Category 1 changes into contract packages requires only minimal effort by designers as the changes do not affect the contract drawings, quantity sheets, or tender items, with the exception of minor changes to tender item names and/or descriptions.



6.2 Category 2 Changes Category 2 changes have a significant effect on the preparation of contract packages. In addition to affecting the Tender, Category 2 changes also affect the contract drawings and/or quantity sheets. Incorporating Category 2 changes into contract packages requires significant effort by designers as the changes may result in the need for new and/or revised contract drawings, recalculation of quantities, updating of quantity sheets, addition of new tender items, etc.

7.0 SUBMISSION OF CHANGES TO ESSMS Category 1 changes require submission of final documents to ESSMS a minimum of 4 weeks prior to the scheduled implementation date to allow posting of documents with a pending status in CPS for a minimum period of 3 weeks in order to allow sufficient time for designers to update contract packages. Category 2 changes require submission of final documents to ESSMS 8 weeks prior to the scheduled implementation date to allow posting of documents with a pending status in CPS for a minimum period of 6 weeks or longer (depending on the complexity of the changes) to allow sufficient time for designers to update contract packages. The category and appropriate length of time for posting of Pending documentation in CPS shall be determined by the PFO in consultation with ESSMS. Submissions must be received in full by ESSMS by the stipulated deadline and all documents must be final. Submissions that include new standard special provisions must include: a) warrants for use, b) a short history of the development of the SP, c) a list of all the offices involved in developing the SP, and d) details of any controversy that had to be resolved. A final check and formatting revisions will be made to special provisions and CDED chapters before uploading them to CPS.



Once a document is uploaded to CPS with a Pending Status no further changes will be permitted as designers will have already exported the content and begun the process of updating their contract packages. If technical errors are identified they will have to be corrected via an NSSP issued on or after the CPS implementation date.

8.0 COMMUNICATION OF CPS CHANGES TO DESIGN STAFF The implementation of changes in CPS is carried out by the CPS Administrator. The changes are communicated via CPS Information Update Memos that are widely distributed to internal staff via e-mail and to all CPS users via posting of the memos in the CPS News. CPS updates are scheduled several times per year however the dates may be subject to change and additional updates may occasionally be scheduled on short notice to address critical operational needs.

CDED CHAPTER A List of Standard Documentation Custodians

LIST OF STANDARD DOCUMENTATION CUSTODIANS

Office / Section / Group Custodian Name and Position

Design & Contract Standards Office

Engineering Standards & Specification Management

Lola Vaz Head, ESSMS Aimee Tupaz Standards Engineer Mark Rankie Sr. Eng. Standards Analyst Rachel Kyte Eng. Standards Analyst

Design Standards

Mike Pearsall Head, DS

Traffic Safety Mark Ayton Sr. Engineer, Highway Design Arshad Azhar Design & Contract Standards Eng. Kenneth Shannon Design & Contract Standards Eng. Vicente Benitez Design & Contract Standards Eng.

Drainage Hani Farghaly Sr. Eng., Hydro Technical Design Art Groenveld Sr. Eng., Drainage Design

Landscape Paula Berketo Principal Landscape Architect

Materials Engineering & Research Office

Bituminous

Pamela Marks Head, Bituminous Anne Holt Sr. Bituminous Eng., Geotechnical Seyed Tabib Sr. Bituminous Eng. Imran Bashir Bituminous Eng. Heather Bell Materials Project Eng. Masud Ahmed Sr. Bituminous Materials Officer

Concrete

Hanna Schell Head, Concrete Section Melissa Titherington Sr. Concrete Eng. David Rhead Sr. Concrete Eng. Steve Paiva Sr. Concrete Materials Eng. Officer Mohammad Aqel Concrete Eng. Grant Ridley Chemical Eng.

Pavements & Foundations

Stephen Lee Head, Pavements & Foundations

Foundation Group Ken Ahmad Sr. Foundations Eng. Tony Sangiuliano Sr. Foundations Eng. David Staseff Sr. Foundations Eng. Pavement Group Betty Bennett Sr. Pavement Design Eng. Susanne Chan Pavement Design Eng. Warren Lee Pavement Design Eng.

Soils & Aggregates

Joel Magnan Head, S & A John Blair Sr. Soils & Aggregates Eng. Vacant Sr. Aggregate Resources Eng.

August 2017 Page 1 of 2 CDED A-205

CDED CHAPTER A List of Standard Documentation Custodians

Office / Section / Group Custodian Name and Position

Contract Management

Office

Contract Award

Estimating Kathy Wood Team Lead, Estimating

Tendering Ed Marcon Team Lead, Tendering

Construction & Engineering

Kevin English Head, C & E Construction Contracts Maria Bianchin Construction Contracts Eng. Kyle Perdue Construction Contracts Eng. Mireya Hidalgo Construction Contracts Eng. Ron Belansky Construction Admin Review Officer Finlay Buchanan Construction Officer

Traffic Office (Central Region)

Electrical Engineering Eric Yao Head, EE

Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Program

ITS Innovation & Planning Lija Whittaker Project Engineer

ITS Operations & Deployment Robert Chan Supervising Engineer

Traffic Office

Electrical Engineering Section Martin Aitkenhead Head, EES Arun Kapur Sr. Electrical Engineer

Safety & Information Management John Zajac Head, SIM

Traffic Operations Engineering

Roger DeGannes Head, TOE Vacant Sr. Traffic Engineer Vereen Rattigan Engineer, Traffic Signals Ousama Shebeeb Engineer, Traffic Signals Tracey Difede Sr. PM, Traffic Operations

Maintenance Office Maintenance Performance Alain Beaulieu Manager, MO Vacant Head, MP

Bridge Office

Walter Kenedi Head, Bridge Design Kris Mermigas Head, Bridge Management David Lai Head, Bridge Rehabilitation Magdy Meleka Head, Bridge Standards Jim Connell Lead Bridge Eng. Ben Huh Lead Bridge Eng. Victor Weziak Bridge Design Technician

Environmental Policy Office

Brenda Carruthers Policy Analyst Vacant Sr. Policy Analyst, Acoustics Diane Ivanauskas Sr. Policy Analyst, Waste April Currie Sr. Policy Analyst, Fisheries

Contract Innovations Office Jeremy Landry Sr. Contract Innovations Analyst Felipe Mendoza Sr. Contract Innovations Analyst Steve Needham Sr. Contract Innovations Analyst


CDED CHAPTER A Standard Documentation Numbering Protocol

STANDARD DOCUMENTATION NUMBERING PROTOCOL 1.0 Introduction

This section of Chapter A provides information regarding the numbering system used for standard documents.

2.0 Numbering Protocol for Standard Special Provisions (SSPs)

SSP Prefix Used For

100 Amendments to MTO General Conditions of Contract

101 - 109 Amendments to Existing General Specifications

110 - 125 Amendments to Existing Material Specifications

168 General Requirements for ATMS Related Work

199 General Requirements Not Related to Existing General Specifications

200 - 900 Item Specific Amendments to Construction Specifications

299 - 999 Item Specific Requirements Not Related to Existing Construction Specifications

3.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSS General & Construction Specifications

Division OPSS Title Associated General SSPs

Associated Item Specific SSPs

100 General Conditions of Contract 100xxx n/a

1xx General Specifications 101xxx n/a

200 General Grading 102xxx 2xxxxx

300 Pavement (Flexible & Rigid) 103xxx 3xxxxx

400 Drainage, Watermains, and Utility 104xxx 4xxxxx

500 Miscellaneous 105xxx 5xxxxx

600 Electrical 106xxx 6xxxxx

700 Traffic Safety 107xxx 7xxxxx

800 Environmental and Landscape 108xxx 8xxxxx

900 Structural 109xxx 8xxxxx



4.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSS Material Specifications

Division OPSS Title Associated General SSPs

Associated Item Specific SSPs

1000 Aggregates 110xxx n/a

1100 Bitumens 111xxx n/a

1200 Seals, Bearings, Waterstops 112xxx n/a

1300 Cement and Concrete 113xxx n/a

1400 Metal 114xxx n/a

1500 Safety Related 115xxx n/a

1600 Wood and Plastics 116xxx n/a

1700 Coatings 117xxx n/a

1800 Pipes and Associated Drainage Items 118xxx n/a

1900 Environmental 119xxx n/a

2000 Signs and Sign Support 120xxx n/a

2100 Clothing, Cloth and the Like 121xxx n/a

2200 Unassigned 122xxx n/a

2300 Miscellaneous 123xxx n/a

2400 Electrical 124xxx n/a

2500 Chemicals 125xxx n/a

5.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSDs for Roads, Drainage & Structures

Division OPSD Title

100 Abbreviations

200 Grading Sections

300 Side Entrances

400 Frames and Grates

500 Paving

600 Curbs and Gutters

700 Catch Basins and Manholes

800 Culverts and Drains

900 Fencing, Guide Rails

1000 Sanitary Sewers

1100 Watermains

3000 Structures



6.0 Numbering Protocol for OPSDs for Electrical Work

Division OPSD Title

2000 Abbreviations

2100 Underground Work, etc.

2200 Foundations, etc.

2300 Work on Structure

2400 Purchasing Standards

2500 Traffic Signals

2600 Sign Lighting


CDED CHAPTER A Non-Standard Documentation

NON-STANDARD DOCUMENTATION 1.0 Introduction

Non-standard documentation consists of non-standard tender items (NSTIs), non-standard special provisions (NSSPs), modified standard special provisions (SSPs), and modified standard drawings (OPSDs, MTODs, and SSDs). Non-standard documentation is created for use in trials of new methods and materials, or to address unique project-specific or regional requirements. The creation of new non-standard documentation is initiated by Provincial Functional Offices (PFOs) and/or by members of a Design Team working on the design of highway capital projects.

1.1 Types of NSSPs There are three types of NSSPs: a) Provincial / Head Office

Provincial Office NSSPs are developed and issued by PFOs to address a wide variety of issues and are applicable for use in all projects throughout the province based on their associated warrants for use. They are stored in the Head Office NSP folder in CPS and Designers can obtain further information about their use from the Provincial NSSP Index housed within the same folder in CPS.

b) Regional Regional NSSPs are developed and issued by the regions, in consultation with PFOs, to address unique regional requirements. They are stored in the corresponding regional NSP folder in CPS. Designers can obtain further information about their use from the Regional NSSP Indexes housed within the same folders in CPS.

c) Local Local NSSPs are initiated by Design Teams working on the design of highway capital projects, in consultation with the Regional Functional Areas (RFAs) and Provincial Functional Offices (PFOs) to address project-specific requirements. They are intended for one time use and are not stored in the NSP folder in CPS. They are inserted directly into the specific Work Project files in CPS.



2.0 NSSP Clean-Up Initiative Prior to 2008 there were few guidelines in place to limit or control the creation of non-standard documentation. As a result, the number of NSTIs, NSSPs, and modified SSPs began to grow unchecked, and without sufficient input and oversight by the appropriate PFOs. The practice of creating regionally modified SSPs to suit regional preferences without sufficient input and oversight from PFOs increases the potential for conflicts with other documentation, and results in unnecessary duplication of effort by designers and the needless creation of documentation containing similar and/or contradictory content. In order to address concerns about the proliferation of non-standard documentation and resulting lack of province wide consistency, Highway Standards Branch (HSB) issued Highway Design Bulletin (HDB) 2008-003 in order to establish procedures to manage the development and use of non-standard documentation. HDB 2008-003 was an important step in moving away from the practice of developing independent regional solutions and towards the practice of working collaboratively with PFO staff to generate province wide solutions. Since 2008 the Engineering Specifications and Standards Management Section (ESSMS) has taken an increasingly active role in managing and coordinating the development of non-standard documentation in order to promote standardized approaches and consistency in contract documentation across the province. In 2014 ESSMS in conjunction with representatives from the Contract Documentation Committee (CDC), formerly the Design Implementation Committee (DIC), began work on an initiative to review and clean-up the large number of regional NSSPs, many of which were created prior to 2008. As of July 2017 the number of regional NSSPs has been reduced by approximately 50%, from over 300 down to approximately 150. This number will continue to be reduced under this initiative. As part of the initiative to reduce the number of regional NSSPs and promote consistency throughout the province, ESSMS has been working with the regional Contract Review Officers (CROs) and PFOs to create Provincial Office NSSPs for use with corresponding NSTIs. The development of Provincial Office NSSPs results in improved oversight by the PFOs, higher quality content, significant time savings, and a reduction in the duplication of effort associated with the needless "re-creation" of content. In order to further assist Designers and PFOs in managing the use of NSSPs, in 2016 ESSMS developed a Provincial Office NSSP Index for tracking the use of Provincial Office NSSPs. The Index is updated concurrently whenever any changes are made to the NSSPs. Designers should develop the habit of checking on a weekly basis in order to verify whether any changes have occurred that may affect their contracts.



To further assist designers, in 2016 ESSMS developed a NSTI/NSSP Cross Reference List which allows designers to quickly verify whether there is a corresponding Provincial Office NSSP available for use with a particular tender item. The list is housed in the Head Office NSP folder in CPS and is updated concurrently whenever a new Provincial Office NSSP is developed for use with an associated tender item.

2.1 NSTI Clean-Up Initiative In March 2017, ESSMS performed a large scale clean-up of NSTIs and significantly reduced the number of active items by approximately 50%, from over 1000 to approximately 500. A new system for managing the creation and expiry of NSTIs was subsequently implemented. The new system, outlined in section 3.1 below, is self-sustaining and automatically purges the system of unused items on a continuous basis. It also prevents the inappropriate use of old items that may no longer be relevant or suitable for use. At a glance it can now be determined how many NSTIs are in use, how recently a particular NSTI has been used, and which NSTIs have been in use for the longest period of time. This makes it easier for ESSMS and the PFOs to identify items that should be assessed for standardization.

3.0 Policy for Management of Non-Standard Documentation Former HDB 2008-003 established procedures for the development and use of new non-standard tender items (NSTIs), non-standard special provisions (NSSPs), and modified standard special provisions (SSPs) in contract documents as part of detail design work. As part of detail design work Designers have the ability to introduce non-standard documentation to suit project-specific requirements. This latitude is required to accommodate unusual circumstances and specific technical needs for individual projects however appropriate controls and safeguards also need to be established to reduce the risk of developing and using inappropriate non-standard documentation. The new policy and procedures outlined further in this document establishes these controls and safeguards, and enhances the content of the original bulletin. MTO Project Managers shall be responsible for compliance with this policy on their assigned Work Projects and shall ensure that non-standard documentation is minimized to the extent permitted by standard documentation. Pre-existing NSTIs and regional NSSPs that were already active in Contract Preparation System (CPS) prior to the issue of HDB 2008-003 were “grandfathered”



in and may be used where appropriate, without the express endorsement of the associated PFO, however Designers should note that departures from the use of standard documentation are to be brought to the attention of the appropriate PFOs prior to being used, regardless of whether or not endorsement is required. Standard documentation (i.e. OPSSs, SSPs, OPSDs, MTODs, and SSDs) and Provincial Office NSSPs are updated on a regular basis in CPS therefore Designers shall review all non-standard documentation for conflicts immediately prior to final submission of the Contract Package for tendering. Non-standard documentation that involves the use of new materials or construction techniques shall be developed with the full involvement of the PFO. When completed, this documentation may be used on a trial basis on other contracts upon the request of the PFO and agreement by the region. All non-standard documentation shall be completed, approved, and incorporated into Contract Packages prior to the Design Complete Presentation. The inclusion of non-standard documentation in a Contract Package after the Design Complete Presentation requires Head of Planning and Design approval. Such approval shall be granted only when the NSSP or modified SSP is critical. Designers shall regularly review the non-standard documentation uploaded to CPS and incorporate any that apply into the Contract Documents of applicable projects. When standard documentation is to be updated, PFOs shall review all related non-standard documentation in CPS and incorporate appropriate content into the updated standard documentation. Any non-standard documentation in CPS that is identified by the PFO as inappropriate or obsolete shall be removed from CPS.

3.1 Non-Standard Tender Items (NSTIs) The creation of new NSTIs and the re-activation of expired NSTIs require approval/endorsement from the appropriate PFO in order for the CPS Administrator within ESSMS to proceed with the creation, or reactivation and release of the item for use within a specific Work Project. Creation of new NSTIs or reactivation of existing ones by the CPS Administrator within ESSMS shall not occur without this approval. All new NSTIs will be created with an initial expiry date of two years from the date of authorization. Each time an NSTI is subsequently released for use the expiry date shall be extended for a further two year period. In this manner, NSTIs that are used at least once every two years will remain active indefinitely unless specifically cancelled by the associated PFO. NSTIs that are not used for a period of at least two years will auto expire.



NSTIS that have expired and are classified as obsolete in CPS shall require endorsement from the associated PFO in order to be reactivated and released for use. Unless otherwise directed by the PFO, once reactivated, a NSTI will then be available for use for a minimum two year period or longer as outlined above.

3.2 Development of Non-Standard Documentation a) Regional and Local Documentation for Minor Departures

Regional and Local non-standard documentation that is developed for non-contentious/minor departures, shall be approved by the regional section head of the corresponding Regional Functional Area (RFA). Non-standard documentation used by a region and adopted by another region shall be approved by the applicable regional section head in the adopting region.

b) Regional and Local Documentation for Major Departures Regional and Local non-standard documentation that is developed for contentious/major departures shall be approved by the appropriate PFO prior to use in any capital construction contract. A major departure includes, but is not limited to, a change that: • Changes the method or approach for contract administration or quality assurance. • Changes the unit of measurement of a standard tender item. • Requires a new type of construction equipment and / or method. • Introduces new or stricter material specifications or test methods. • Increases penalties and decrease bonuses for materials or early / late completion. • Requires a labour, payment, performance or maintenance bond. • Requires a warranty. • Does not permit change proposals. • Changes the Instructions to Bidders. • Requires a mandatory pre-bid meeting(s), and/or mandatory site visit(s) during the

tendering period. • Limits competitive bidding, for example:

o Specifies new or stricter construction tolerances. o Requires personnel qualifications or certifications. o Specifies only one source for a product or material with or without allowing an

"equivalent". o Requires new professional engineering services from contractors. o Requires the contractor to obtain approval of a third party. o Requires subcontractor qualifications or a pre-qualification procedure.



Major departures from Ministry policy and practice may require approval of the Director, Highway Standards Branch (HSB) and/or the Director, Contract Management and Operations Branch (CMOB), as determined by the PFO manager. These will normally require industry notification and/or consultation by the PFO manager prior to advertising the construction contract.

3.3 Process for Development and Approval of Non-Standard Documentation The development of non-standard documentation shall be according to Table A.

Table A Process for Development and Approval of Non-Standard Documentation

Step Details

1 The Design Team shall determine the need for non-standard documentation to address project specific requirements in the early stages of detail design.

2 The need for NSTIs or NSSPs shall be confirmed at least 3 months in advance of the Design Complete Presentation. The CRO shall be consulted regarding documentation alternatives.

3

If the need for an NSTI or major departure NSSP is confirmed, a concept approval request shall be submitted to the applicable PFO at least 2 months in advance of the Design Complete Presentation. The Non-Standard Documentation Endorsement Request Form provided in Section A-310 shall be used. The MTO Project Manager (PM) shall submit the request the CRO. The CRO shall review the request prior to submission to the PFO. a) Within 10 business days the PFO shall respond by completing the bottom portion of

the request form. b) If the request is not approved, the NSTI shall not be authorized and the major

departure non-standard documentation shall not be developed. c) If the request is approved:

• It shall be forwarded by the CRO to ESSMS for creation or reactivation of an NSTI, if applicable.

• When the major departure non-standard documentation is not contentious, as determined by the PFO, the project team develops the documentation.

• When the major departure non-standard documentation is contentious, as determined by the PFO, the project team develops the documentation with the assistance of the PFO. Consultations with external stakeholders and internal approvals shall be by the PFO with coordination through appropriate channels.

5 Non-standard documentation shall be approved by the applicable PFO section head (major departure & contentious) or regional section head (non-contentious).

6 NSSPs and modified SPs shall include the developer name, section name, the approver name, approval date, and WP# or regional NSSP label in the footer. See Section A-315 for examples. Modified standard drawings shall be as per CDED Sections F-200, F-210, and F-220.

7 All final non-standard documentation shall be forwarded to the appropriate PFO with a reference to the contract number, for reference and filing.



4.0 Implementation of Non-Standard Documentation in CPS The implementation of changes to non-standard documentation in CPS is carried out by the CPS Administrator within the Engineering Specifications and Standards Management Section (ESSMS), on as as-needed basis. Provincial office and region specific NSSPs developed for ongoing use by a particular region shall be submitted to ESSMS for a final quality control check, formatting, and posting in the appropriate Head Office or Regional NSP folder in CPS. All NSSPs must contain a warrant and identification of the custodian. Changes are documented and communicated via CPS Non-Standard Information Update Memos. The memos are posed in CPS News and are circulated internally via e-mail along with supporting documentation, including copies of the PO NSSP Index and NSTI/NSSP Cross Reference Sheet when applicable. Designers should develop the habit of checking CPS News on a weekly basis in order to verify whether any changes have occurred that may affect their contracts.


CDED CHAPTER A PFO Contact List for Endorsement of NSTIs and NSSPs

March 2018 Page 1 of 1 CDED A-305

PFO CONTACT LIST FOR ENDORSEMENT OF NSTIs and NSSPs

Specialty Area Contact Phone # Acronym

• Intelligent Transportation Systems, ATMS / PVMS Robert Chan (416) 235-4501 ATMS

• Asphaltic & Bituminous Related Mixes, Products, Cements, Emulsions, Materials, Sealants, & Anti-Stripping Additives

• Bituminous Warranty & Performance Based Specs

Pamela Marks (416) 235-3725 BITU

• Bridges, Decks, Integral Abutments • Temporary Modular Bridges

Tony Merlo (905) 704-2341 BRDG

• General Conditions, Financial Incentives / Disincentives • Warranty & Performance Based Specifications

Kevin English (905) 704-2197 CMOB

• Construction Site Access Finlay Buchanan (905) 704-2707 CMOB

• Unit of Measure • Payment Clauses

Kathy Wood (905) 704-2196 CMOB

• Concrete, Waterproofing, Bearings for Bridges • Metals & Chemical Products

Hannah Schell (416) 235-3708 CONC

• Drainage & Hydrology, Municipal Drains • Stormwater Management, Detention Ponds • Ditches, Swales, Gutters, CB’s, Sewers, Culverts

Art Groenveld Hani Farghaly

(905) 704-2239 (905) 704-2244

DRAI

• Electrical Installations • Traffic Signals & Highway Illumination

Martin Aitkenhead (905) 704-2254 ELEC

• Environmental Standards & Practices • Erosion & Sediment Control, Wildlife Mitigation

Brenda Carruthers (905) 704-2207 ENVR

• Waste, Contaminated Materials Management, Spills • Earth Management & Excess Materials Management

Aroni McCutcheon (416) 585-6178 ENVR

• Fish & Fish Habitat • Wetlands

April Currie (416) 585-7338 ENVR

• Retained Soil Systems Issues (RSS) David Staseff (416) 235-3513 FOUN

• Seed & Cover, Topsoil, Sodding • Tree Preservation & Protection, Shrub & Tree Planting

Paula Berketo (905) 704-2229 LAND

• Maintenance Standards • Road Weather Information Systems (RWIS)

Alain Beaulieu (905) 704-2340 MAIN

• Acoustics • Noise Control

Kevork Hacatoglu (416) 585-7301 NOIS

• Materials for Pavement Markings • Structural Steel Coatings

Grant Ridley (416) 235-3728 PAIN

• Pavement Design & Rehabilitation • Foundation Engineering, Hydrogeology, Tunnelling

Stephen Lee (416) 235-3732 PVMT

• Roadside Safety, Curbs, Fencing, Utilities • Barrier Systems, End Treatments, Crash Cushions

Mark Ayton (905) 704-2295 SAFE

• Soils & Aggregates • Geotextiles

Joel Magnan (416) 235-3739 SOAG

• Traffic Safety & Information Management • Traffic Data Collection

John Zajac (905) 704-2921 TRAF

• Traffic Operations • Signs & Markings

Roger De Gannes (905) 704-2947 TRAF

CDED CHAPTER A CPS Updates

CONTRACT PREPARATION SYSTEM (CPS) UPDATES 1.0 Introduction

This section of Chapter A outlines the procedures to be followed for incorporating changes to standard and non-standard documentation changes into capital Contract Packages.

2.0 Changes to Standard Documentation Changes to standard documentation are made via regular updates in CPS which are communicated via CPS Information Update Memos that are prepared and distributed via e-mail, to an extensive internal audience, by the Engineering Specifications and Standards Management Section (ESSMS). The memos are also posted in CPS News for access by all CPS users.

2.1 Types of Changes As noted in the CDED Chapter A section on Standard Documentation, there are two types of changes: a) Category 1 Changes

• Have minimal effect on the preparation of a Contract Package.

• Do not require significant time or effort on the part of Designers in order to incorporate the updated information into a Contract Package.

b) Category 2 Changes

• Have a significant effect on the preparation of a Contract Package.

• Require significant time and effort on the part of Designers in order to incorporate the updated information into a Contract Package because Design Documents and Contract Drawings and/or Quantity Sheets are affected.

2.2 Incorporating Changes Into Contract Packages

Incorporating changes into a Contract Package depends on the type of change and the stage of preparation that the package is in.



a) Incorporating Changes During the Production Stage

The production stage is before submission to the regional Contract Review Office (CRO). When applicable, all Category 1 and 2 changes that are implemented in CPS shall be incorporated by the Designer into Contract Packages that are in the production stage.

b) Incorporating Changes During the Submission Stage

The submission stage is from the date of submission to the CRO to the date of tender advertising. When applicable, Category 1 changes that are implemented in CPS shall be incorporated by the Designer into Contract Packages that are in the submission stage. The changes may be made prior to advertising, time permitting, or after advertising via the preparation of an Addendum. Category 2 changes that are implemented in CPS are not required to be incorporated into Contract Packages that are in the submission stage.

c) Incorporating Changes During the Tendering Stage The tendering stage is from the date of tender advertising to the date of tender closing. Category 1 changes that are implemented in CPS do not have to be incorporated into Contract Packages that are in the tendering stage unless they are identified as critical. Category 1 changes that are identified as critical by the MTO Project Managers in consultation with the regional Contract Review Officers (CROs), Contract Tendering Section (CTS), and the initiator of the changes, shall be incorporated by Designers into applicable Contract Packages via the preparation of Addenda. The additional time and effort required to prepare Addenda for Category 1 changes is not significant and anticipated tender closing dates are not usually affected however in some cases the changes may result in a delay to the tender closing date and subsequent need for CTS to issue an Extension of Time. Category 2 changes that are implemented in CPS are not required to be incorporated into Contract Packages that are in the tendering stage.



d) Incorporating Category 2 Changes - Special Cases In some cases it may be deemed necessary to incorporate Category 2 changes into Contract Packages that are in the submission and/or tendering stages. In these cases the approval of the Director of the Highway Standards Branch shall be obtained. In order to obtain approval the initiating office must provide a thorough justification of the need and the cost benefits since significant costs may be incurred due to the additional time and effort required by Service Providers to prepare updated Contract Packages and/or Addenda. Incorporating Category 2 changes into a Contract Package that is in the submission stage will require the Designer to generate and deliver an updated Contract Package. This may result in delays to the anticipated tender advertising and closing dates.

Incorporating Category 2 changes into a Contract Package that is in the tendering stage will require the Designer to prepare an Addendum. This may result in a delay to the tender closing date and subsequent need for CTS to issue an Extension of Time. Category 2 special cases shall be identified by the MTO Project Manager in consultation with the regional CRO, CTS, and the initiator of the changes.

3.0 Changes to Non-Standard Documentation Changes to non-standard documentation are made via regular updates in CPS which are communicated via CPS Non-Standard Information Update Memos that are prepared and distributed via e-mail, to an extensive internal audience, by ESSMS. The memos are also posted in CPS News for access by all CPS users. Changes to Provincial/Head Office NSSPs are also documented in the Head Office NSSP Index housed in the Head Office NSP folder in CPS. The index provides information to Designers about the appropriate use and application of Head Office NSSPs.


CDED CHAPTER B Detail Estimating

CHAPTER B

DETAIL ESTIMATING

August 2017 CDED B-050

CDED CHAPTER B Tender Items and PQP

TENDER ITEMS AND PLAN QUANTITY PAYMENT (PQP) 1.0 Introduction

This section of Chapter B discusses Tender Items and Plan Quantity Payment (PQP). The information in this section will assist Designers in understanding Tender Items and PQP and will assist document Custodians in creating Tender Items with the correct item type, parameters, unit of measure, PQP designation, and asset category.

2.0 Tender Items Tender Items are materials, components, products, or processes required for the construction of the work project. The parameters associated with Tender Items are: item code, item title, item type, item number, column type, unit of measure, PQP designation, steel designation (no longer used), item category, asset category, status, implementation date, and expiry date. Tender Item details can be obtained from the Master Items List in CPS.

Additional details can be obtained by selecting the item then choosing "Details" under the "Actions" menu. By selecting the various tabs additional information can be obtained about associated documentation, item variations, accessories, etc.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 11 CDED B-110


2.1 Tender Item Status The status of a Tender Item will be shown as Active, Pending, Future, or Obsolete: Active status Tender Items have been implemented and are available for use in Work Projects. Pending status Tender Items will be implemented and available for use in Work Projects on the date shown in the "Imp Date" column. Obsolete status Tender Items were cancelled on the date shown in the "Expiry Date" column and are no longer available for use in Work Projects. Future status Tender Items will be implemented in the future on a date that has not yet been determined and are not available for use in Work Projects.

2.2 Unit of Measure (UOM) and PQP Status There are many units of measure available for selection in CPS such as each, hour, m², m³, tonne, lump sum, LS/M, metre, etc. Additionally there are options for electronic rounding, conversion factors, and customized display of information on the Quantity Sheets. For example: • a Tender Item can be created whereby the individual quantities are entered to

two decimal points accuracy on the Quantity Sheets and the quantity total is subsequently rounded to one decimal place for bidding purposes on the Tender Item List,

• a unit of measure such as LS/M can be used to designate an item as lump sum on the Tender Item List for bidding purposes but allows the entry of quantities in metres on the Quantity Sheets for estimating purposes, or

• a unit of measure with a conversion factor can be used to designate an item as one unit on the Quantity Sheets for estimating purposes and another on the Tender Item List for bidding purposes (e.g. a conversion factor of 0.0001 can be entered to automatically convert m² quantities on the Quantity Sheets to hectares on the Tender Item List).

New units of measure, conversion factors, and rounding options can be created as needed by contacting the CPS Administrator in the Engineering Specifications and Standards Management Section (ESSMS).

Items designated as PQP are identified by a checkmark in the "PQP" column. PQP is discussed in further detail in Section 3 below.



2.3 Item Type There are three types of Tender Items: Standard, Non-Standard, and Warranty. Standard Tender Item - has standard documentation associated with the item that governs the work of constructing the item. In CPS standard items are electronically linked to the associated standard specifications (OPSSs) and/or standard special provisions (SSPs) which are automatically inserted into the Work Project when the item is added to the project. Non-Standard Tender Item - does not have standard documentation associated with the item. Provincial and Regional NSSPs are available for use with certain Non-Standard Tender Items, but in most cases the designer must prepare a Local NSSP for use with the item. Warranty Tender Item - is used when the minimum bid price of an item must be a certain percentage of the total bid price of certain other selected items. The assignment of an item to this category triggers electronic input from the Tendering Section at the time of advertisement. Warranty items may or may not contain the word “warranty” in their title. Warranty items must have an associated Special Provision with information in the Basis for Payment section that outlines the criteria for the minimum bid price. Example: Payment at the Contract price shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, Materials and services required to provide Maintenance and Warranty during Phase II. The Contract price for this item shall be not less than 10 % of the total tender value of ATMS items as listed in the table below:

Item Code Item Title

2.4 Item Code and Title

Standard Tender Items are coded, titled, and categorized based on the associated standard specification or special provision. For example: • A Tender Item associated with a standard specification (e.g. OPSS 201) would

be coded with a corresponding 200 series number (e.g. 0201-0010) and titled as per the name specified in the OPSS.



• A Tender Item associated with a Standard Special Provision (SSP) with no corresponding Standard Specification (e.g. SSP 399F01) would be coded with a corresponding number (e.g. 0399-0010) and titled as per the name specified in the SSP.

2.5 Item Category A Tender Item is normally assigned to the Item Category which matches the series of its associated specification. For example a 200 series item associated with an OPSS 200 series specification is normally assigned to the Grading category although there are exceptions. Non-Standard Tender Items (NSTIs) are almost always assigned to the Non-Standard Item Category regardless of the nature of the work, although there are exceptions. The available categories are:

• Grading • Materials • Drainage • Miscellaneous • Electricals • Watermains

• Structures • Warranty Items • Maintenance • Specialties • Performance Based

2.6 Item Asset Category

The Asset Category information assigned to Tender Items in CPS is used to assist the Investment Strategies Branch (ISB) in the tracking and calculating of asset deterioration and the establishment of investment strategies and funding requirements for the multi-year program for provincial highways. The categories and types of Tender Items that are typically included in each category are detailed in the following table: Pavement and Road Surface

- Asphalt, Concrete or Composite Pavements Road Subsurface

- Granulars, Drainage, Ditches, Sewers - All Culverts Less Than 3 Metres - Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, & Ditch Inlets



Road Appurtenances - Noise and Privacy Barriers, Median Barriers - Roadside Protection (i.e. Guide Rail, End Treatments) - Signage, Pavement Markings - Curbs and Gutters - Metal Culverts Over 3 Metres - ATMS (Software & Hardware) - Illumination & Lighting, Traffic Signals - Security & Fencing - Weather Warning Systems

Bridge Decks

- Abutments, Fixtures, Expansion Joints - Bearings, Parapets, Wingwalls, Girders

Bridge Structures

- Bridge Sub-Structure (i.e. Piers, Footings, and Piles) - Bridge Approaches, Skyway Structures - Concrete Culverts Over 3 Metres

Buildings

- Truck Inspection Stations, Patrol Yards, Service Centers Land Improvements

- Land for Structures - Rock-Cuts, Backfilling and Grading - Berms, Retention Ponds, - Fisheries, Landscaping, Environmental

2.7 Column Type

There are four column types that can be assigned to a Tender Item: Normal, Variation, Special, and Breakdown. The majority of Tender Items are either Normal or Variation types and are discussed further in this section. The Special and Breakdown column types are primarily used for Electrical and ATMS related work and are discussed in further detail in Volumes 3 and 4 of the CDED Manual. a) Normal

The title of a Normal Tender Item that is displayed in Contract Preparation System (CPS) is the exact title that will be displayed on the Tender Item List generated from CPS, as well as the column heading of the corresponding Quantity Sheets, with the exception that some titles are abbreviated in the



column headings of the Quantity Sheets in order to avoid spillover of the text onto the adjacent area of the Quantity Sheets. Abbreviated quantity sheet column headings are predetermined in CPS and cannot be edited by the designer. All of the quantities for Normal Tender Items are shown in a single column on the associated Quantity Sheets.

b) Variation The titles of Variation Tender Items that are displayed in CPS are the exact titles that will appear on the Tender Item Lists that are generated from CPS, however the titles that appear in the column heading of the corresponding Quantity Sheets can be modified by designers for the purpose of displaying different variations of an item, for example different sizes, colours, and types. As with Normal Tender Items the quantity sheet column heading titles may also be abbreviated in order to avoid spillover of the text. Tender item variations can be encoded to allow the selection of specific options by the designer for example red, black, or blue; or they can be left open to allow the entry of customized text by the designer. The quantities for Variation Tender Items will appear in a single column if only one variation is entered/selected by the designer, or in multiple columns, when more than one variation is selected. When multiple variations/columns are used the quantities for each variation are sub-totalled, then combined into the total for the Tender Item. The total quantity is the quantity that is shown on the Tender Item List that is generated from CPS.

2.8 Tender Item Accessories Certain Tender Items have associated accessories and detailed information about those accessories is provided in one or more adjacent columns of the associated Quantity Sheets. The quantity of each accessory column is sub-totalled for information purposes only. The sub-totals are not included in the Tender Item totals as the cost of accessories is included in the price of the associated Tender Item(s). In some cases a Tender Item with associated accessories may be used but the accessories are not applicable to the use of that item on a particular project. In this case the accessory column still appears on the associated Quantity Sheets but no quantities are entered or shown in the column.



Example Variation Tender Item With Accessories The following example details a Variation type Tender Item with accessories.

As shown above the title of the Tender Item is Detector Loops. This is the title that will be displayed on the Tender Item List generated from CPS.

As shown below, by selecting the "Parms" tab the item Heading and associated Paramaters can be viewed.

The Heading is the title that appears in the column heading of the Quantity Sheets. Since this is a variation item the designer will be prompted to enter additional information when the item is inserted into the Quantity Sheets. The "%1" coding in the heading corresponds to Parameter No. 1 which will prompt the designer to enter the type of loop. In this case the designer will select from the predetermined Values of Simple, Duplex, or Diamond. The selected Value is



inserted into the corresponding position in the column heading. The designer can repeat the process to enter multiple columns and variations as shown below.

By selecting the "Acc" tab the Accessory information and associated Paramaters can be viewed. In this case there are no further Parameters or Values associated with the Accessory therefore the title in the column heading of the Quantity Sheets will appear as shown in the Heading field of the Accessory.

As shown in the sample quantity sheet below the quantities for each variation are sub-totalled, then combined into the total for the Tender Item. As discussed earlier, the accessories total is displayed for information purposes only and is not included in the quantity of the Tender Item.



3.0 Plan Quantity Payment (PQP)

As stated in the General Conditions, "Measurement of the quantities of the Work shall be either by Actual Measurement or by Plan Quantity as indicated in the Contract Documents. Adjustments to Plan Quantities shall normally be made by modifying boundary lines and grades of the work on the plans to calculate new adjusted Plan Quantities but may, where appropriate, be made using Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the tender by the notation (P) in the unit column shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be paid according to Actual Measurement or lump sum." Plan Quantity Payment (PQP) is a system of using theoretical design quantities for making payments on construction contracts. This system was adopted by the Ministry for the majority of contract Tender Items in order to reduce overhead and eliminate duplication of work. Plan Quantity means the quantity computed from the boundaries of the work as shown in the contract documents. It is computed prior to award of the contract but is subject to recomputation where either the boundaries of the work are changed or the computed quantity is found to be in error. Under the PQP system, payment is made according to the Plan Quantity. The work is verified to ensure it is constructed in accordance with the contract requirements, but the completed work is not measured for payment.



Prior to the introduction of the PQP system all Tender Item quantities were computed during detail design for the purpose of calculating the tender estimate and then recomputed later in the field, from as constructed measurements for the purpose of contract payment. The majority of contract Tender Items are now designated as PQP however there are some that are paid by measured quantity; that is, the payment quantity is derived from field measurement of the work.

3.1 Measured Quantity (MQ) Items Certain items do not lend themselves to payment by PQP therefore these Tender Items are paid by Measured Quantity (MQ). Measured Quantity means the quantity within the approved limits of the work, measured in the field. Examples of such items include: granulars, hot mix, etc. These quantities are referred to as "Measured Quantities".

3.2 Lump Sum (LS) Items Lump Sum Item means a Tender Item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment shall be made at a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given in the Contract Documents.

3.3 Adjusted Plan Quantity

Adjusted Plan Quantity means the Plan Quantity is subject to adjustment because of an error in calculation or because of approved additions and/or deletions. Measurement for these additions and deletions will be by Plan Quantity procedures or, when necessary, actual field measurements. During construction it is often necessary to order changes which will result in amendments to the Plan Quantity, the resultant quantity is referred to as an Adjusted Plan Quantity. Corrections to the Plan Quantity that are made during construction as a result of errors are also referred to as Adjusted Plan Quantities.

3.4 Final Verification of PQP Quantities The purpose of the Final Verification of PQP quantities is to assure that the quantities are correct and that there has been uniform application of MTO policies and procedures, as the quantities represent the final payment to the Contractor.



Designers are responsible for providing accurate quantities for PQP Tender Items and for carrying out the final verification of PQP quantities for all capital design projects. Designers shall:

a) Ensure that the design quantities are accurate for final payment.

b) Review the detailed calculations to ensure that the design quantities are calculated in accordance with:

• plan sheets • Soils Design Report recommendations • standard drawings, special provisions and specifications • Contract Design, Estimating & Documentation Manual procedures • property agreements • mathematical principals • detailed field measurements

c) Review Construction Grading Report/Template Sheets for errors or

omissions.

d) Review the Contract Drawings to ensure there is no conflict with the calculated quantities.

e) Spot-check reinforcing steel schedule for accuracy in number and type of

bars (coated or non-coated).

4.0 Tender Items With Small Quantities Tender Items with small or impractical quantities should not be included in the Tender. These items should be included under Services Sundry or Force Account and Contingencies payment. The decision rests with the Project Manager who will determine the best course of action in consultation with the Regional Operations Office. Services Sundry and Force Account and Contingencies are discussed further in Chapter G, Section G-200.


CDED CHAPTER B Contingencies and Allowances

CONTINGENCIES AND ALLOWANCES 1.0 Introduction

For various reasons, “as-constructed” quantities are often at variance with the estimated quantities, therefore compensating factors must be applied to the estimated quantities to bring them more into line with expected “as-constructed” quantities. The compensating factors take the form of allowances and percentages which are added to the computed/estimated quantities. The allowances and percentages are applied on the basis of usage rather than the type of material used, and are subject to review by the Regional Geotechnical Sections.

2.0 Operations Requiring the Application of an Allowance The types of operations that require the application of an allowance or percentage to the estimated material quantities are:

a) Compaction of earth and granulars b) Placing granular base on granular sub-base c) Maintenance of traffic on gravel surfaces d) Fine grading of existing gravel surfaces prior to paving e) Placing granular sub-base on a previously constructed subgrade f) Placing granular sub-base on rock subgrade g) Stockpiling of aggregates

3.0 Application of Allowances and Percentages a) Compaction of Earth and Granulars

Earth and granular materials computed in cubic metres are increased by 15% to compensate for handling and compaction losses, in the following situations:

• Placing fill material (embankments) • Placing backfill material (swamps, structures, culverts, sewers)

Granular materials computed by volume and converted to tonnes by applying the appropriate conversion factor; do not require to be increased by 15%, as the conversion factor includes the percentage increase.



b) Placing Granular Base on Granular Sub-base

To compensate for the loss of base course material into the sub-base, an additional 500t/km (for two-lane highways) of base course material is added to the computed quantity.

c) Maintenance of Traffic on Gravel Surfaces On contracts where traffic must be maintained on the granular base or gravel shoulders (including unpaved detours), the quantity of the surface material is increased by 10%.

d) Fine Grading of Existing Gravel Surfaces Prior to Paving Gravel Surfaces constructed under other contracts and open to traffic, need to be reshaped and restored to the specified cross-section prior to paving. Consult with the Operations Office or Regional Geotechnical Section in determining the rate of additional granular material to be applied to the existing roadbed for fine grading purposes. Generally, the rate varies between 100t/km and 300t/km for two-lane highways.

e) Placing Granular Sub-base on a Previously Constructed Subgrade Where the subgrade of a roadway was constructed one or more years prior to the intended placing of granular materials, the quantity computed for the granular sub-base is increased by 10%.

f) Placing Granular Sub-base on Rock Subgrade Where Granular B, Types I and III sub-base material is placed on rock grade (cuts and fills), the computed quantities are increased by the equivalent of an additional 150 mm depth of material to compensate for the expected loss caused by voids in the shatter and embankments. Where Granular B, Types II sub-base material is placed on rock grade (cuts and fills), the computed quantities are increased by the equivalent of an additional



100 mm depth of material to compensate for the expected loss caused by voids in the shatter and embankments.

g) Stockpiling of Aggregates For economic reasons, in areas where commercial aggregates are not generally available, the material required for surface treatment may be stockpiled under a grading contract. A 10% allowance should be added when calculating the required amount of stockpiled aggregate. Stockpiling of granular materials is paid for under the appropriate Tender Item.


CDED CHAPTER B Checking of Quantities

CHECKING OF QUANTITIES 1.0 Introduction

Under the Plan Quantity Payment (PQP) concept, the accuracy of the plan quantities is of utmost importance. For jobs designed "in-house" the accuracy rests with the issuing office. The structural component is the responsibility of the Structural Office, the electrical component is the responsibility of the Electrical Office, etc. For jobs designed by Service Providers the accuracy rests with the designated provider. The Designer is responsible to ensure the accuracy of its component and that all relevant components are properly documented and assembled for a complete package.

2.0 Checking Each section in this chapter will eventually state the degree to which checking is required for individual tender items. Generally, Major Items or items with relatively high unit costs require 100% checking, for others spot checking is acceptable as noted. "Checking" means verification of quantity calculations and checking of all activities considered to be "TakeOff", i.e. scaling of offsets, scaling of installation lengths, counting of components for "each" items, etc. Spot checking means 100% checking of 20-25% of the work.

3.0 Checking of Items Paid for by an Outside Agency Items paid for fully, or in part, by an outside agency through an agreement must be checked 100% regardless of the recommendations stated in the individual sections.

4.0 Checking Verification All calculations and quantity summary sheets must be signed and dated by the person who performed the calculations and by the person doing the checking."


CDED CHAPTER B List of Active Standard Tender Items

May 2018 Page 1 of 23 CDED B-150

LIST OF ACTIVE STANDARD TENDER ITEMS

Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0001-0000 Bonding & Insurance Normal lump sum N 0201-0010 Clearing Normal ha Y 0201-0015 Clearing Normal m2 Y 0201-0020 Clearing Normal each Y 0201-0050 Close Cut Clearing Normal ha Y 0201-0055 Close Cut Clearing Normal m2 Y 0201-0060 Close Cut Clearing Normal each Y 0201-0070 Grubbing Normal ha Y 0201-0075 Grubbing Normal m2 Y 0201-0080 Grubbing Normal each Y 0201-0090 Mechanical Stump Cutting Normal each Y 0201-0100 Removal of Piled Boulders Normal m3 Y 0201-0101 Removal of Piled Boulders Normal lump sum N 0201-0110 Removal of Surface Boulders Normal ha Y 0201-0111 Removal of Surface Boulders Normal lump sum N 0202-0010 Rock Excavation, Manual Scaling Variation h N 0202-0020 Rock Excavation, Machine Scaling Variation h N 0202-0030 Rock Excavation, Trim Blasting Normal m N 0202-0040 Rock Excavation, Controlled Blasting Normal m3 N 0203-0010 Rock Bolting Variation each N 0203-0020 Rock Shotcreting Normal m2 N 0203-0030 Rock Drains Normal each N 0203-0040 Concrete Buttress Normal m3 N 0206-0010 Earth Excavation, Grading Normal m3 Y 0206-0030 Rock Excavation, Grading Normal m3 Y 0206-0040 Rock Face Normal m2 Y 0206-0050 Excavation for Pavement Widening Normal m Y 0206-0055 Rock Embankment Normal m3 Y 0206-0060 Rock Supply Normal m3 N 0209-0010 Rental of Swamp Excavation Equipment, Dragline Normal h N 0209-0015 Rental of Swamp Excavation Equipment, Hydraulic Backhoe Normal h N 0209-0020 Geotextile for Swamp Treatment Normal m2 Y 0209-0030 Select Subgrade Material Normal t N 0209-0040 Select Subgrade Material (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0209-0050 Select Subgrade Material (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0212-0010 Earth Borrow Normal m3 N 0220-0010 Wick Drains Normal m Y 0299-0015 Earth Ditch Cleanout Normal m Y 0299-0035 Rock Ditch Cleanout Normal m Y 0299-2053 Shot Rock Normal m3 N 0299-2062 Rental of Motor Grader - 10,500 kg. Minimum Operating Weight Normal h N 0299-2063 Rental of Backhoe - Telescopic Boom, Carrier Mounted, Remote Control, 18,000 kg.,

Minimum Operating Weight Normal h N

0299-2064 Rental of Motor Grader - 4,500 kg. Minimum Operating Weight Normal h N 0299-2065 Rental of Hydraulic Backhoe-Rubber Tire with Wrist Action Bucket, 0.5 M3 - 12,000 kg Normal h N 0299-2067 Rental of Hydraulic Backhoe-Crawler Mounted,20,000 kg Minimum Operating Weight Normal h N



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0299-2069 Rental of Truck-Dump, Tandem Rear Axle, Diesel or Gas, 18,000 kg. Minimum Operating

Weight Normal h N

0299-2100 Drill and Blast Rock in Ditches Normal m N 0301-0010 Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces Normal m2 Y 0304-0010 Binder (Type) Variation kg N 0304-0020 Class 1 Aggregate Normal t N 0304-0021 Class 1 Aggregate Normal m3 N 0304-0022 Class 1 Aggregate, from Stockpile Normal t N 0304-0023 Class 1 Aggregate, from Stockpile Normal m3 N 0304-0024 Class 1 Aggregate, Stockpiled Normal t N 0304-0025 Class 1 Aggregate, Stockpiled Normal m3 N 0304-0030 Class 2 Aggregate Variation t N 0304-0031 Class 2 Aggregate Variation m3 N 0304-0032 Class 2 Aggregate, from Stockpile Variation t N 0304-0033 Class 2 Aggregate, from Stockpile Variation m3 N 0304-0034 Class 2 Aggregate, Stockpiled Normal t N 0304-0035 Class 2 Aggregate, Stockpiled Normal m3 N 0304-0050 Class 4 Aggregate Variation t N 0304-0051 Class 4 Aggregate Variation m3 N 0304-0052 Class 4 Aggregate, from Stockpile Variation t N 0304-0053 Class 4 Aggregate, from Stockpile Variation m3 N 0304-0054 Class 4 Aggregate, Stockpiled Variation t N 0304-0055 Class 4 Aggregate, Stockpiled Variation m3 N 0304-0060 Class 6 Aggregate Variation t N 0304-0061 Class 6 Aggregate Variation m3 N 0304-0062 Class 6 Aggregate, from Stockpile Variation t N 0304-0063 Class 6 Aggregate, from Stockpile Variation m3 N 0304-0064 Class 6 Aggregate, Stockpiled Variation t N 0304-0065 Class 6 Aggregate, Stockpiled Variation m3 N 0304-0070 Traffic Convoy Normal h N 0305-0015 Granular Sealing (m2) Variation m2 Y 0305-0025 Granular Sealing (kg) Variation kg N 0307-0010 SC-800 Patching Material Normal t N 0307-0020 Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material Normal t N 0307-0025 Proprietary Cold Patching Material Normal t N 0308-0010 Tack Coat Variation m2 Y 0311-0010 Asphalt Sidewalk Variation m2 Y 0311-0011 Asphalt Driveway Normal m2 Y 0311-0012 Asphalt Boulevard Normal m2 Y 0311-0020 Sidewalk Resurfacing Variation m2 Y 0312-0011 Asphalt Curb and Gutter Variation m Y 0312-0020 Asphalt Gutter Outlets Normal each Y 0312-0030 Asphalt Spillways Normal m Y 0312-0040 Asphalt Surfacing of Gutter Normal m Y 0313-1369 Superpave 4.75 Variation t N 0313-1370 Hot Mix Asphalt Miscellaneous Normal m2 Y 0313-1372 Superpave 9.5 Variation t N 0313-1373 Superpave 12.5 Variation t N 0313-1374 Superpave 12.5FC 1 Variation t N



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0313-1375 Superpave 12.5FC 2 Variation t N 0313-1376 Superpave 19.0 Variation t N 0313-1377 Superpave 25.0 Variation t N 0313-1378 Superpave 37.5 Variation t N 0313-1385 Superpave 19.0 Variation m2 Y 0313-1390 Superpave 12.5 - Warm Mix Variation t N 0313-1391 Superpave 12.5FC 1 - Warm Mix Variation t N 0313-1392 Superpave 12.5FC 2 - Warm Mix Variation t N 0313-1393 Superpave 19.0 - Warm Mix Variation t N 0313-1394 Superpave 25.0 - Warm Mix Variation t N 0313-1410 SMA 9.5 Variation t N 0313-1415 SMA 12.5 Variation t N 0313-1420 SMA 19.0 Variation t N 0313-1421 SMA 19.0 - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1422 SMA 19.0 - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1423 SMA 19.0 - 70 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1425 SMA 9.5 - 25 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1426 SMA 9.5 - 30 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1427 SMA 9.5 - 35 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1430 SMA 12.5 - 40 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1431 SMA 12.5 - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1432 SMA 12.5 - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1530 Superpave 9.5 - 25 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1531 Superpave 9.5 - 30 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1532 Superpave 9.5 - 35 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1535 Superpave 12.5 - 40 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1536 Superpave 12.5 - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1537 Superpave 12.5 - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1540 Superpave 12.5FC 1 - 40 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1541 Superpave 12.5FC 1 - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1542 Superpave 12.5FC 1 - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1545 Superpave 12.5FC 2 - 40 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1546 Superpave 12.5FC 2 - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1547 Superpave 12.5FC 2 - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1551 Superpave 19.0 - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1552 Superpave 19.0 - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1553 Superpave 19.0 - 70 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1610 Superpave 25.0 - 80 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1611 Superpave 25.0 - 90 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1612 Superpave 25.0 - 100 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1613 Superpave 25.0 - 110 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1620 Superpave 12.5 - Warm Mix - 40 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1621 Superpave 12.5 - Warm Mix - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1622 Superpave 12.5 - Warm Mix - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1625 Superpave 12.5FC 1 - Warm Mix - 40 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1626 Superpave 12.5FC 1 - Warm Mix - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1627 Superpave 12.5FC 1 - Warm Mix - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1630 Superpave 12.5FC 2 - Warm Mix - 40 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0313-1631 Superpave 12.5FC 2 - Warm Mix - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1632 Superpave 12.5FC 2 - Warm Mix - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1635 Superpave 19.0 - Warm Mix - 50 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1636 Superpave 19.0 - Warm Mix - 60 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1637 Superpave 19.0 - Warm Mix - 70 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1640 Superpave 25.0 - Warm Mix - 80 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1641 Superpave 25.0 - Warm Mix - 90 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1642 Superpave 25.0 - Warm Mix - 100 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0313-1643 Superpave 25.0 - Warm Mix - 110 mm Lift Thickness Variation m2 Y 0314-0071 Granular A Variation t N 0314-0081 Granular A (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0086 Granular A (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0091 Granular A, Stockpiled Normal t N 0314-0101 Granular A, Stockpiled (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0106 Granular A, Stockpiled (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0111 Granular A, from Stockpile Normal t N 0314-0121 Granular A, from Stockpile (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0126 Granular A, from Stockpile (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0130 Granular B, Type I Variation t N 0314-0140 Granular B, Type I (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0145 Granular B, Type I (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0150 Granular B, Type I, Stockpiled Normal t N 0314-0160 Granular B, Type I, Stockpiled (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0165 Granular B, Type I, Stockpiled (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0170 Granular B, Type I, from Stockpile Normal t N 0314-0180 Granular B, Type I, from Stockpile (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0185 Granular B, Type I, from Stockpile (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0190 Granular B, Type II Variation t N 0314-0200 Granular B, Type II (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0205 Granular B, Type II (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0210 Granular B, Type II, Stockpiled Normal t N 0314-0220 Granular B, Type II, Stockpiled (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0225 Granular B, Type II, Stockpiled (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0230 Granular B, Type II, from Stockpile Normal t N 0314-0240 Granular B, Type II, from Stockpile (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0245 Granular B, Type II, from Stockpile (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0250 Granular M Normal t N 0314-0260 Granular M (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0265 Granular M (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0270 Granular M, Stockpiled Normal t N 0314-0280 Granular M, Stockpiled (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0285 Granular M, Stockpiled (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0290 Granular M, from Stockpile Normal t N 0314-0300 Granular M, from Stockpile (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0305 Granular M, from Stockpile (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0310 Select Subgrade Material, Compacted Normal t N 0314-0320 Select Subgrade Material, Compacted (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0330 Select Subgrade Material, Compacted (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0314-0340 Granular O Normal t N 0314-0341 Granular O (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0342 Granular O (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0343 Granular O, Stockpiled Normal t N 0314-0344 Granular O, Stockpiled (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0345 Granular O, Stockpiled (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0346 Granular O, from Stockpile Normal t N 0314-0347 Granular O, from Stockpile (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0348 Granular O, from Stockpile (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0390 Granular B, Type III Variation t N 0314-0401 Granular B, Type III (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0402 Granular B, Type III (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0403 Granular B, Type III, Stockpiled Normal t N 0314-0404 Granular B, Type III, Stockpiled (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0405 Granular B, Type III, Stockpiled (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0406 Granular B, Type III, from Stockpile Normal t N 0314-0407 Granular B, Type III, from Stockpile (End Area Method) Normal m3 N 0314-0408 Granular B, Type III, from Stockpile (Truck Box Method) Normal m3 N 0316-0011 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Treatment Variation m2 Y 0320-0020 Open Graded Drainage Layer Normal m2 Y 0330-0010 In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular Variation m2 Y 0331-0010 Full-Depth Reclamation with Expanded Asphalt Stabilization Normal m2 Y 0332-0010 Hot In-Place Recycled Mix Normal m2 Y 0333-0010 Cold In-Place Recycled Mix Normal m2 Y 0335-0010 Cold In-Place Recycled Expanded Asphalt Mix Normal m2 Y 0336-0010 Micro-Surfacing Type II Normal m2 Y 0336-0015 Micro-Surfacing Type III Modified Normal m2 Y 0336-0020 Micro-Surfacing Type III Normal m2 Y 0337-0101 Slurry Seal - Type I Normal m2 Y 0337-0111 Slurry Seal - Type II Normal m2 Y 0337-0121 Slurry Seal - Type III Normal m2 Y 0341-0010 Routing and Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement Normal m N 0341-0020 Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement Normal m N 0342-0130 Centreline Rumble Strips - Asphalt Variation m Y 0342-0140 Shoulder Rumble Strips - Asphalt Variation m Y 0342-0150 Shoulder Rumble Strips for Bicycle Buffer Zones - Asphalt Variation m Y 0350-0010 Concrete Pavement Normal m2 Y 0350-0020 Concrete Base Normal m2 Y 0351-0010 Concrete Sidewalk Variation m2 Y 0351-0012 Tactile Walking Surface Indicators for Concrete Sidewalk Ramps Normal EACH SET Y 0353-0011 Concrete Curb and Gutter Variation m Y 0353-0020 Concrete Gutter Outlets Variation each Y 0355-0010 Interlocking Concrete Pavers Variation m2 Y 0363-0010 Precast Concrete Slab Repair Normal m2 Y 0365-0010 Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Variation each N 0366-0010 Full Depth Concrete Repair Variation m2 Y 0366-0015 Partial Depth Concrete Repair Variation m2 Y 0366-0020 Fast-Track Concrete Repair Variation m2 Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0369-0010 Resealing of Joints and Sealing or Resealing of Cracks in Concrete Pavement Normal m Y 0399-2010 Full Depth Crack Repairs Normal m Y 0399-2020 Temporary Hot Mix Pavement Normal t N 0399-3180 Cut and Fill Grooves in Surface Course Normal m N 0399-3220 Bituminous Patches to Spalls Normal m2 N 0399-3230 Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Partial Depth Variation t N 0399-3240 Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Full Depth Normal m2 Y 0399-3280 Reclaim Asphalt Pavement, Full Depth, Over Concrete Normal m2 Y 0399-3415 Clear Stone Normal t N 0403-0010 Rock Excavation for Trenches and Associated Structures Normal m3 Y 0405-0010 Pipe Subdrains Variation m Y 0405-0015 Closed Circuit Television Inspection Normal m N 0407-0010 600 mm x 600 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0020 600 mm x 1200 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0030 600 mm x 1450 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0040 1200 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0050 1200 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets, Over 4 m Normal each Y 0407-0060 1500 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0070 1500 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets, Over 4 m Normal each Y 0407-0080 1800 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0090 1800 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets, Over 4 m Normal each Y 0407-0100 2400 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0110 2400 mm Manholes Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets, Over 4 m Normal each Y 0407-0200 Special Design Manholes Normal each Y 0407-0300 Adjusting and Rebuilding Manholes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0407-0400 Breaking into Manholes Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, Culverts and Sewers Normal each Y 0407-0500 Rock Excavation for Sewers, Manholes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Normal m3 Y 0407-0600 Catch Basin Collar Normal each Y 0408-0001 Item TBA Normal n/a N 0410-0100 100 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0200 200 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0300 300 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0400 400 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0500 500 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0600 600 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0700 700 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0800 800 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-0900 900 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1000 1000 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1200 1200 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1300 1300 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1400 1400 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1500 1500 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1600 1600 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1800 1800 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-1900 1900 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-2000 2000 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-2100 2100 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0410-2200 2200 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-2400 2400 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-2500 2500 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-2600 2600 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-2700 2700 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-3000 3000 mm Pipe Sewer Variation m Y 0410-4500 Concrete Appurtenances (for Pipe Sewers) Normal m3 Y 0410-6400 Clay Seal Normal lump sum N 0415-0010 Tunnel Normal m Y 0415-0020 Rock Excavation In Tunnelling Normal m3 Y 0416-0010 Jacking and Boring Variation m Y 0421-0105 100 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0205 200 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0305 300 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0405 400 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0505 500 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0605 600 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0705 700 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0805 800 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-0905 900 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1005 1000 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1205 1200 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1305 1300 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1405 1400 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1505 1500 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1605 1600 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1805 1800 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-1905 1900 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-2005 2000 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-2105 2100 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-2205 2200 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-2405 2400 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-2505 2500 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-2605 2600 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-2705 2700 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-3005 3000 mm Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-6205 1400 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6206 1600 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6207 1800 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6211 400 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6212 500 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6213 600 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6214 700 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6215 800 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6216 900 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6217 1000 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6219 1200 mm Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6222 500 mm Non-Circular Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0421-6223 600 mm Non-Circular Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6224 700 mm Non-Circular Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6225 800 mm Non-Circular Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6226 900 mm Non-Circular Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6227 1000 mm Non-Circular Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6229 1200 mm Non-Circular Pipe Culvert Extension Variation m Y 0421-6400 Clay Seal Normal lump sum N 0421-6500 Concrete Appurtenances (for Pipe Culverts) Normal m3 Y 0421-7040 400 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7050 500 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7060 600 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7070 700 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7080 800 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7090 900 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7100 1000 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7110 1100 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7120 1200 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7130 1300 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7140 1400 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7150 1500 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7160 1600 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7170 1700 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7180 1800 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7190 1900 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7200 2000 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7210 2100 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7220 2200 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7240 2400 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0421-7250 2500 mm Non-circular Pipe Culvert Variation m Y 0422-0100 1800 mm x 900 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0110 1800 mm x 1200 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0120 2400 mm x 1200 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0130 2400 mm x 1500 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0140 2400 mm x 1800 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0145 2500 mm x 1830 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0150 3000 mm x 1500 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0160 3000 mm x 1800 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0170 3000 mm x 2100 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0422-0180 3000 mm x 2400 mm Precast Concrete Box Culvert Normal m Y 0441-0010 Watermains Variation m Y 0441-0020 Valves Variation each Y 0441-0030 Hydrant Sets Variation each Y 0441-0050 Service Connection Pipe Variation m Y 0441-0055 Service Connection Appurtenance Sets Normal each Y 0441-0060 Connections to Existing Watermains Normal each Y 0493-0010 Temporary Potable Water Supply Services Normal lump sum N 0499-4040 Granular Filter Blanket Normal t N 0499-4050 Rock Excavation for Subdrains Normal m3 Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0499-4071 Clean Out Catch Basins, Maintenance Holes and Ditch Inlets Normal each Y 0499-4080 Weld and Release Maintenance Hole and Catch Basin Frames and Grates Normal each Y 0510-3130 Cutting Existing Pavement Variation m Y 0510-3133 Removal of Asphalt Pavement Variation m2 Y 0510-3134 Removal of Asphalt Pavement from Concrete Surfaces Variation m2 Y 0510-3136 Removal of Asphalt-Treated Base Normal m2 Y 0510-3137 Removal of Asphalt Pavement, Partial-Depth Variation m2 Y 0510-3139 Removal of Asphalt Pavement from Concrete Surfaces on Structures Normal m2 Y 0510-3501 Removal of Concrete Pavement Variation m2 Y 0510-3504 Removal of Cement-Treated Base Variation m2 Y 0510-3505 Removal of Concrete Base Variation m2 Y 0510-3507 Removal of Concrete Pavement, Partial-Depth Variation m2 Y 0510-3512 Removal of Concrete Sidewalk Normal m2 Y 0510-3531 Removal of Asphalt Curb and Gutter Variation m Y 0510-3532 Removal of Concrete Curb and Gutter Variation m Y 0510-4071 Removal of Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets and Valve Chambers Normal each Y 0510-4072 Abandonment of Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets and Valve Chambers,

Partial-Depth Variation each Y

0510-4073 Capping of Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets and Valve Chambers Normal each Y 0510-4075 Removal of Pipe Subdrains Normal m Y 0510-4076 Abandonment of Pipes and Culverts Normal m Y 0510-4210 Removal of Pipes and Culverts Variation m Y 0510-5401 Removal of Fence Variation m Y 0510-5402 Removal of Ramp Closure Gates Normal each Y 0510-5500 Removal of Energy Attenuators Variation each Y 0510-5511 Removal of Steel Box Beam Barrier Variation m Y 0510-5521 Removal of Delineator Posts Variation each Y 0510-5523 Removal of Cable Guide Rail Variation m Y 0510-5526 Removal of Anchor Blocks Normal each Y 0510-5528 Removal of Steel Beam Guide Rail Variation m Y 0510-5530 Removal of Concrete Barrier Variation m Y 0510-5991 Removal of Noise Barrier Variation m Y 0510-7081 Removal of Hydrants Normal each Y 0510-7082 Removal of Valves Normal each Y 0510-7083 Removal of Watermain Appurtenances Normal each Y 0510-7085 Removal of Gabions Normal m3 Y 0510-9010 Removal of Bridge Structure Normal LS/M3 N 0510-9015 Removal of Bridge Footings Normal m3 N 0510-9030 Removal of Concrete Normal m3 Y 0510-9035 Removal of Sign Support Structure Normal each Y 0510-9038 Removal of Sign Support Structure Footings Normal each Y 0510-9055 Removal and Reinstallation of Steel Handrails Normal LS/M N 0510-9065 Removal and Reinstallation of Diaphragms Normal lump sum N 0510-9070 Removal and Reinstallation of Railway Blast Deflection Plates Normal lump sum N 0510-9075 Removal and Reinstallation of Appurtenances Normal lump sum N 0510-9080 Removal of Appurtenances Normal lump sum N 0510-9183 Removal of Modular Bridge Variation LS/T N 0510-9184 Removal of Modular Bridge Substructures Normal LS/M3 N 0511-0120 Rock Protection Normal m3 Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0511-0130 Granular Sheeting Normal m2 Y 0511-0145 Rip-Rap Variation m2 Y 0511-0150 Geotextile Variation m2 Y 0512-0010 Gabions Normal m3 Y 0512-0015 Gabion Structures Not Exceeding 2m Height Normal m3 Y 0517-0010 Dewatering System Normal lump sum N 0517-0020 Temporary Flow Passage System Normal lump sum N 0539-0040 Protection System Normal lump sum N 0578-0010 Unshrinkable Fill Normal m3 Y 0599-5311 Geogrid Normal m2 N 0599-5320 Snow Fence Normal m N 0599-5948 Grader Rental Normal h N 0599-5960 Retained Soil System, True Abutment Normal lump sum N 0599-5961 Retained Soil System, False Abutment Normal lump sum N 0599-5962 Retained Soil System, Wall/Slope, High Performance Normal lump sum N 0599-5963 Retained Soil System, Wall/Slope, Medium Performance Normal lump sum N 0599-5964 Retained Soil System, Wall/Slope, Low Performance Normal lump sum N 0599-5965 Retained Soil System with Finishing Cap, Wall/Slope, High Performance Normal lump sum N 0599-5966 Retained Soil System with Finishing Cap, Wall/Slope, Medium Performance Normal lump sum N 0599-5969 Retained Soil System, Roadbase Embankment Normal lump sum N 0599-5970 Backfill for Retained Soil System, Ultra Lightweight Normal t N 0599-5971 Backfill for Retained Soil System, Lightweight Normal t N 0599-5972 Backfill for Retained Soil System, High Performance Normal t N 0599-5973 Backfill for Retained Soil System, Medium Performance Normal t N 0599-5974 Backfill for Retained Soil System, Low Performance Normal t N 0601-0010 Maintenance and Operation for Temporary Traffic Signal System Work Normal lump sum N 0602-0025 Electrical Maintenance Holes Variation each Y 0602-0026 Electrical Maintenance Holes (Temporary) Variation each Y 0602-0031 Adjusting and Rebuilding Electrical Chambers Normal each Y 0602-0045 Electrical Handholes Variation each Y 0602-0046 Electrical Handholes (Temporary) Variation each Y 0602-0050 Electrical Chamber Drains Variation m Y 0602-0051 Electrical Chamber Drains (Temporary) Variation m Y 0603-0025 Flexible Ducts Special m Y 0603-0026 Flexible Ducts (Temporary) Special m Y 0603-0027 Flexible Ducts by Subsurface Installation Special m Y 0603-0028 Flexible Ducts by Subsurface Installation (Temporary) Special m Y 0603-0029 Flexible Ducts by Subsurface Installation for Magnetic Detectors Variation m Y 0603-0030 Rigid Ducts, Concrete Encased for Magnetic Detectors Variation m Y 0603-0035 Rigid Ducts, Concrete Encased Special m Y 0603-0036 Rigid Ducts, Concrete Encased (Temporary) Special m Y 0603-0045 Rigid Ducts, Direct Buried Special m Y 0603-0046 Rigid Ducts, Direct Buried (Temporary) Special m Y 0603-0055 Rigid Ducts by Subsurface Installation Special m Y 0603-0056 Rigid Ducts by Subsurface Installation (Temporary) Special m Y 0603-0065 Rigid Ducts, Steel Encased by Subsurface Installation Special m Y 0603-0066 Rigid Ducts, Steel Encased by Subsurface Installation (Temporary) Special m Y 0603-0071 Rock Excavation for Electrical Installations Normal m3 Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0603-0081 Surface Mounted Duct Systems Special m Y 0603-0082 Surface Mounted Duct Systems (Temporary) Special m Y 0604-0015 High Voltage Cables, Direct Buried Variation m Y 0604-0016 High Voltage Cables, Direct Buried (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0020 Low Voltage Cables, Direct Buried Variation m Y 0604-0021 Low Voltage Cables, Direct Buried (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0025 Extra Low Voltage Cables, Direct Buried Variation m Y 0604-0026 Extra Low Voltage Cables, Direct Buried (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0030 Traffic Signal Cables, Direct Buried Variation m Y 0604-0031 Traffic Signal Cables, Direct Buried (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0035 Coaxial Cables, Direct Buried Normal m Y 0604-0036 Coaxial Cables, Direct Buried (Temporary) Normal m Y 0604-0040 High Voltage Cables, in Ducts Variation m Y 0604-0041 High Voltage Cables, in Ducts (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0045 Low Voltage Cables, in Ducts Variation m Y 0604-0046 Low Voltage Cables, in Ducts (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0050 Extra Low Voltage Cables, in Ducts Variation m Y 0604-0051 Extra Low Voltage Cables, in Ducts (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0052 Extra Low Voltage Cables for Magnetic Detectors, In Ducts Normal m Y 0604-0053 Extra Low Voltage Cables for Magnetic Detectors, In Ducts (Temporary) Normal m Y 0604-0055 Traffic Signal Cables, in Ducts Variation m Y 0604-0056 Traffic Signal Cables, in Ducts (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0060 Coaxial Cables, in Ducts Normal m Y 0604-0061 Coaxial Cables, in Ducts (Temporary) Normal m Y 0604-0065 Communication Cables, in Ducts Normal m Y 0604-0066 Communication Cables, in Ducts (Temporary) Normal m Y 0604-0070 Low Voltage Cables, Aerial with ACSR Neutral Variation m Y 0604-0071 Low Voltage Cables, Aerial with ACSR Neutral (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0075 Low Voltage Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable Variation m Y 0604-0076 Low Voltage Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0080 Extra Low Voltage Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable Variation m Y 0604-0081 Extra Low Voltage Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0085 Traffic Signal Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable Variation m Y 0604-0086 Traffic Signal Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0090 Coaxial Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable Normal m Y 0604-0091 Coaxial Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable (Temporary) Normal m Y 0604-0092 Communication Cables Aerial Normal m Y 0604-0093 Communication Cables Aerial (Temporary) Normal m Y 0604-0095 Steel Messenger Cables, Aerial Variation m Y 0604-0096 Steel Messenger Cables, Aerial (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0100 ACSR Cables, Aerial Variation m Y 0604-0101 ACSR Cables, Aerial (Temporary) Variation m Y 0604-0105 High Voltage Terminations and Splices Normal each Y 0604-0106 High Voltage Terminations and Splices (Temporary) Normal each Y 0609-0020 Ground Wires Variation m Y 0609-0021 Ground Wires (Temporary) Variation m Y 0609-0030 Ground Electrodes Variation each Y 0609-0031 Ground Electrodes (Temporary) Variation each Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0609-0040 Bonding Jumpers Variation each Y 0609-0041 Bonding Jumpers (Temporary) Variation each Y 0610-0010 Removal of Electrical Equipment Variation lump sum N 0611-0020 Underpass Luminaires Variation each Y 0611-0021 Underpass Luminaires (Temporary) Variation each Y 0611-0040 Replace Underpass Luminaires Variation each Y 0611-0050 Relamp Underpass Luminaires Variation each Y 0614-0030 Distribution Assemblies Variation each Y 0614-0031 Distribution Assemblies (Temporary) Variation each Y 0614-0040 Supply Control Cabinet Assemblies Variation each Y 0614-0041 Supply Control Cabinet Assemblies (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0020 Sectional Steel Poles, Direct Buried in Earth Variation each Y 0615-0021 Sectional Steel Poles, Direct Buried in Earth (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0030 Concrete Poles, Direct Buried in Earth Variation each Y 0615-0031 Concrete Poles, Direct Buried in Earth (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0040 Wood Poles, Direct Buried in Earth Variation each Y 0615-0041 Wood Poles, Direct Buried in Earth (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0060 Sectional Steel Poles, Direct Buried in Rock Variation each Y 0615-0061 Sectional Steel Poles, Direct Buried in Rock (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0070 Concrete Poles, Direct Buried in Rock Variation each Y 0615-0080 Wood Poles, Direct Buried in Rock Variation each Y 0615-0081 Wood Poles, Direct Buried in Rock (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0099 Heavy Class Sectional Steel Poles, Base Mounted Variation each Y 0615-0100 Sectional Steel Poles, Base Mounted Variation each Y 0615-0101 Sectional Steel Poles, Base Mounted (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0109 Heavy Class Steel Poles, Base Mounted Variation each Y 0615-0110 Steel Poles, Base Mounted Variation each Y 0615-0111 Steel Poles, Base Mounted (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0120 Aluminum Poles, Base Mounted Variation each Y 0615-0121 Aluminum Poles, Base Mounted (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0130 Frangible Bases Variation each Y 0615-0131 Frangible Bases (Temporary) Variation each Y 0615-0140 Guy Anchors Normal each Y 0615-0141 Guy Anchors (Temporary) Normal each Y 0615-0160 Breakaway Base Anti-Theft Device Normal each Y 0616-0020 Concrete Footings in Earth Variation each Y 0616-0021 Concrete Footings in Earth (Temporary) Variation each Y 0616-0030 Concrete Footings in Rock Variation each Y 0616-0031 Concrete Footings in Rock (Temporary) Variation each Y 0616-0040 Concrete Pads Variation each Y 0616-0041 Concrete Pads (Temporary) Variation each Y 0616-0045 Wooden Pads Variation each Y 0616-0046 Wooden Pads (Temporary) Variation each Y 0616-0050 Steel Footings Variation each Y 0616-0051 Steel Footings (Temporary) Variation each Y 0617-0020 Roadway Lighting Luminaires and Bracket Assemblies Variation each Y 0617-0021 Roadway Lighting Luminaires and Bracket Assemblies (Temporary) Variation each Y 0617-0022 LED Roadway Lighting Luminaires and Bracket Assemblies Variation each Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0617-0023 LED Roadway Lighting Luminaires and Bracket Assemblies (Temporary) Variation each Y 0617-0030 Floodlighting Luminaires and Bracket Assemblies Variation each Y 0617-0031 Floodlighting Luminaires and Bracket Assemblies (Temporary) Variation each Y 0617-0040 Replace Roadway Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0041 Replace LED Roadway Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0050 Replace Floodlighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0060 Relamp Roadway Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0070 Relamp Floodlighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0080 High Mast Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0081 High Mast Lighting Luminaires (Temporary) Variation each Y 0617-0082 Replace High Mast Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0083 Relamp High Mast Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0084 LED High Mast Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0617-0085 LED High Mast Lighting Luminaires (Temporary) Variation each Y 0617-0086 Replace LED High Mast Lighting Luminaires Variation each Y 0620-0020 Single Member Arms and Signal Hangers Variation each Y 0620-0021 Single Member Arms and Signal Hangers (Temporary) Variation each Y 0620-0030 Overbrace Arms and Signal Hangers Variation each Y 0620-0031 Overbrace Arms and Signal Hangers (Temporary) Variation each Y 0620-0040 Double Arm Brackets Variation each Y 0620-0041 Double Arm Brackets (Temporary) Variation each Y 0620-0050 Highway Type Signal Heads Normal each Y 0620-0051 Highway Type Signal Heads (Temporary) Normal each Y 0620-0060 Special Type Signal Heads Variation each Y 0620-0061 Special Type Signal Heads (Temporary) Variation each Y 0620-0070 Standard Type Signal Heads Normal each Y 0620-0071 Standard Type Signal Heads (Temporary) Normal each Y 0620-0080 Pedestrian Type Signal Heads Normal each Y 0620-0081 Pedestrian Type Signal Heads (Temporary) Normal each Y 0620-0090 Single Signal Head Sections Variation each Y 0620-0091 Single Signal Head Sections (Temporary) Variation each Y 0620-0100 Optically Directed Signal Heads Normal each Y 0620-0101 Optically Directed Signal Heads (Temporary) Normal each Y 0620-0110 Traffic Signal Equipment Modifications Breakdown each Y 0620-0111 Traffic Signal Equipment Modifications (Temporary) Breakdown each Y 0621-0020 Flasher Beacons and Downlights Variation each Y 0621-0021 Flasher Beacons and Downlights (Temporary) Variation each Y 0621-0030 Flasher Beacons Variation each Y 0621-0031 Flasher Beacons (Temporary) Variation each Y 0621-0040 Sign Light Assemblies for Keep Right Signs Variation each Y 0621-0041 Sign Light Assemblies for Keep Right Signs (Temporary) Variation each Y 0621-0050 Internally Illuminated Signs Variation each Y 0621-0051 Internally Illuminated Signs (Temporary) Variation each Y 0621-0060 Flasher Mechanisms Variation each Y 0621-0061 Flasher Mechanisms (Temporary) Variation each Y 0622-0020 Traffic Signal Controllers Variation each Y 0622-0021 Traffic Signal Controllers (Temporary) Variation each Y 0622-0040 Traffic Signal Controller Modifications Breakdown each Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0623-0020 Loop Detectors Variation each Y 0623-0021 Loop Detectors (Temporary) Variation each Y 0623-0022 ATMS Loop Detectors Variation each Y 0623-0023 ATMS Loop Detectors (Temporary) Variation each Y 0623-0030 Prefabricated Detector Loops Variation each Y 0623-0035 Traffic Count Station Variation each Y 0623-0040 Probe Detectors Variation each Y 0623-0041 Probe Detectors (Temporary) Variation each Y 0623-0080 Pedestrian Pushbuttons Normal each Y 0623-0081 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (Temporary) Normal each Y 0623-0082 Accessible Pedestrian Signals Normal each Y 0623-0083 Accessible Pedestrian Signals (Temporary) Normal each Y 0623-0084 Non-Intrusive Detection System Normal each Y 0623-0085 Non-Intrusive Detection System (Temporary) Normal each Y 0630-0025 25m Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles and Equipment Variation each Y 0630-0030 30m Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles and Equipment Variation each Y 0630-0035 35m Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles and Equipment Variation each Y 0630-0040 40m Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles and Equipment Variation each Y 0630-0045 45m Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles and Equipment Variation each Y 0631-0020 Concrete Footings for High Mast Lighting Poles Normal each Y 0631-0022 Maintenance Platform for High Mast Lighting Poles Variation each N 0681-0010 Maintenance and Warranty for Advanced Traffic Management System Work Normal lump sum N 0681-0020 Training for Advanced Traffic Management System Work Normal lump sum N 0681-0030 Spare Components for Advanced Traffic Management System Work Normal lump sum N 0681-0040 System Integration Testing for Advanced Traffic Management System Work Normal lump sum N 0681-0050 Ground Deployment of Portable Variable Message Signs Normal each Y 0681-0055 Fixed Support Deployment of Variable Message Signs Normal each Y 0681-0060 Maintenance and Warranty for Portable Variable Message Signs Normal lump sum N 0682-0009 ATMS Field Equipment Cabinet Maintenance Sites Variation each Y 0682-0030 Extra Low Voltage Cables in Sawcut Slots Variation m Y 0682-0045 Uninterruptible Power Supply Units Normal each Y 0682-0046 External Uninterruptible Power Supply Units Normal each Y 0682-0050 Base Mounted Communication Pedestals Normal each Y 0682-0055 Controller Cabinets, Pole Mounted Normal each Y 0682-0060 Controller Cabinets Variation each Y 0682-0061 Controllers Normal each Y 0682-0063 Non-Intrusive Traffic Sensors (Microwave) Normal each Y 0682-0065 Loop Vehicle Detector Sensor Units Variation each Y 0682-0070 Test Existing Loop Detectors Normal each Y 0682-0071 Sawcut Slot for Extra Low Voltage Cables Normal m Y 0682-0080 Removal of Advanced Traffic Management System Equipment Breakdown lump sum N 0682-0081 Removal of Advanced Traffic Management System Equipment Variation lump sum N 0682-0091 Inner Chambers Variation m Y 0682-0100 Concrete Pole, Direct Buried in Earth with Camera Raising and Lowering System Variation each Y 0682-0105 Concrete Pole, Direct Buried in Rock with Camera Raising and Lowering System Variation each Y 0683-0009 Splice Enclosures for Fibre Optic Cables Variation each Y 0683-0010 Fibre Optic Communication Cables, in Ducts Variation m Y 0683-0012 Data Interface Cables Normal lump sum N



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0683-0013 Fibre Optic Communication Cables, In Ducts (Temporary) Normal m Y 0683-0014 Fibre Optic Communication Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable Variation m Y 0683-0015 Fibre Optic Communication Cables, Aerial on Messenger Cable (Temporary) Normal m Y 0683-0020 Video Transmitters and Receivers Variation each Y 0683-0023 Video System Line Up and Test Normal lump sum N 0683-0027 Gateway Routers Normal each Y 0683-0030 Drop/Insert Nodes Normal each Y 0683-0034 Port Sharing Devices Normal each Y 0683-0035 Data System Line Up and Test Normal lump sum N 0683-0036 Fibre Optic Modems Normal each Y 0683-0037 Fibre Optic Ethernet Modems Normal each Y 0683-0050 Wireless Ethernet Bridges Normal each Y 0683-0055 Digital Video Encoders and Decoders Variation each Y 0683-0060 Port Servers Normal each Y 0683-0065 Ethernet Switches Variation each Y 0684-0010 Outdoor Closed Circuit Television Cameras Normal each Y 0684-0051 Closed Circuit Television Video Monitors Variation each Y 0684-0055 Dome Camera System Normal each Y 0685-0010 Variable Message Signs Variation each Y 0685-0021 Fixed Support Mountable Variable Message Signs Normal each Y 0687-9010 Rack Assemblies Normal each Y 0699-6040 Snow Melting Systems Normal lump sum N 0699-6140 Modification of Power Supply Equipment Normal lump sum N 0699-6141 Lighting Control System Normal lump sum N 0699-6142 Power Supply Cabinets Variation each Y 0699-6143 Power Supply Cabinets (Temporary) Normal each Y 0699-6145 Generators (Temporary) Normal each Y 0699-6146 Outdoor Receptacles Normal each Y 0699-6148 Power Service Pedestals Normal each Y 0699-6149 Transformers Normal each Y 0699-6210 Flasher Beacons with Signs Normal each Y 0699-6232 Emergency Vehicle Pre-emption Equipment Normal each Y 0699-6233 Emergency Vehicle Pre-emption Equipment (Temporary) Normal each Y 0703-0020 Small Signs, Ground Mounted, New Normal each Y 0703-0021 Small Signs, Relocation Normal each Y 0703-0022 Small Signs, Removal Normal each Y 0704-0025 Post Mounted Delineators Variation each Y 0705-0020 Flexible Delineator Post - Permanent Variation each Y 0705-0025 Flexible Delineator Post - Temporary Variation each Y 0705-0030 Flexible Delineator Post - Relocation Variation each Y 0706-0012 Portable Variable Message Sign, Relocation Variation each Y 0706-0013 Portable Variable Message Sign (Temporary) Variation each Y 0706-0015 Temporary Traffic Control Signs Normal lump sum N 0706-0020 Automated Flagger Assistance Devices Normal each Y 0706-0045 Road Closing / Restriction Notice Signs (TC-64) Normal each Y 0707-0010 Modified Overhead Signboards Normal each Y 0708-0010 Portable Temporary Traffic Signals Normal each Y 0710-0007 Pavement Marking Obliterating - By Abrasive Blasting Normal m Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0710-0008 Pavement Marking Obliterating - By Grinding Normal m Y 0710-0009 Pavement Marking Obliterating - By Black Line Mask Normal m Y 0710-0010 Pavement Marking Variation m Y 0710-0016 Pavement Markers, Recessed Normal each Y 0710-0020 Pavement Marking Symbols Variation each Y 0710-0030 Pavement Marking, Durable Variation m Y 0710-0040 Pavement Marking Symbols, Durable Variation each Y 0710-0050 Pavement Marking, Temporary Variation m Y 0710-0051 Pavement Marking, Temporary Normal lump sum N 0710-0060 Pavement Marking Symbols, Temporary Variation each Y 0710-0070 Pavement Marking, Temporary - Removable Variation m Y 0710-0080 Pavement Marking Symbols, Temporary - Removable Variation each Y 0710-0090 Raised Pavement Markers, Temporary Variation each Y 0710-0110 Pavement Marking, Temporary, Field Reacted Polymeric - Fluorescent Orange Variation m Y 0710-0115 Pavement Marking, Temporary, Paint - Fluorescent Orange Variation m Y 0710-0120 Pavement Marking, Temporary Removable - Fluorescent Orange Variation m Y 0721-0037 Adjust Cable Guide Rail Normal m Y 0721-0038 Cable Guide Rail Post Replacement Normal each Y 0721-0050 Single Rail Steel Beam Guide Rail Variation m Y 0721-0053 Single Rail Steel Beam Guide Rail, Base Plated For Shallow Culverts Variation m Y 0721-0060 Single Rail Steel Beam Guide Rail with Channel Variation m Y 0721-0070 Double Rail Steel Beam Guide Rail Variation m Y 0721-0080 Adjust Steel Beam Guide Rail, Wooden Posts Variation m Y 0721-0085 Adjust Steel Beam Guide Rail, Steel Posts Variation m Y 0721-0090 Adjust Steel Beam Guide Rail, Steel Posts with Steel Offset Blocks Variation m Y 0723-4100 Energy Attenuator - Permanent, Narrow Variation each Y 0723-4101 Energy Attenuator - Permanent, Wide Variation each Y 0723-4102 Energy Attenuator - Permanent, Extra Wide Variation each Y 0723-4103 Energy Attenuator - Permanent, High Exposure Variation each Y 0723-4104 Energy Attenuator - Permanent, Single Sided Normal each Y 0723-4105 Energy Attenuator - Temporary, Narrow Variation each Y 0723-4106 Energy Attenuator - Temporary, Wide Variation each Y 0723-4107 Energy Attenuator - Temporary, Extra Wide Variation each Y 0723-4108 Energy Attenuator - Temporary, Reduced Exposure Variation each Y 0723-4109 Energy Attenuator - Temporary, Dual Duty Variation each Y 0723-4110 Energy Attenuator - Relocation, Narrow Variation each Y 0723-4111 Energy Attenuator - Relocation, Wide Variation each Y 0723-4112 Energy Attenuator - Relocation, Extra Wide Variation each Y 0723-4113 Energy Attenuator - Relocation, Reduced Exposure Variation each Y 0723-4114 Energy Attenuator - Relocation, Dual Duty Variation each Y 0723-4115 Energy Attenuator - Permanent, Super Wide Variation each Y 0723-4116 Energy Attenuator - Temporary, Super Wide Variation each Y 0723-4117 Energy Attenuator - Relocation, Super Wide Variation each Y 0732-0100 Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal System Variation each Y 0733-0010 Steel Beam Terminal System Normal each Y 0740-0010 Concrete Barrier Variation m Y 0740-0012 Asymmetric Concrete Barrier Variation m Y 0740-0015 Tall Wall Barrier Variation m Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0740-0018 Asymmetric Tall Wall Barrier Variation m Y 0741-0020 Temporary Concrete Barrier Normal m Y 0741-0025 Temporary Concrete Barrier, Relocation Normal m Y 0741-0028 Temporary Concrete Barrier, Drainage Gap Normal each Y 0741-0030 Temporary Concrete Barrier, Reduced Deflection Normal m Y 0741-0035 Temporary Concrete Barrier, Reduced Deflection, Relocation Normal m Y 0741-0100 Movable Temporary Concrete Barrier Normal m Y 0741-0110 Movable Temporary Concrete Barrier, Relocation Normal m Y 0741-0120 Movable Temporary Concrete Barrier, Shift Normal lump sum N 0741-5600 Temporary Concrete Barrier Restraint System, Pinned Normal m Y 0741-5601 Temporary Concrete Barrier Restraint System, Strapped Normal m Y 0741-5602 Temporary Concrete Barrier Restraint System, Bolted Normal m Y 0753-0010 Connecticut Impact Attenuation System Normal each Y 0760-5100 2 m Noise Barrier System Normal m Y 0760-5105 2.5 m Noise Barrier System Normal m Y 0760-5110 3 m Noise Barrier System Normal m Y 0760-5111 3 m Noise Barrier System Including Precast Noise/Traffic Barrier Normal m Y 0760-5115 3.5 m Noise Barrier System Normal m Y 0760-5116 3.5 m Noise Barrier System Including Precast Noise/Traffic Barrier Normal m Y 0760-5117 3.5 m Noise Barrier System on Structures Normal m Y 0760-5120 4 m Noise Barrier System Normal m Y 0760-5121 4 m Noise Barrier System Including Precast Noise/Traffic Barrier Normal m Y 0760-5122 4 m Noise Barrier System on Structures Normal m Y 0760-5125 4.5 m Noise Barrier System Normal m Y 0760-5126 4.5 m Noise Barrier System Including Precast Noise/Traffic Barrier Normal m Y 0760-5130 5 m Noise Barrier System Normal m Y 0760-5131 5 m Noise Barrier System Including Precast Noise/Traffic Barrier Normal m Y 0760-5132 5 m Noise Barrier System on Structures Normal m Y 0760-5165 Noise Barrier Access Normal each Y 0771-0010 Highway Fence Normal m Y 0771-0020 Brace Panels Normal each Y 0771-0030 Gates Normal each Y 0772-0011 Chain-Link Fence Variation m Y 0772-0013 Gates Normal each Y 0791-0010 Expanded Metal Antiglare Screen Normal m Y 0799-0010 Bollards Variation each Y 0799-0050 Intermediate Signs, Ground Mounted, New Normal each Y 0799-0052 Intermediate Signs, Relocation Normal each Y 0799-0054 Intermediate Signs, Removal Normal each Y 0799-5501 Temporary Transition Barrier Normal each Y 0799-5502 Temporary Transition Barrier, Relocation Normal each Y 0799-5503 Temporary Transition Rail Normal each Y 0799-5504 Permanent REACT 350 Variation each Y 0799-6015 Ramp Closure Gates Normal each Y 0799-6016 Concrete in Ramp Closure Gate Support Footings Normal each Y 0799-7010 Adjust Water Valve Boxes Normal each N 0799-7020 Supply & Place Watermains and Accessories Normal lump sum N 0799-7040 Water Valve Chamber Normal each Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0799-8010 High Tension Three Cable Guide Rail - Shoulder Installation Normal m Y 0799-8015 High Tension Three Cable Guide Rail - Slope Installation Normal m Y 0799-8020 High Tension Cable Guide Rail Terminal System Normal each Y 0801-0010 Barrier for Tree Protection Normal m Y 0802-0011 Preparation for Topsoil Normal lump sum N 0802-0020 Topsoil from Stockpiles Normal m3 N 0802-0030 Topsoil, Imported Normal m3 N 0803-0006 Sod Variation m2 Y 0804-0050 Seed Variation m2 Y 0804-0051 Seed and Mulch Variation m2 Y 0804-0052 Seed and Erosion Control Blanket Variation m2 Y 0804-0053 Seed and Matrix Variation m2 Y 0805-0010 Light-Duty Sediment Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0020 Light-Duty Straw Bale Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0030 Light-Duty Silt Fence Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0035 Light-Duty Fibre Roll Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0040 Heavy-Duty Sediment Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0060 Heavy-Duty Silt Fence Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0065 Heavy-Duty Wire-Backed Silt Fence Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0070 Berm Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0080 Sandbag Barriers Normal m Y 0805-0085 Fibre Roll Grade Breaks Normal m Y 0805-0090 Flow Check Dams Normal each Y 0805-0100 Straw Bale Flow Check Dams Normal each Y 0805-0105 Fibre Roll Flow Check Dams Normal each Y 0805-0115 Sandbag Flow Check Dams Normal each Y 0805-0120 Rock Flow Check Dams Normal each Y 0805-0130 Sediment Traps Normal each Y 0805-0135 Slope Drains Normal each Y 0805-0145 Diversion Ditches Normal each Y 0805-0155 Sediment Traps for Dewatering Normal each Y 0805-0160 Filter Bags Normal each Y 0805-0161 Turbidity Curtains Normal m Y 0805-0170 Cofferdams Normal each Y 0810-0010 Rootwad Structure Normal each Y 0811-0010 Large Woody Debris Normal m N 0812-0010 Wood LUNKERS Normal m N 0812-0020 Stone LUNKERS Normal m N 0820-0010 Riffles Normal m2 Y 0821-0010 Pools Normal m2 Y 0822-0010 Rocky Ramps Normal m2 Y 0823-0010 Low Flow Channel Normal m Y 0823-0020 Low Flow Channel Normal t N 0824-0010 Baffles in a Culvert Normal each Y 0830-0010 Local Seed Bank Normal m2 Y 0899-0010 Management and Disposal of Materials Containing Asbestos Normal lump sum N 0899-5360 Sedimentation Basin Normal each N 0899-5390 Aquatic Vegetation Variation each Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0899-5395 Bulb Normal each Y 0899-5400 Shrub Root Mass Normal each Y 0899-5402 Shrub, 600 mm Height Variation each Y 0899-5403 Shrub, 1.0 m Height Variation each Y 0899-5404 Coniferous Tree, 500 mm Height Variation each Y 0899-5406 Coniferous Tree, 1.0 m Height Variation each Y 0899-5408 Coniferous Tree, 1.5 m Height Variation each Y 0899-5409 Coniferous Tree, 2.0 m Height Variation each Y 0899-5411 Deciduous Tree, 2.0 m Height Variation each Y 0899-5414 Deciduous Tree, 45 mm Caliper Variation each Y 0899-5415 Deciduous Tree, 50 mm Caliper Variation each Y 0899-5416 Deciduous Tree, 60 mm Caliper Variation each Y 0899-5419 Deciduous Tree, Whip Variation each Y 0899-5420 Perennial, 10 cm Pot Normal each Y 0899-5425 Perennial, 1 Gal. Pot Normal each Y 0899-8010 Wildlife Fence - Type A Normal m Y 0899-8012 Wildlife Fence - Type A, with Apron, Type B, 6.35 mm Fabric Opening Normal m Y 0899-8014 Wildlife Fence - Type A, with Apron, Type B, 9.53 mm Fabric Opening Normal m Y 0899-8016 Wildlife Fence - Type B, 6.35 mm Fabric Opening, Steel Posts Normal m Y 0899-8018 Wildlife Fence - Type B, 9.53 mm Fabric Opening, Steel Posts Normal m Y 0899-8020 Wildlife Fence - Type B, 6.35 mm Fabric Opening, Wood Posts Normal m Y 0899-8022 Wildlife Fence - Type B, 9.53 mm Fabric Opening, Wood Posts Normal m Y 0899-8024 Wildlife Fence - Type A Access Gate Normal each Y 0899-8026 Wildlife Fence - Type A Brace Panel Normal each Y 0899-8028 Wildlife Fence - Type B Brace Panel, Wood Normal each Y 0899-8030 Wildlife Fence - Type B Brace Panel, Steel Normal each Y 0899-8040 Wildlife Escape Normal each Y 0902-0010 Earth Excavation for Structure Normal m3 Y 0902-0020 Rock Excavation for Structure Normal m3 Y 0902-0030 Dewatering Structure Excavations Normal lump sum N 0902-0040 Clay Seal Normal lump sum N 0903-0010 Supply Equipment for Driving Piles Normal LS/M N 0903-0012 Supply Equipment for Installing Caisson Piles Normal lump sum N 0903-0014 Supply Equipment for Installing Displacement Caisson Piles Normal lump sum N 0903-0020 Sheet Piles Normal m2 N 0903-0050 H-Piles - HP 310X79 Normal m N 0903-0052 H-Piles - HP 310X94 Normal m N 0903-0054 H-Piles - HP 310X110 Normal m N 0903-0060 Tube Piles Normal m N 0903-0070 Wood Piles Normal m N 0903-0080 Precast Concrete Piles Normal m N 0903-0090 Caisson Piles Normal m N 0903-0100 Displacement Caisson Piles Normal m N 0903-0120 Driving Shoes Normal each Y 0903-0130 Rock Points Normal each Y 0903-0150 Retapping Piles Normal lump sum N 0904-0015 Concrete in Culverts Normal m3 Y 0904-0035 Mass Concrete Normal m3 Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0904-0045 Tremie Concrete Normal m3 Y 0904-0055 Concrete in Footings Normal m3 Y 0904-0065 Concrete in Barrier Wall Footings Normal m3 Y 0904-0075 Concrete in Structure Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0085 Concrete in Substructure Variation LS/M3 N 0904-0095 Concrete in Substructure and Retaining Walls Variation LS/M3 N 0904-0105 Concrete in Deck Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0110 Prestressed Concrete Bridge Deck Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0115 Concrete in Barrier Walls Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0125 Concrete in Parapet Walls Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0135 Concrete in Approach Slabs Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0145 Concrete in Slope Paving Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0150 Concrete in Toe Wall Normal lump sum N 0904-0185 High Performance Concrete in Substructure Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0190 High Performance Concrete in Structure Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0195 High Performance Concrete in Approach Slab Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0200 High Performance Concrete in Deck Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0205 High Performance Concrete in Barrier Walls Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0210 High Performance Concrete in Parapet Walls Normal LS/M3 N 0904-0215 High Performance Concrete in Substructure and Retaining Walls Normal LS/M3 N 0905-0010 Reinforcing Steel Bar Normal LS/T N 0905-0025 Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bar Normal LS/T N 0905-0030 Mechanical Connectors Normal each Y 0905-0045 Stainless Steel Mechanical Connectors Normal each Y 0906-0011 Fabrication of Structural Steel Normal LS/T N 0906-0020 Delivery of Structural Steel Normal LS/T N 0906-0030 Erection of Structural Steel Normal LS/T N 0907-0010 Wood in Structure Normal LS/M3 N 0907-0020 Wood in Cribs Normal m3 Y 0908-0010 Pedestrian Railing Normal m Y 0908-0020 Barrier Wall Railing Normal m Y 0908-0030 Parapet Wall Railing Normal m Y 0908-0040 Bicycle Railing Normal m Y 0908-0050 Metal Traffic Barrier Normal m Y 0909-0030 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 900 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0031 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1200 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0032 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1400 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0033 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1600 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0034 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1900 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0035 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 2300 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0040 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 900 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0041 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1200 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0042 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1400 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0043 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1600 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0044 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1900 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0045 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 2300 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0050 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 900 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0051 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1200 Installation Normal LS/M N



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0909-0052 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1400 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0053 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1600 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0054 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 1900 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0055 Prestressed Concrete Girders CPCI 2300 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0230 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 900 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0231 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1200 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0232 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1400 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0233 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1600 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0234 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1800 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0235 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 2000 Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0240 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 900 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0241 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1200 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0242 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1400 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0243 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1600 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0244 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1800 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0245 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 2000 Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0250 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 900 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0251 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1200 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0252 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1400 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0253 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1600 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0254 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 1800 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0255 Prestressed Concrete Girders NU 2000 Installation Normal LS/M N 0909-0330 Prestressed Concrete Box Girders Fabrication Normal LS/M N 0909-0340 Prestressed Concrete Box Girders Delivery Normal LS/M N 0909-0350 Prestressed Concrete Box Girders Installation Normal LS/M N 0910-0020 Longitudinal Stressing System Normal LS/T N 0910-0030 Transverse Stressing System Normal LS/T N 0910-0040 Vertical Stressing System Normal LS/T N 0911-0010 Coating Existing Structural Steel Normal LS/M2 N 0911-0012 Coating New Structural Steel Normal LS/M2 N 0911-0015 Coating Steel Railing System(s) Normal LS/M2 N 0911-0016 Coating New Structural Steel Sign Support Structures Normal lump sum N 0911-0020 Environmental Protection During Coating of Structural Steel and Railing System(s) Normal LS/M2 N 0913-0010 Embedded Work in Structure (Ministry) Normal LS/M N 0913-0020 Embedded Work in Structure (Bell Canada) Normal LS/M N 0913-0040 Embedded Work in Structure (Utility) Normal LS/M N 0913-0050 Embedded Work in Structure (Utility - 2) Normal LS/M N 0914-0011 Bridge Deck Waterproofing Normal LS/M2 N 0914-0021 Modification of Deck Drains Normal each Y 0914-0031 Form and Fill Grooves Normal m Y 0914-0040 Membrane Reinforcement Normal m Y 0914-0050 Deck Surface Preparation Normal m2 Y 0915-0012 Concrete in Ground Mounted Static Sign Support Footings, Tri-chord and Cantilever Normal each Y 0915-0013 Concrete in Median Mounted Static Sign Support Footings, Tri-chord and Cantilever Normal each Y 0915-0014 Concrete in Steel Monotube Overhead Sign Support Footings Normal each Y 0915-0015 Concrete in Steel Column Breakaway Sign Support Footings Normal each Y 0915-0016 Concrete in Steel Column Non-Breakaway Sign Support Footings Normal each Y 0915-0017 Concrete in Ground Mounted Variable Message Sign Support Footings Normal each Y



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0915-0018 Concrete in Median Mounted Variable Message Sign Support Footings Normal each Y 0915-0032 Steel Monotube Overhead Sign Support Structures, Span 0 - 18.0 m Normal each Y 0915-0033 Steel Monotube Overhead Sign Support Structures, Span Greater Than 18.0 m Normal each Y 0915-0040 Steel Column Breakaway Sign Support Structures Normal each Y 0915-0041 Steel Column Non-Breakaway Sign Support Structures Normal each Y 0915-0050 Wood Column Breakaway Sign Support Structures Normal each Y 0915-0051 Wood Column Non-Breakaway Sign Support Structures Normal each Y 0915-0060 Cantilever Static Sign Support Structures, Class .... Variation each Y 0915-0065 Cantilever Tri-Chord Static Sign Support Structures, Class ... Variation each Y 0915-0070 Aluminum Bridge Mounted Sign Support Structures Normal each Y 0915-0075 Tri-Chord Static Sign Support Structures, Span 0 - 18.50 m Normal each Y 0915-0076 Tri-Chord Static Sign Support Structures, Span 18.51 - 27.50 m Normal each Y 0915-0077 Tri-Chord Static Sign Support Structures, Span Greater Than 27.50 m Normal each Y 0915-0097 Variable Message Sign Support Structures, Span 0 - 22.00 m Normal each Y 0915-0098 Variable Message Sign Support Structures, Span 22.01 - 28.00 m Normal each Y 0915-0099 Variable Message Sign Support Structures, Span Greater Than 28.00 m Normal each Y 0915-0100 Pole Mounted Variable Message Sign Support Structures Normal each Y 0915-0105 Repair of Existing Structure Normal lump sum N 0915-0110 Attachment of Signboards Normal each Y 0918-0015 Temporary Modular Bridge Normal LS/T N 0919-0010 Temporary Support Normal lump sum N 0920-0010 Deck Joint Assemblies, Installation Normal LS/M N 0920-0020 Deck Joint Assemblies, Modification Normal LS/M N 0920-0030 Repair of Existing Deck Joints Normal lump sum N 0922-0010 Bearings Normal lump sum N 0928-0050 Scarifying Normal m2 N 0928-0055 Access to Work Area, Work Platform and Scaffolding Normal lump sum N 0928-0060 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth - Type A Normal m3 N 0928-0061 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth - Type A Normal m2 N 0928-0065 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth - Type B Normal m3 N 0928-0066 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth - Type B Normal m2 N 0928-0070 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth - Type C Normal m3 N 0928-0071 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth - Type C Normal m2 N 0928-0075 Concrete Removal - Full Depth Normal m3 N 0928-0078 Concrete Removal - Full Depth Normal lump sum N 0928-0080 Concrete Removal - Complete Deck Normal lump sum N 0928-0085 Concrete Removal - Deck Joint Assemblies Normal LS/M3 N 0928-0090 Concrete Removal - Structural Component Normal lump sum N 0929-0030 Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Reinforcing Steel Normal m2 N 0929-0040 Abrasive Blast Cleaning for Overlays Normal LS/M2 N 0929-0051 Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Structural Steel in Contact with Concrete Normal LS/M2 N 0930-0065 Place Concrete Overlay Normal m3 N 0930-0070 Place Silica Fume Concrete Overlay Normal m3 N 0930-0095 Finish and Cure Concrete Overlay Normal LS/M2 N 0930-0100 Finish and Cure Silica Fume Concrete Overlay Normal lump sum N 0930-0126 Concrete Refacing Normal m3 N 0930-0131 Concrete Refacing, Form and Pump Normal m3 N 0930-0136 Concrete Patches, Unformed Surface Normal m3 N



Item Code Title Col Type U.O.M. PQP 0930-0146 Concrete Patches, Formed Surface Normal m3 N 0930-0151 Concrete Patches, Form and Pump Normal m3 N 0930-0165 Modification of Deck Drains Normal each Y 0930-0175 Drainage Tubes in Deck Normal each Y 0931-0015 Normal Shotcrete Normal m3 N 0931-0030 Silica Fume Shotcrete Normal m3 N 0932-0010 Crack Injection Normal m N 0932-0020 Routing and Sealing - Hot-Poured Rubberized Joint Sealing Compound Normal m N 0932-0030 Routing and Sealing - Cold Applied Joint Sealing Compound Normal m N 0935-0100 Acceptance Testing for Cathodic Protection Normal lump sum N 0935-0110 Anode Mesh Normal m2 N 0935-0120 Cathode Connections Normal each Y 0935-0130 Cathodic Protection Cabinets Normal each Y 0935-0140 Cathodic Protection Rectifiers Normal lump sum N 0935-0150 Cathodic Protection Remote Monitoring and Control Units Normal lump sum N 0935-0160 Concrete Pads for Cathodic Protection Normal each Y 0935-0170 Extra Low Voltage Cables for Cathodic Protection Normal LS/M N 0935-0180 Reference Cells Normal each Y 0935-0190 Rigid Ducts and Junction Boxes for Cathodic Protection Normal lump sum N 0942-0010 Pre-Production Test Anchors Normal m N 0942-0012 Production Anchor Normal m N 0942-0014 Post-Grouting of Bond Length Normal kg N 0999-0165 Dowels into Concrete Normal each Y 0999-0310 Precast Concrete Bridge Elements, Fabrication Normal lump sum N 0999-0311 Precast Concrete Bridge Elements, Delivery Normal lump sum N 0999-0312 Precast Concrete Bridge Elements, Installation Normal lump sum N 0999-9020 Dry Stone Retaining Wall Not Exceeding 2m Height Normal m3 N 0999-9081 Handrail Repairs Normal lump sum N 0999-9100 Concrete Sealer Normal m2 N 0999-9150 Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer Reinforcing Bar Normal LS/M3 N 0999-9170 Rock Anchors Normal each N 0999-9180 Socketing Piles into Rock Normal each N 0999-9182 Augering Piles Normal m N 0999-9190 Dead Men and Tie Rods Normal lump sum N 0999-9191 Dywidag Bars Normal each Y 0999-9192 Shear Connectors Normal each Y 0999-9210 Joint Seal Normal m N 0999-9220 Jacking of Superstructure Normal lump sum N 0999-9310 Deck Drains Normal each Y 0999-9311 Deck Drain Extension Normal lump sum N 0999-9312 Void Drains Normal each N 0999-9321 Drain Tube Extension Normal lump sum N 0999-9330 Deck Anchorage Normal lump sum N 0999-9340 Stressing System Normal lump sum N 0999-9350 Temporary Decking Normal lump sum N

CHAPTER B Writer’s Guide for Chapter B Detail Estimating Sections

WRITER’S GUIDE FOR CHAPTER B DETAIL ESTIMATING SECTIONS 1.0 Introduction

The purpose of this document is to provide insight and guidance to persons involved in writing Contract Design Estimation and Documentation (CDED) Chapter B Detail Estimating sections. Detail Estimating sections provide designer guidance on how to design, estimate quantities and document tender items related to each applicable Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS) construction specification. The CDED Manual, Chapter B typically forms part of the terms-of-reference for detailed design projects. Design project managers and the project team shall follow the guidance given unless reasons exist to do things in different ways. Designers shall be prepared to explain and justify departures from the guidance provided. The end-product includes a biddable tender package and a constructible design package that is suitable for administration of capital construction projects on the Ministry’s Provincial highway network. The CDED Manual is the guide for designers to complete detailed design for highways. Some Structural and all Electrical engineering functions are not covered by the CDED Manual, Chapter B. Guidance in detailed design for those engineering functions may be obtained in the Structural Manual, CDED Volume 3 Electrical, and CDED Volume 4 Advanced Traffic Management Systems (ATMS).

1.1 Contract Documentation The core of tender packages consists of the Tender. The Tender is supported by engineering standards, including: • Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSSs), • Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs) and Ministry of Transportation

Ontario Drawings (MTODs). • Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) are used to modify OPSSs, as warranted.

The Contract Package includes: • Contract Drawings are drawings or plans provided by the owner for the work,

as defined in the MTO General Conditions of Contract (OPSS.PROV 100), GC 1.07.

• Non-standard special provisions (NSSPs) which supplement and modify the standards to provide specific information on the Construction Project.



The MTO General Conditions of Contract (OPSS.PROV 100), GC 2.02, Order of Precedence, provides guidance on the relationship between the different types of documents. The tender package contains adequate information to estimate the cost of the work for tendering purposes. Supporting information in the design package provides all the details required to construct the work. This includes all dimensioned data, such as detailed cross-sections for example. When changes are made to engineering standards, the corresponding sections of the CDED Manual, Chapter B and the CA&IT Manual should be updated. Having these documents compatible with one-another will help to ensure that tender packages are properly assembled and construction contracts are properly administered. Relationship to Other Documents:

Document Custodial Office Primary Reader Task Performed by Primary Reader

CDED Manual, Chapter B *

Design and Contract Standards Office (DCSO)

Design Project Manager and Project Team

Detailed Design

Engineering Standards (OPSS, OPSD, SSP)

Applicable Provincial Functional Office (PFO)

Contractor Construction

Construction Administration and Inspection Task (CAIT) Manual

Contract Management Office (CMO)

Contract Administrator (CA)

Construction Administration

* The Electrical and ATMS CDED chapters and the Structural Manual cover their respective functions.

1.2 Authors and Readers of CDED Chapter B Sections Authors of CDED Chapter B sections:

• are typically representatives from engineering functional offices within the Ministry that are similarly involved with writing and updating design policies and contract documentation, including OPS Specifications.

• are assumed to have a good understanding of the technical subject (engineering discipline) that is relevant to the Chapter B section. For multi-disciplinary Chapter B sections, consultation with other functional offices may be necessary. The author and their office colleagues are assumed to have a good understanding of ministry construction practice with respect to the particular subject. Liaison with CMO may be necessary to confirm ministry practice regarding construction administration. Liaison with regional staff and the appropriate functional committee(s) may be necessary to obtain an adequate understanding of the current practices in all of the ministry’s regions.



• may not have direct experience in creating contract documents or administering construction contracts and may need some assistance with the documentation functions. Staff of the Engineering and Specifications Management Section (ESSMS), DCSO are able to assist with this.

Readers of Chapter B sections:

• are typically project managers and their project team for a detailed design project. These persons could be ministry staff or employees of an engineering consulting firm.

• will often be relying on the technical content of design reports and will not be in a position to technically review them or accept responsibility for their content.

• will often be responsible to assemble a contract package as a deliverable. Such a person may have a reasonable understanding of ministry construction practice and the components of a tender package and a design package.

1.3 Writing Chapter B Sections Write the CDED section as if you are directly telling the reader how to design, estimate and document the design project to create a tender package. Use standard English with good grammar and complete sentences. Where appropriate, diagrams, figures, tables, numbered lists or bulleted lists may be used. Large tables or figures should be included in an appendix to the Chapter B section. Expand all acronyms at first usage within the section. Under sub-section 1: GENERAL, provide a general description of the subject being covered. Discuss major principles, constraints or limitations. Describe how other tender item quantities may be influenced by installations under these tender items, as applicable. For these cases provide reference to the appropriate CDED Chapter B sections. For example, many tender items cover installation of appurtenances (i.e. safety hardware, drainage features, illumination, etc.) that will influence grading requirements. Details on the contents of sub-sections 2 through 8 are given below in the corresponding sub-section.

1.4 Section, Sub-section Numbering and Headings The CDED B-section title should match the title of the corresponding OPS construction specification, where practical. The Chapter B section number corresponds to the three-digit OPS construction specification number and the first four digits of the tender item code (first digit is “zero”) for related tender items. Where multiple CDED Chapter B sections are applicable to one OPSS, they are further identified as -1, -2, etc. There are nine mandatory standardized first-level sub-section headings in each Chapter B section. Second-level headings may be used at the author’s discretion.



Some possible second level headings are provided, but their applicability depends on the subject being covered. Second-level headings are appropriate to subdivide a lengthy sub-section. Mandatory first-level sub-section headings

Examples of second-level sub-section headings. These may be determined at the author’s discretion

NNN.1: GENERAL NNN.1.1: Introduction NNN.1.2: Definitions

NNN.2: REFERENCES

NNN.3: TENDER ITEMS

NNN.4: SPECIFICATIONS

NNN.5: SPECIAL PROVISIONS

NNN.5.1: Fill-in Special Provisions NNN.5.2: Non-Standard Special Provisions

NNN.6: STANDARD DRAWINGS NNN.6.1: Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs) NNN.6.2: MTO Drawings (MTODs) NNN.6.3: Contract Drawings

NNN.7: DESIGN NNN.7.1: Information to be Provided to Bidders

NNN.8: COMPUTATION

NNN.9: DOCUMENTATION

NNN.9.1: Contract Drawings NNN.9.2: Quantity Sheets NNN.9.3: Documentation Accuracy NNN.9.4: Non-Standard Special Provisions

For cases when a sub-section is not used, its title shall be included with the words “- not applicable” added for sub-sections 1, 7, 8 & 9. For all other sub-sections, 2 through 6, the word “- none” shall be included with the title, when that sub-section is not used.

2.0 Step Process to Write a Draft CDED Chapter B section A CDED Chapter B Section shall be revised to be compatible with any changes are made to the corresponding OPSS, or SSPs. This process should be initiated when an OPSS and related documents are being developed by the ministry or by an OPS Specialty Committee. This will allow the CDED Chapter B section to be nearly complete by the time that the OPSS is published. Final edits may be done, based on the published OPSS, when it becomes available. This will help to ensure that OPSS and all related documents may be implemented in CPS per the scheduling requirements set out in the Memorandum ‘Implementation of OPS Specifications in Construction Contracts’ (dated: August 27, 2007 and signed by G. Todd).



Step 1 - Assemble and Review all Relevant Contract Documentation • Obtain the existing CDED Chapter B section, as applicable • Obtain the applicable published OPS specification (or OPSS under development, as applicable)

and standard drawings. • Obtain existing applicable standard special provisions (SSPs). Additional information may be

found in ‘Regional’ non-standard special provisions (Regional NSSPs). • Confirm whether the published specification is compatible with current ministry practices and

policies. • Follow the requirements of the document: ‘Scheduling and Tracking Updates of Standard

Specifications and the CDED Manual’ (dated November 30, 2007) See Appendix A. • Establish whether the existing and/or proposed standard tender items are appropriate. • SSP(s) may be required to modify the published OPSS.

Step 2 Gather all Pertinent Design-Related Information • Obtain and review the content of any design documents that may be a reference document (i.e.

manuals, design memoranda, design bulletins). • ESSMS can provide a list of OPSSs and SSPs that have a reference to the subject OPSS.

Step 3 Produce First Draft of CDED Chapter B Section • Refer to this document and existing, recently published CDED Chapter B sections for guidance

and examples.

Step 4 Review Content with Appropriate Functional Committee(S) and/or Regional Staff • Review the contract documentation and draft CDED section to ensure that it is compatible with

current practice. • Make revisions based on feedback from functional committees or regional staff. • Construction administration issues should be reviewed with CMO.

Step 5 Review Content with ESSMS • Via E-mail, send electronic copies of the draft CDED Chapter B section, along with the

applicable OPS specification, any draft SSP(s) and applicable standard drawings. • In the covering E-mail, describe all the documentation for implementation, along with any

proposed tender item revisions. Also note any corresponding documentation that is currently active in CPS which will be superseded.

• Address comments received back from ESSMS.

Step 6 Review with Contract Documentation Committee (CDC) • CDC meeting agendas and schedules are arranged through ESSMS. • The draft CDED Chapter B section, and all related documents (OPSS, OPSDs, SSPs, as

applicable) shall be distributed to CDC a minimum of two weeks in advance of the next scheduled meeting.

• Functional office representation at the CDC meeting is essential. • Address CDC comments and finalize Chapter B section.

Step 7 Implement the CDED Section and Associated Documentation in CPS • Submit final documentation to ESSMS with a covering E-mail as per Step 5, above. • As applicable, co-ordinate this activity with an update to the Construction Administration and

Inspection Task (CAIT) Manual that is administered by CMO.



2.1 Use of Words ‘shall’: indicates a mandatory obligation and is widely used in standard specifications and similarly used in CDED Chapter B Sections. ‘should’: is used to describe use of a recommended practice. ‘may’: indicates that there is a choice. ‘May’ is typically to allow an exception to a rule, provided that certain circumstances apply

3.0 References List all applicable Ministry design manuals, directives, memoranda or bulletins in this section. Construction standards documentation is listed under appropriate headings below. Do not repeat references of documentation that are provided in the referenced OPSS. Referenced documents should be discussed within the body of the CDED Chapter B section so that designers are directed appropriately to these specific documents. All referenced documents should be readily available to the designer. Include the source of the document, as applicable. The source could be a library, publisher or web-site. Such reference documents would typically be listed in the terms-of-reference for a consultant assignment of a detailed design project. List proprietary documentation, such as design guides or installation guides, if applicable. A brief description of the type of information to be obtained from reference documents may be provided, as it pertains to the applicable tender item(s). Any design document referred to within the Chapter B section should be listed in the REFERENCES sub-section. List project-specific design reports that are typically provided for the applicable engineering function. As a CDED Chapter B section is typically used by project Managers and the project team, it is not necessary to include reference documents of a highly technical nature that would be used only by practitioners of specific engineering functions. Designers would typically rely upon and follow the recommendations within a design report from such practitioners and would not need to address or verify the details provided by those functions.

3.1 Reference Documents (as applicable to this guide) • OPSS.PROV 100; MTO General Conditions of Contract • Recently implemented CDED Chapter B Sections



• Highway Design Bulletin 2008-003; Management of New: NSTs, NSSPs and Modified SSPs

• Structural Manual • Electrical Engineering Manual • Construction Administration and Inspection Task Manual

4.0 Tender Items List tender item names. These should exactly match the tender item names given in the OPS specification or SSPs (if applicable) and in CPS. Applicable tender items are identified in CPS by the 2nd, 3rd and 4th digits of the tender item code which correspond to the three-digit OPSS construction specification number and the three-digit number for the CDED Chapter B Section. Codes are not required to be included.

5.0 Specifications Provide a general reference about where applicable Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSS) are located. The subject OPSS is identified, as applicable. The OPSS number may represent either an OPSS.common or OPSS.PROV (Provincial) Specification, as applicable. However, if an OPSS.MUNI (Municipal) is required, it must be specifically identified.

6.0 Special Provisions Provide a general reference about where applicable standard special provisions (SSPs) are located. Specific references to SSPs should not be given. Designers will rely on SSP warrants to ensure that appropriate SSPs are included in the contract documents. Use of fill-in SSPs may be appropriate for cases where similar project-specific details must be included repetitively in many contracts. The ‘Notes to Designer’ appendix to an SSP should only be used to include information to assist the designer to complete fill-in SSPs. All other SSP-related information should be contained in the corresponding CDED Chapter B section. The warrant for use of each SSP is provided at the end of the SSP.



7.0 Non-Standard Special Provisions (NSSPs) Discuss possible needs for NSSPs, if applicable, under Section 9: DOCUMENTATION, below. Regional Offices have ‘Regional’ NSSPs that they typically use to apply specific requirements to particular situations. Regional NSSPs may be downloaded from CPS.

8.0 Standard Drawings Provide a general reference about where applicable standard drawings are located. Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs), MTO Drawings (MTODs) and Structural Standard Drawings (SSDs) may be applicable. Reference would typically be made to a division or ‘hundred’ series of drawings, not the individual drawing numbers. For example: 200 Series drawings are for General Grading features. The individual OPSDs or MTODs may change on a frequent basis which, if included, would require updating of the corresponding CDED Chapter B section each time such a change was made.

9.0 Design Discuss circumstances where use of specific tender items is recommended. Information may be provided on the relationship and applicability of the various design manuals to the particular tender items. Any design manuals shall be listed in sub-section 2: REFERENCES, above. For cases where design manuals do not exist, a complete discussion of design requirements is appropriate in this sub-section. Providing a brief summary of design requirements is not recommended because it may be problematic, as readers may be led to believe that all design requirement details have been met. a) Information to be Provided to Bidders

Bidders will need specific information in order to bid on the tendered work. Providing such detailed information will allow bidders to provide a well-informed and competitive bid. This will help to reduce risks and extra costs associated with uncertainty. Such information could include but is not limited to: • Geotechnical borehole data • Survey data • Existing condition data



10.0 Computation Discuss each tender item or group of similar tender items in a separate paragraph. Indicate whether each tender item is Plan Quantity Payment (PQP) item. This information is available in CPS for existing tender items but will need to be determined for all new tender items. The level of checking or verification should be provided for PQP tender items. There is a unique unit-of-measure (UOM) to express the quantity for each tender item, as provided in CPS. Discuss the UOM for each tender item and specifically how the quantity is measured. For example, linear measure in metres, m, could be either horizontal or following a slope. Describe from where the quantity measurement may be obtained. For example: quantities may be measured from field measurement, design cross-sections or contract drawings, etc. Detailed discussion may be provided on how to measure tender quantities in difficult or unusual project-specific situations, where appropriate. The ‘complimentary summary sheet’ form (PH-CC-44) should be identified for use for computation of applicable tender item quantities. Some tender items have UOMs of LS/M, LS/M2, LS/M3 and LS/T. These are not PQP items and are mostly structural oriented. Quantities are provided for estimating purposes only. They are similar to lump-sum tender items but allow for tracking of unit prices on a length, area, volume or weight basis. In the tender document, the quantities for these items appear as 100% and the measured quantities do not appear. Discuss how work done under these tender items may influence requirements for other tender items or their quantities. It may be necessary to discuss how to avoid double payment of the same feature over multiple tender items, where applicable. An example of where double payment could occur would be where the neat lines of different excavations overlap, causing double payment for this excavation.

11.0 Documentation This sub-section provides guidance on how to document tender item(s) with respect to contract drawings, quantity sheets and NSSPs. Project-specific details are provided in these documents. Improving consistency in documentation across the province will improve quality and efficiency. OPSSs often contain wording, such as: “…., as specified in the Contract Documents”. This guides readers to seek out more project-specific information elsewhere in the contract. Such information may reside in other specifications, SSPs, quantity sheets or drawings (OPSDs or MTODs). However, for some cases,



such information may be required within the non-standard documentation to address project-specific circumstances. For each such notation in the OPSS, the writer of the CDED Chapter B section should verify that the required information is either contained in the accompanying standard documents or will be accounted for in the project-specific non-standard documentation. Where non-standard documentation is needed, the CDED Chapter B section must provide guidance to the designer as to how and where in the tender package the details are to be provided. This type of information is often detailed in Appendix A of OPSS’s. Appendix A is not used by the Ministry, but it provides useful information that is typically provided in the CDED Chapter B section. Information contained in standard specifications or other contract documentation should not be repeated. a) Contract Drawings

Contract drawings include drawings or plans, profiles, typical cross-sections and non-standard details and may include other reports, lists or schedules. These may include standard or modified OPSDs or MTODs. Explain how to show the information on these drawings, as applicable. Standard symbology is provided in the 100 series of both OPSDs and MTODs. Provide descriptions of any other information that shall be provided on the contract drawings to support these tender items. For example: geotechnical borehole data. Quantity sheets are considered to be contract drawings. Sample quantity sheets may be obtained from Chapter F. Instructions on which quantity sheet format to use and how to complete filling it out, for each applicable tender item, is covered in sub-section 9: DOCUMENTATION.

b) Quantity Sheets (Q-sheets) Q-sheets are usually provided in 11X17 format. Information on Q-sheets is contained in CDED Chapter F. As applicable to the tender item, provide a line entry in the Q-sheet for each installation or segment of product to be supplied, installed or constructed. As applicable, locate the installation by including start and end locations (chainages) of each installation and indicate left or right of centreline. Separate tender items should not be combined on one line of the Q-sheet. Indicate whether additional information in addition to chainage is required, for example: offset, left or right. In complex projects, staging considerations should be accounted for such that quantities applicable to each stage are provided. The required accuracy of such dimensions should be included in the CDED Chapter B section, where appropriate.



For variation tender items, list each possible variation with a brief explanation of its application. Each variation of the tender item shall be entered in a separate column heading in the Q-sheet. The space available for headings is 92 characters (4 lines of up to 23 characters each). Quantities for each installation shall be entered in the Q-sheet in the appropriate box where the line for that installation meets the column applicable to the tender item variation. An appropriate title shall be provided for each column in the quantity sheet. Tender item “column types” : Normal, Variation, Special, and Breakdown. “Column types” of tender items are documented in Contract Preparation System (CPS), under CPS Help. This type influences how these items are documented in quantity sheets (Q-sheets). The type of each tender item listed in CPS is listed under “Items Master”.

c) Non-Standard Special Provisions (NSSPs) Discuss how project-specific information is documented in NSSPs, modified SSPs and fill-in SSPs. Improperly drafted NSSPs are a major source of contractual problems that lead to engineering claims. Use of NSSPs should be minimized, where possible. The use of existing contract documentation, including NSSPs that have been successfully used before, is usually preferable to drafting new NSSPs. References on how to write NSSPs are included in the SP writer’s guide. See CDED Chapter E for detailed information on how to write SSPs and NSSPs. The requirements of Highway Design Bulletin 2008-003, Management of New: Non-Standard Tender Items, Non-Standard Special Provisions and Modified Standard Special Provisions, shall be complied with for the NSSP and non-standard tender item review process.

d) Documentation Accuracy Indicate the accuracy (rounding) for the UOM of the tender quantity.


CHAPTER B List of Active Detail Estimating Sections


LIST OF ACTIVE DETAIL ESTIMATING SECTIONS CDED Title Issue Date B201-1 Clearing May 2013 B201-3 Grubbing May 2013 B201-4 Removal of Boulders May 2013 B201-6 Mechanical Stump Cutting May 2013 B202 Rock Removal by Manual Scaling, Machine Scaling, Trim Blasting, or Controlled

Blasting Feb 2014

B203 Rock Stabilization Aug 2015 B206-1 Earth Grading Apr 2014 B206-2 Rock Grading Jan 2014 B206-3 Excavation for Pavement Widening Jan 2014 B209 Embankments Over Swamps and Compressible Soils Mar 2012 B212 Earth Borrow Jan 2014 B299-1 Rental of Equipment May 1994 B299-2 Ditch Cleanout Apr 2014 B301 Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces May 1996 B304 Surface Treatments Feb 2005 B305 Granular Sealing Dec 2016 B307 Stockpiling of Patching Materials and Patching of Asphalt Pavement Jun 2012 B308 Tack Coat Feb 2017 B311 Asphalt Sidewalk Jan 1996 B312 Asphalt Curb and Gutter Systems and Asphalt Surfacing of Gutter Apr 2018 B313-1 Hot Mix Asphalt Apr 2016 B313-10 Hot Mix Asphalt Miscellaneous Dec 2014 B314 Untreated Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade, and Stockpiling Jun 2016 B316 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Treatment May 2008 B320 Open Graded Drainage Layer Apr 2016 B330 In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular Feb 2012 B331 Full-Depth Reclamation with Expanded Asphalt Stabilization Nov 2015 B332 Hot In-Place Recycling Nov 2016 B333 Cold In-Place Recycling Nov 2015 B335 Cold In-Place Recycling with Expanded Asphalt Nov 2015 B336 Micro-Surfacing Jan 2009 B337 Slurry Seal Nov 2013 B341 Routing and Sealing and/or Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement Apr 2018 B342 Centreline and Shoulder Rumble Strips in Asphalt Feb 2016 B350 Concrete Base and Concrete Pavement Apr 1999



B351 Concrete Sidewalk Jan 2016 B353 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems Mar 2016 B355 Interlocking Concrete Pavers Nov 2011 B363 Repairing Rigid Pavement with Precast Concrete Slabs Aug 2016 B365 Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Aug 2016 B366 Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Mar 2018 B369 Sealing or Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Jan 2009 B399-2 Reclaim Asphalt Pavement May 2001 B405 Pipe Subdrains Jun 2009 B407-1 Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Sep 1999 B407-2 Rock Excavation for Sewers, Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets Sep 1999 B410 Pipe Sewers Nov 2015 B415 Tunnelling Oct 1991 B416 Jacking and Boring Nov 1994 B421-2 Pipe Culverts Nov 2015 B422 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers Apr 2016 B441 Watermains Nov 2016 B510-0 Removal Feb 2014 B510-1 Removal - Bridge Work Feb 2014 B510-2 Removal - Drainage Work Oct 2016 B510-3 Removal - Fence and Noise Barrier Work Feb 2014 B510-4 Removal - Delineators, Traffic Barriers and Energy Attenuator Work Nov 2014 B510-5 Removal - Pavement Work Apr 2014 B510-6 Removal - Concrete Work Oct 2016 B510-7 Removal - Right of Way Work Feb 2014 B510-8 Removal - Miscellaneous Work Feb 2014 B511 Rip-Rap, Rock Protection, and Granular Sheeting Apr 2017 B512 Gabions Jan 2014 B517 Dewatering May 2017 B578 Placement of Unshrinkable Fill Jan 2018 B703 Permanent Small Signs and Supports Nov 2014 B704 Post Mounted Delineators Nov 2014 B705 Flexible Delineator Posts Nov 2014 B706 Temporary Traffic Control Devices Feb 2017 B707 Modified Overhead Signboards Apr 2016 B708 Portable Temporary Traffic Signals (PTTS) Nov 2016 B710 Pavement Marking Sep 2011 B721-1 Adjust Cable Guide Rail and Cable Guide Rail Post Replacement May 2017 B721-2 Steel Beam Guide Rail Jul 2016



B723 Energy Attenuators Mar 2016 B732 Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal (SBEAT) SYSTEMS Jan 2018 B733 Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) Dec 2017 B740 Concrete Barrier Jan 2018 B741 Temporary Concrete Barriers (TCB) Jan 2018 B741-2 Movable Temporary Concrete Barrier (MTCB) Aug 2016 B753 Connecticut Impact Attenuation System (CIAS) Feb 2014 B760 Noise Barrier Systems Jun 2015 B771 Standard Highway Fence Mar 2013 B772 Chain-Link Fence Mar 2013 B799-10 Permanent Intermediate Signs and Support Systems Feb 2017 B799-11 Temporary Transition Barrier Apr 2018 B799-2 REACT 350 Sep 2011 B799-6 Ramp Closure Gates May 2013 B799-8 High Tension Three Cable Guide Rail and High Tension Cable Guide Rail Terminal

Systems Dec 2016

B799-9 Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) Dec 2016 B802 Topsoil Sep 2011 B803 Sodding Apr 2018 B804 Seed and Cover Apr 2014 B805 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures Jan 2016 B810 Rootwad Structures May 2017 B811 Large Woody Debris May 2017 B812 LUNKERS May 2017 B820 Riffles on Streambeds May 2017 B821 Pools in Streambeds May 2017 B822 Rocky Ramps on Streambeds May 2017 B823 Low Flow Channels May 2017 B824 Baffles in a Culvert May 2017 B830 Local Seed Bank Apr 2018 B899-1 Wildlife Fence Mar 2018 B902 Excavation and Backfill for Structures May 1996 B904 Concrete in Culverts Apr 1995 B905 Reinforcing Steel, Coated Reinforcing Steel May 1996 B907 Structural Wood Systems Jun 2013 B908 Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures Nov 2014 B914 Waterproofing Bridge Deck Dec 2014 B932 Crack Repair - Concrete Feb 1999 B942 Prestressed Soil and Rock Anchors Nov 2013

CDED CHAPTER C Designated Sources for Materials

CHAPTER C

DESIGNATED SOURCES

FOR MATERIALS

August 2017 CDED C-050

CDED CHAPTER C Designated Sources for Materials (DSM)

DESIGNATED SOURCES FOR MATERIALS (DSM) 1.0 Introduction

The Designated Sources for Materials (DSM) Manual contains the Ministry’s official list of pre-qualified products and vendors for use on MTO highway construction and maintenance contracts. The DSM is the MTOs official list of pre-qualified products and vendors for use on MTO highway construction and maintenance contracts. TRA hosts and publishes the MTO DSM. The Ministry’s DSM is found on The Road Authority (TRA) website.

2.0 The Road Authority (TRA) The Road Authority (TRA) is a web portal and database exhibiting products and services available for use in public works infrastructure. The portal brings together companies offering these products and services with the municipal and provincial governments who procure them, as well as engineering consultants providing services to them. In addition to having a directory to find products, infrastructure owners benefit by sharing information. TRA was developed as a public-private partnership by the Ontario Good Roads Association (OGRA), a not-for-profit organization supporting Ontario’s municipalities. The web site is used as an information resource tool by the Ministry and by local municipalities across the Province. TRA is delivered by ASI Technologies Inc.

3.0 Prequalification Through its partnerships, TRA plays a key role in product prequalification across Ontario, both at the provincial and municipal level. Many Ontario municipalities require products to obtain the Products Management Committee "A" as a prerequisite to prequalification. TRA Membership is a prerequisite of being on the DSM.

3.1 Product Classification Classification is a process whereby products and related technologies are evaluated against relevant standards and specifications. TRA Products Management Committee (PMC) is responsible for the process of Classification. TRA publishes online, the decisions taken by the PMC.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 5 CDED C-100


To support procurement activities of governments in the province, PMC was created to review products, comparing them to recognized standards and evaluating their applicability for Ontario jurisdictions. The "Accepted for Use" designation indicates that a product has been reviewed by the PMC and meets established criteria to be recommended as acceptable for use in Ontario. It is a qualifier to doing business with the Province of Ontario and for placement on the DSM. It does not guarantee that a product will be specified by MTO. Other municipalities, especially smaller ones that do not have the resources to manage their own pre-qualified products lists and to review products, rely purely on the lists published by the MTO, other municipalities and The Road Authority.

3.2 The Classification Process The first step towards Classification of a product is for a company to become a member of TRA. Once they have subscribed, a “product profile” can be added which includes identifying any applicable product categories, and recognized standards that the product meets. Once the product’s details are complete, the Pre-Qualification Application is completed and submitted to the PMC. Documents certifying the standards that the product meets and any testing or evaluations conducted on the product are submitted along with supporting documentation for the standards, such as verification from a third-party agency or lab noting that a standard has been met. Supporting documentation from other public owners or road authorities, expressing approval or acceptability of the product, can also be submitted. Once completed, the application is sent to the PMC committee co-ordinator to be placed on the agenda for the next meeting. Meetings are usually held monthly. If everything is in order, they may make a decision at that meeting. If they need more information, they will re-consider the product at a subsequent meeting, once the information is received.

3.3 Classification Matrix PMC employs a classification matrix in their product evaluations. Whatever classification they assign to the product is reflected in the TRA database. The classification system is based on a progressive matrix; at the lowest level, manufacturers can post a product without verified qualification; and at the highest level, posted products are tested by an accredited laboratory, and then successfully applied by a reputable organization. Some products, however, may not require



verification. The Committee also considers "grandfathering" of proven or existing products for inclusion in the matrix. Technical support documentation is maintained on file with TRA providing a reference for review. A copy of the Product Classification Matrix can be obtained from the TRA website.

4.0 MTO's DSM Requirements for Listing of Vendors and Products MTO requirements for listing of vendors and products is outlined in DSM 100 - General Requirements for Listing of Vendors and Products, available from the TRA website or the DSM folder within CPS. This document outlines the criteria for: development of a product listing, product acceptance, continued acceptance, removal from the DSM, and reinstatement to the DSM. In addition to the general criteria for product acceptance outlined in DSM 100, each MTO custodial office has their own specific criteria for product acceptance. Products accepted for use on the DSM must meet both the criteria. An MTO custodial office with listing(s) on the DSM must review them on a regular basis to ensure that the products and vendors continue to meet Ministry standards and/or specifications. When standards and/or specifications are updated, MTO custodial offices must ensure that associated product listings are updated accordingly. When an OPS or MTO standard is created or cancelled, the MTO custodial office may need to create or cancel associated DSM listings accordingly.

4.1 Custodial Office Criteria for Creation of a New DSM Listing A DSM listing is created by an MTO custodial office based on the following criteria:

a) No OPS/MTO standards exist. b) Special applications are not adequately covered by internal or external

standards. c) Consequences of product failure are extremely costly. d) Items are large and expensive. e) Public safety concern with the use of the product are significant. f) Compliance with standards cannot be readily verified because testing cannot

be completed within a reasonable period of time or within the duration on a typical highway contract.



g) Testing for compliance with existing standards does not guarantee quality where it is impossible to determine “after the fact” whether the problem was “manufacturing” or “placement method” related.

h) Quality with products persist.

5.0 DSM Online Interface DSM product listings are managed by DSM Custodians from the associated custodial offices, via the online system at MTO.roadauthority.com. A copy of the MTO DSM Interface User Guide is available in the DSM folder in CPS. The user manual provides detailed information about editing lists and accessing the online system.

5.1 System Access for DSM Custodians A list of DSM Custodians with system access, responsible for each listing, is provided in Section C-130 of this chapter. New custodians must contact the DSM Coordinator to gain appropriate access. The Engineering Standards Analyst within ESSMS fulfills this role. The contact information is provided in Section C-110 of this chapter. The DSM Coordinator will contact ASI to arrange for appropriate access. New DSM Custodians will subsequently receive an email from ASI with a Log In ID and Password.

5.2 Deadline for Submission of Listings The deadline for the submission of changes is one week prior to publishing which takes place bi-monthly on the first business day of February, April, June, August, October, and December. Prior to the deadline all lists are left open for editing and can be revised and re-submitted numerous times if necessary; after the deadline all lists are locked and no further edits can be made.

6.0 Delisting of Vendors As per DSM 100.06 companies are required to maintain their registration with TRA in good standing in order to remain on the DSM. Upon failure of a company to renew their yearly registration, TRA will notify the vendor. If payment is not subsequently received by the due date then TRA will initiate the process for removal of the company’s information and will notify the DSM Custodian accordingly. Upon receiving a request from TRA for delisting of a company DSM Custodians must follow the procedures outlined in Table A below.



Table A DSM Delisting Procedures for Non-Payment of Fees

Step 1

Notify Vendor of Outstanding Fees

TRA/ASI to notify vendor (1) of outstanding fees, and (2) the actions to be taken if payment is not received within 4 weeks of the date of the notice. If payment is not received by due date TRA/ASI to proceed to Step 2.

Step 2

Remove Vendor Information from TRA Website

TRA/ASI will proceed with deactivation of the vendor’s profile from the TRA website for all applicable product listings. TRA to notify the vendor (1) of the action taken and (2) that MTO will proceed with delisting of products if payment is not received within 4 weeks of the date of the notice. TRA will send copy of the notice and a request to delist the products to the applicable MTO DSM custodian(s), if payment is not received.

Step 3

Issue Delisting Notice

When the request and a copy of Step 2 notice is received, DSM custodian(s) to issue delisting notice to vendor (see below for standard wording). A copy of the notice is to be provided to TRA/ASI (Anita Downie).

Step 4

Delist Vendor’s Products

MTO will delist the vendor’s products on the next available DSM publishing date.

Notes: 1) If payment is received at any time prior to the delisting of the vendor’s products, TRA/ASI shall

immediately inform the DSM custodian and TRA/ASI shall reactivate the vendor’s profile removed in Step 2.

2) Steps 1 and 2 are necessary to avoid situation of vendor receiving a delisting notice without prior warning or action. These steps are normally sufficient to prompt fee payment.

3) A vendor may receive more than one notice, from different DSM custodians.

6.1 Standard Wording for Delisting Notice The following standard wording is to be used for issuing of Delisting Notices: The Ministry has partnered with the Ontario Good Roads Association to support The Road Authority (TRA) as a one-window information resource. This partnership requires maintenance of product registration with TRA for the continued listing of products on the Ministry of Transportation’s Designated Sources for Materials (DSM). According to TRA records, the membership fees required for registration of the following products have not been paid:

1. [Insert DSM #.##.##, Product Name] Be advised that if the membership fees are not paid, the Ministry will remove the products listed above from the DSM as part of the [insert relevant DSM publishing date] DSM update. To arrange for payment of TRA membership fees please contact:

Anita Downie ASI Technologies Inc., 321 Parkhurst Square, Unit B Brampton, ON, L6T 5H5 Phone: 905-459-9200 E-mail: [email protected]


CDED CHAPTER C MTO, TRA and ASI Contact Information

December 2017 Page 1 of 1 CDED C-110

MTO, TRA and ASI CONTACT INFORMATION General Information

• Log-in site for DSM Custodians is http://mto.roadauthority.com • DSM User Guide is available within the online system from the "Help" menu, upper right on screen. • DSM 100 General Requirements for Listing of Vendors & Products is available from

www.roadauthority.com • Detailed information about the DSM is found in Chapter C of the CDED Manual.

MTO

Rachel Kyte, DSM Coordinator [email protected]

- Distribution of DSM information, enquiries related to the submission and publishing of listings, and posting of DSM documents in CPS.

Mark Rankie [email protected]

- Coordination and implementation of the service agreement and identification of non-compliance issues.

Aimee Tupaz [email protected]

- Development of policies and procedures for product management, and management of the service agreement.

The Road Authority (TRA)

Correspondence - 2130 Williams Pkwy, Brampton, ON, L6S 5X7

General TRA Enquiries - [email protected]

PMC Product Coordinator [email protected]

- Technical issues with TRA products, and escalated data issues.

Anita Downie [email protected]

- Day-to-day operation of TRA, invoicing, and main contact for data.

Peter Henderson [email protected]

- TRA/DSM system support, maintenance, and data, IT technical issues, liaison with DSM custodians and administrator on operational issues, and escalated client-facing issues.

ASI Technologies Inc.

Correspondence - 321 Parkhurst Square, Unit B, Brampton, ON, L6T 5H5

Technical Enquiries - [email protected] or 905-459-9200

Stephen Dasko, COO [email protected]

- Policy issues, service agreement matters, and liaison with MTO and OGRA.

CDED CHAPTER C DSM Custodial Offices Contact List

DSM CUSTODIAL OFFICES CONTACT LIST

Office Section Role Name Position

Contract Management

Office

Maintenance Performance Section

Contact Alain Beaulieu Manager, Maint. Office

Contact Chris Raymond Head, Maint. Performance

Custodian Gabriella Gevaert Transportation Technician

Traffic Office (Central Region)

Electrical Engineering Section Contact Eric Yao Head

ITS Program Contact Robert Chan Supervising Eng.

Custodian Ying Hu Project Eng.

Design and Contract

Standards Office

Bridge Office

Contact Magdy Meleka Head Bridge Standards

Contact Kwong-Yiu Chu Sr. Bridge Engineer

Custodian Chris Parsons Lead Bridge Eng.

Design Standards Section Custodian Mark Ayton Sr. Eng., Hwy Design

Materials Engineering &

Research Office

Bituminous Section Contact Pamela Marks Head

Custodian Masud Ahmed Sr. Bitum. Mat’ls Eng. Officer

Concrete Section

Contact Hannah Schell Head

Custodian Jennifer Astle-Tranmer

Sr. Conc. & Mat’ls Eng. Officer

Custodian Steve Paiva Sr. Conc. & Mat’ls Eng. Officer

Custodian Mohammad Aqel Concrete Eng.

Custodian Grant Ridley Chemical Eng.

Pavement & Foundation Section

Contact Betty Bennett Sr. Pavement Design Eng.

Contact Ken Ahmad Sr. Foundations Eng.

Contact Tony Sangiuliano Sr. Foundations Eng.

Custodian David Staseff Sr. Foundations Eng.

Soils & Aggregates Section

Contact John Blair Sr. Soils & Agg. Eng.

Custodian Henry Bykerk Sr. Agg. Eng. Officer

Traffic Office

Electrical Engineering Section

Contact Arun Kapur Sr. Electrical Eng.

Custodian Martin Aitkenhead Head

Traffic Operations Section

Contact Ousama Shebeeb Traffic Signals Eng.

Custodian Martin Sedkowski Specialist Operations

Custodian Tracey Difede Sr., Project Mgr.

August 2017 Page 1 of 1 CDED C-120

CDED CHAPTER C DSM Custodian List

October 2017 Page 1 of 6 CDED C-130

DSM CUSTODIAN LIST

DSM # Category Section Title Office Office # Custodian

02.35.30 Grading Fill Lightweight Fill Material FOUN 416-235-3715 Tony Sangiuliano

03.05.10 Pavement Asphalt Antistripping Additives BITU 416-235-3715 Masud Ahmed

03.05.22 Pavement Asphalt Asphalt Cement, Performance Graded (PGAC) BITU 416-235-3715 Masud Ahmed

03.05.25 Pavement Asphalt Aggregates: Surface Friction Courses SOAG 416-235-3705 Henry Bykerk

03.05.30 Pavement Asphalt Emulsified BITU 416-235-3715 Masud Ahmed

03.05.40 Pavement Asphalt Crack Sealant, Rubberized Asphalt, Hot Poured BITU 416-235-3715 Masud Ahmed

03.05.45 Pavement Asphalt Liquid BITU 416-235-3715 Masud Ahmed

03.05.70 Pavement Asphalt Patching, Proprietary Products BITU 416-235-3715 Masud Ahmed

03.20.45 Pavement Concrete Joint Sealant, Rubberized Asphalt, Hot Poured CONC 416-235-3705 Jennifer Astle-Tranmer

05.50.20 General Noise Barriers Concrete SAFE 905-704-2293 Mark Ayton

05.50.40 General Noise Barriers Noise Barrier on Structures SAFE 905-704-2293 Mark Ayton

05.50.50 General Noise Barriers Noise/Traffic Barriers SAFE 905-704-2293 Mark Ayton

05.50.60 General Noise Barriers Plastic, Fibre Reinforced SAFE 905-704-2293 Mark Ayton

05.50.85 General Noise Barriers Steel SAFE 905-704-2293 Mark Ayton

05.50.90 General Noise Barriers Wood SAFE 905-704-2295 Mark Ayton

05.70.35 General Signing Inks, Transparent TRAF 905-704-2649 Martin Sedkowski

05.70.64 General Signing Sheeting, Type I (Engineering Grade) TRAF 905-704-2649 Martin Sedkowski

05.70.68 General Signing Sheeting, Type III and Type IV (High-Intensity) TRAF 905-704-2200 Martin Sedkowski

05.70.69 General Signing Sheeting, Type V (Super-High-Intensity) TRAF 905-704-2649 Martin Sedkowski

05.70.70 General Signing Sheeting, Type VI, Roll Up (High Reflectivity, Micro-Prismatic, Fluorescent)

TRAF 905-704-2649 Martin Sedkowski

05.70.71 General Signing Sheeting, Type VII, Type VIII and Type IX (High Reflectivity, Micro-Prismatic, Fluorescent)


05.70.73 General Signing Sheeting, Type XI (Proposed) - Diamond Grade DG3 Series 4000


05.70.75 General Signing Sheeting, Vinyl TRAF 905-704-2649 Martin Sedkowski

05.70.76 General Signing Sheeting, Vinyl, Fluorescent TRAF 905-704-2649 Martin Sedkowski

05.80.25 General Traffic Barriers Temporary Concrete Barrier SAFE 905-704-2293 Mark Ayton

05.85.18 General Traffic Guidance Delineator Posts, Flexible TRAF 905-704-2649 Martin Sedkowski

05.85.25 General Traffic Guidance Guide Rail Reflectors SAFE 905-704-2293 Mark Ayton

05.85.33 General Traffic Guidance Line Obliterating Paint, Pavement Markings, Temporary

CONC 416-235-3705 Grant Ridley

05.85.35 General Traffic Guidance Line Removal Systems, Pavement Markings TRAF 905-704-2200 Martin Sedkowski




05.85.38 General Traffic Guidance Lines, Permanent, Glass Beads, Reflective CONC 416-235-3705 Grant Ridley

05.85.40 General Traffic Guidance Lines, Permanent, Paint, Pavement Markings CONC 416-235-3705 Grant Ridley

05.85.43 General Traffic Guidance Lines, Permanent, Polymeric Spray, Pavement Markings


05.85.44 General Traffic Guidance Lines, Permanent, Two Year Pavement Markings


05.85.45 General Traffic Guidance Lines, Permanent, Durable, Pavement Markings CONC 416-235-3705 Grant Ridley

05.85.50 General Traffic Guidance Lines, Temporary, Tape, Pavement Markings CONC 416-235-3705 Grant Ridley

05.85.55 General Traffic Guidance Markers, Pavement, Raised, Permanent TRAF 905-704-2960 Tracey Difede

05.85.56 General Traffic Guidance Markers, Pavement, Recessed, Permanent TRAF 905-704-2960 Tracey Difede

06.05.06 Electrical Cable & Assoc. Hardware

Cable, Extra Low Voltage, Loop Detector Lead-in Type

ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cable, Interconnection ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cable, Low Voltage, Pre-Emption ** ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cable, Traffic Signals, Riser ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cable, Traffic Signals ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Duct Fittings, Expansion and Deflection ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Grounding Rods ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.25.35 Electrical Electrical Accessories

In-Line Fuse Holder, Breakaway ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Photoelectric Controller ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Photoelectric Controller Mounting Adapter ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Steel Footing ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Steel Footing, Mounting Hardware Kit ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Thread Locking Compound ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.28.12 Electrical Elec. Controlling Equip., Signals

Cabinet 332 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cabinet 332, MTO ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cabinet 336 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cabinet 401, C, D, S, R ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Digital Thermostat ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Cabinet Heater ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead





Conflict Monitor ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Conflict Monitor 212 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Controller 170 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Controller 170E ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Emergency Vehicle Pre-emption Board ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Flasher 204 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Isolator, A.C. 252 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Isolator, D.C. 242 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Loop Detector 222 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Relay 430 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Steel Footing, Base Plate ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Switch Pack 200 ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.30.21 Electrical Electronic Hwy Information

Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS) ATMS 416-235-4501 Ying Hu

06.40.15 Electrical Luminaires & Hardware

Brackets, Aluminum ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Brackets, Steel Truss ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


High Mast, High Pressure Sodium, Luminaire ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


High Mast, Light Emitting Diode (LED), Luminaire



High Pressure Sodium, Lamps ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


High Pressure Sodium, Lamps, with Igniter ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Roadway Lighting, High Pressure Sodium, Luminaire



Roadway Lighting, Light Emitting Diode (Led), Luminaire



Obstruction Luminaire ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Sign Lighting ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Sign Truss Fittings ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Underpass Luminaire ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead




06.60.10 Electrical Poles Aluminum ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.11 Electrical Poles Anchor, Rock Installation ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.12 Electrical Poles Anchorage Assembly in Concrete ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.15 Electrical Poles Base, Grooved-Coupler ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.20 Electrical Poles Concrete, Spun ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.35 Electrical Poles High Mast, Device for Raising and Lowering ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.40 Electrical Poles High Mast, Sectional Steel ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.75 Electrical Poles Sectional Steel ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.80 Electrical Poles Steel, Base Mounted ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.60.85 Electrical Poles Heavy Class - Base Mounted - Steel, Sectional Steel


06.60.90 Electrical Poles Wood ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.65.20 Electrical Power Supply Assemblers of Control Cabinet Assemblies ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.65.22 Electrical Power Supply Enclosure for Control Cabinet ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.65.25 Electrical Power Supply Surge Arrestor ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.65.40 Electrical Power Supply Distribution Assembly ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.65.45 Electrical Power Supply L-Handles, Surface Mounted, Padlockable ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.65.75 Electrical Power Supply Substation Distribution Assembly ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.70.60 Electrical Traffic Electronic Control Equip.

Traffic Signals, Portable, Temporary TRAF 905-704-2960 Tracey Difede

06.80.15 Electrical Signal Actuation Equip. / Materials

Detector, Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption ** ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Detector, Loop, Sealant ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Detector, Probe ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Detector, Vehicle ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Pushbuttons, Pedestrian ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

06.85.25 Electrical Signal / Flasher Equipment

Flasher Beacon and Pedestrian Signal Heads ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Flasher Beacon, Solar Powered ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead





Hanger Assembly ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Lamps ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


LED Lamps (Signal Modules) ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Signal Arm, Overbrace ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Signal Arm, Single Member ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Signal Control, Flasher Complete Mechanism Assembly



Signal Control, Flasher Mechanism Components ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Signal Control, Specialty Flasher ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Signal Head, Fibreoptic, Turn Arrow ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Traffic Signal Head ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Traffic Signal Head, Snow Shields ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead


Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) ELEC 905-704-2254 Martin Aitkenhead

08.25.40 Buildings Doors Overhead, Insulated MAIN 905-704-2203 Gabriella Gevaert

08.25.50 Buildings Doors Overhead, Non-insulated MAIN 905-704-2203 Gabriella Gevaert

08.35.35 Buildings Heating Systems Infra-red Single Tube System MAIN 905-704-2203 Gabriella Gevaert

08.35.40 Buildings Heating Systems Infra-red Vacuum Tube MAIN 905-704-2203 Gabriella Gevaert

09.15.25 Structural Bearings, Bridge Elastomeric, Laminated BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.15.35 Structural Bearings, Bridge Grout, Cement Based Non-Shrink CONC 416-235-3705 Steve Paiva

09.15.71 Structural Bearings, Bridge Rotational, Pot, Class 1A BRDG 905-704-2405 Chris Parsons

09.15.75 Structural Bearings, Bridge Rotational, Disc, Class 2A BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.15.80 Structural Bearings, Bridge Rotational, Spherical, Class 3A BRDG 905-704-2405 Chris Parsons

09.20.10 Structural Coatings Coal Tar Epoxy for Structural Steel Piles BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.20.39 Structural Coatings Low VOC BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.20.60 Structural Coatings Paint Coating Systems for Galvanized Surfaces BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.20.65 Structural Coatings Seal Coatings for Metallized Surfaces BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.20.70 Structural Coatings Two (2)-Coat Zinc-Rich Rapid Deployment Coating Systems for Structural Steel

BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.20.90 Structural Coatings Zinc-Rich Touch-up BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.25.05 Structural Concrete Admixtures, Air Entraining CONC 416-235-3705 Mohammad Aqel

09.25.10 Structural Concrete Admixtures, Chemical and Superplasticizing CONC 416-235-3705 Mohammad Aqel




09.25.25 Structural Concrete Curing Membrane Compounds, Type 2, White Pigmented

CONC 416-235-3705 Mohammad Aqel

09.25.40 Structural Concrete Hydraulic Cements and Supplementary Cementing Materials

CONC 416-235-3705 Mohammad Aqel

09.30.25 Structural Dowel Adhesives Acrylic and Epoxy Resins CONC 416-235-3705 Steve Paiva

09.40.18 Structural Joints Expansion, Injection Systems for Armouring BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.40.20 Structural Joints Expansion, Modular BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.40.24 Structural Joints Expansion, Strip Seals Anchored in Concrete, Type A, Steel Plate Clamping Device


09.40.27 Structural Joints Expansion, Strip Seals Anchored in Concrete, Type C, Retainers and Stop Bars


09.40.30 Structural Joints Expansion, Strip Seals in Elastomeric Concrete, Type A, Steel Plate Clamping Device


09.40.32 Structural Joints Expansion, Strip Seals in Elastomeric Concrete, Type C, Retainers


09.40.33 Structural Joints Expansion, Strip Seals in Preformed Retainer, Anchored on Existing Armouring


09.60.30 Structural Railing Bridge Guide Rail BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.65.58 Structural Reinforcement Reinforcing Steel Bars, Mechanical Connectors BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.65.70 Structural Reinforcement Reinforcing Steel, Epoxy Coated, Coaters and Fabricators

CONC 416-235-3705 Steve Paiva

09.65.73 Structural Reinforcement Reinforcing Steel, Organic Coating System, and Patching Compounds


09.65.76 Structural Reinforcement Reinforcing Steel, Stainless, Mills and Fabricators


09.65.80 Structural Reinforcement Reinforcing Steel, Uncoated, Fabricators and Mills


09.65.90 Structural Reinforcement Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer - Reinforcing Bar


09.70.52 Structural Retainment of Soil Retained Soil Systems (RSS), False Abutment, High Performance Level

FOUN 416-235-3715 David Staseff

09.70.53 Structural Retainment of Soil Retained Soil Systems (RSS), True Abutment FOUN 416-235-3715 David Staseff

09.70.56 Structural Retainment of Soil Retained Soil Systems (RSS), Wall / Slope FOUN 416-235-3715 David Staseff

09.70.59 Structural Retainment of Soil Retained Soil Systems (RSS), Roadbase Embankment

FOUN 416-235-3715 David Staseff

09.75.15 Structural Sign Supports Bridge Mounted, Aluminum BRDG 905-704-2405 Chris Parsons

09.75.20 Structural Sign Supports Column, Breakaway, Steel BRDG 905-704-2351 Chris Parsons

09.75.55 Structural Sign Supports Overhead, Monotube, Steel BRDG 905-704-2405 Chris Parsons

09.90.15 Structural Waterproofing for Bridge Deck

Asphalt, Rubberized, Hot Applied (Poured) CONC 416-235-3705 Jennifer Astle-Tranmer

09.90.60 Structural Waterproofing for Bridge Deck

Protection Board CONC 416-235-3705 Jennifer Astle-Tranmer

CDED CHAPTER D Specifications

CHAPTER D

SPECIFICATIONS

August 2017 CDED D-050

CHAPTER D Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSSs)

ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (OPSSs) 1.0 Introduction

This section of the CDED covers the implementation and use of Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSSs) in MTO Contracts. The Ontario Provincial Standards for Roads and Public Works (OPS) consists of an eight-volume set of standards. There are three types of Ontario Provincial Standards: • Municipal and Provincial Common OPSSs and OPSDs - Volumes 1 to 4 • Provincial-Oriented OPSSs - Volumes 5 and 6 • Municipal-Oriented OPSSs - Volumes 7 and 8 Municipal-Oriented Specifications are not used by MTO therefore this section considers only the OPSSs published by the OPS Organization that are contained in the following volumes: • Volume 1 - General and Construction Specifications • Volume 2 - Material Specifications • Volume 5 - MTO General Conditions of Contract and General & Construction

Specifications • Volume 6 - Material Specifications

Upon publishing copies in PDF format can be obtained from the MTO Library website at: https://www.raqs.mto.gov.on.ca/techpubs/ops.nsf/OPSHomepage

2.0 Implementation of OPSSs in CPS

Standard specifications published by OPS are not immediately implemented for use by MTO therefore a "List of Active OPSSs" is published in this chapter of the CDED in order to provide information regarding the OPSSs that have been implemented for use in MTO contracts. The list is updated concurrently with Contract Preparation System (CPS) updates when necessary. Designers can also refer directly to CPS to determine which OPSSs are active.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 3 CDED D-200


3.0 List of Active OPSSs The following sections discuss the information shown under the headings on the "List of Active OPSSs".

4.0 OPSS Number Every OPSS is given a unique number which has been allocated to allow for additions to the system.

5.0 Type Every OPSS is categorized as municipal-provincial common (COMM), provincial- oriented (PROV), or municipal-oriented (MUNI). Ministry contracts will contain primarily COMM and/or PROV specifications. When a municipal-oriented (MUNI) specification is needed in an MTO contract, it is added via the use of a special provision.

6.0 Title As shown on each OPSS.

7.0 Issue Date Every specification is provided with an issue date (also known as the version date) which represents the month and year in which the specification was published by OPS. Please note that the issue date, appears with the OPSS number in sections F and G of the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawing, Specifications and General Conditions found in the Contract Tender document.

8.0 Implementation Date OPSSs are not automatically implemented for use in MTO contracts upon publication. The implementation date of an OPSS is typically established after publication in order to allow sufficient notice for tender package preparation and changes to the contract documents. The implementation date chosen will depend on the extent of changes required and is subject to the policy contained in Quality and Standards Directive QST-C-13. The implementation date shown corresponds to the earliest tender advertising date of the contracts which must contain the new or revised standard specification. It is



advisable to retain a copy of superseded standard specifications in the Standard Specifications Manuals until the revised standard specification is implemented.


CHAPTER D List of Active OPSSs

May 2018 Page 1 of 8 CDED D-205

LIST OF ACTIVE OPSSs

OPSS Type Title Issue Date

Imp. Date

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

100 PROV MTO General Conditions of Contract Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

102 COMM Weighing of Materials Oct 1992 Mar 17, 1994

106 PROV Electrical Work Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

120 PROV The Use of Explosives Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

127 PROV Schedule of Rental Rates for Construction Equipment Including Model and Specification Reference

Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

180 PROV Management of Excess Materials Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

182 PROV Environmental Protection for Construction in and Around Waterbodies and On Waterbody Banks

Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

DIVISION 2 - GENERAL GRADING

201 COMM Clearing, Close Cut Clearing, Grubbing and Removal of Surface Boulders Nov 2011 Jun 20, 2013

202 PROV Rock Removal by Manual Scaling, Machine Scaling, Trim Blasting, or Controlled Blasting

Nov 2013 Mar 27, 2014

203 PROV Rock Stabilization Nov 2014 Aug 27, 2015

206 PROV Grading Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

209 PROV Embankments over Swamps and Compressible Soils Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

212 PROV Borrow Nov 2013 Mar 27, 2014

220 PROV Wick Drain Installation Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

DIVISION 3 - PAVEMENT (FLEXIBLE AND RIGID)

301 COMM Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces Sep 1988 Nov 1, 2003

304 COMM Single and Double Surface Treatment Nov 2006 Feb 14, 2008

305 PROV Granular Sealing Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

307 PROV Stockpiling of Patching Materials and Patching of Asphalt Pavement Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

308 PROV Tack Coating and Joint Painting Apr 2012 Jul 5, 2012

311 COMM Asphalt Sidewalk and Sidewalk Resurfacing Asphalt Sidewalk, Driveway, Boulevard and Sidewalk Resurfacing

Sep 1988 Nov 1, 2003

312 PROV Asphalt Curb and Gutter Systems and Asphalt Surfacing of Gutters Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

313 PROV Hot Mix Asphalt - End Result Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

314 PROV Untreated Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade and Stockpiling Nov 2015 Apr 28, 2016

316 COMM Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Frost Heave Treatment Apr 2008 Jun 5, 2008

320 PROV Open Graded Drainage Layer Apr 2016 Jun 9, 2016

330 PROV In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

331 PROV Full Depth Reclamation with Expanded Asphalt Stabilization Nov 2015 Dec 17, 2015

332 PROV Hot In-Place Recycling and Hot In-Place Recycling with Integral Overlay Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

333 PROV Cold In-Place Recycling Nov 2015 Dec 17, 2015




Imp. Date

335 PROV Cold In-Place Recycling with Expanded Asphalt Nov 2015 Dec 17, 2015

336 COMM Micro-Surfacing (Reissued November 2010) Nov 2009 Sep 29, 2011

337 PROV Slurry Seal Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

341 PROV Routing and Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

342 PROV Grinding of Centreline and Shoulder Rumble Strips Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

350 COMM Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Mar 1998 Jan 27, 1999

351 COMM Concrete Sidewalk Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

353 COMM Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems Sep 1996 Nov 11, 1998

355 PROV Installation of Interlocking Concrete Pavers Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

363 PROV Repairing Rigid Pavement with Precast Concrete Slabs Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

365 PROV Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

366 PROV Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Apr 2017 Mar 8, 2018

369 COMM Sealing or Resealing of Joints and Cracks In Concrete Pavement Nov 2008 Mar 12, 2009

DIVISION 4 - DRAINAGE, WATERMAINS, AND UTILITY

401 PROV Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting Nov 2015 Dec 17, 2015

402 PROV Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve Chambers

Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

403 PROV Rock Excavation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures in Open Cut (Formerly OPSS 515)

Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

404 PROV Support Systems Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

405 PROV Pipe Subdrains Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

407 MTC Manholes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets (MTC) Mar 1984 Nov 1, 2001

409 PROV Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

410 PROV Pipe Sewer Installation in Open Cut Nov 2015 Dec 17, 2015

415 COMM Tunnelling Feb 1990 Aug 1, 1992

416 COMM Jacking & Boring Feb 1990 Aug 1, 1992

421 PROV Pipe Culvert Installation in Open Cut Nov 2015 Dec 17, 2015

422 COMM Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers in Open Cut (Reissued November 2010)

Apr 2004 Sep 29, 2011

441 PROV Watermain Installation in Open Cut Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

490 COMM Site Preparation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures (Formerly OPSS 503) Apr 2016 Jun 9, 2016

491 PROV Preservation, Protection, and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

492 COMM Site Restoration Following Installation of Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

493 COMM Temporary Potable Water Supply Services (Reissued November 2010) Nov 2009 Sep 29, 2011

DIVISION 5 - MISCELLANEOUS

501 PROV Compacting Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

510 PROV Removal Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

511 COMM Rip Rap, Rock Protection and Granular Sheeting Nov 2013 Mar 27, 2014




Imp. Date

512 PROV Installation of Gabions Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

517 PROV Dewatering Nov 2016 Jun 8, 2017

539 PROV Temporary Protection Systems Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

578 PROV Placement of Unshrinkable Fill Apr 2017 Jan 25, 2018

DIVISION 6 - ELECTRICAL

602 PROV Installation of Electrical Chambers Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

603 PROV Installation of Ducts Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

604 PROV Installation of Cable Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

609 COMM Grounding Nov 2012 Mar 7, 2013

610 PROV Removal of Electrical Equipment and Materials Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

611 COMM Installation of Underpass Luminaires Nov 2013 Mar 27, 2014

614 COMM Installation of Power Supply Equipment Nov 2012 Mar 7, 2013

615 PROV Installation of Poles Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

616 PROV Footings and Pads for Electrical Equipment Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

617 COMM Installation of Roadway Luminaires Nov 2013 Mar 27, 2014

620 PROV Traffic Signal Equipment Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

621 PROV Electrical Traffic Control Devices Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

622 PROV Installation of Traffic Signal Controllers Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

623 PROV Traffic Actuation Equipment Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

630 PROV Installation of Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

631 COMM Concrete Footings and Maintenance Platforms for High Mast Lighting Poles Nov 2015 Mar 3, 2016

DIVISION 7 - TRAFFIC SAFETY

703 COMM Permanent Small Signs and Support Systems Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

704 COMM Post Mounted Delineators Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

705 COMM Flexible Delineators Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

706 PROV Traffic Control Signing (Formerly OPSS 543) Nov 2016 Mar 2, 2017

707 COMM Modified Overhead Signboards Nov 2015 Apr 28, 2016

708 PROV Portable Temporary Traffic Signals Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

710 COMM Pavement Marking (Formerly OPSS 532) Nov 2010 Sep 29, 2011

721 PROV Steel Beam Guide Rail and Cable Guide Rail Nov 2015 Apr 28, 2016

723 PROV Energy Attenuators Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

732 PROV Guide Rail End Treatment - Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal Systems Apr 2016 Jun 9, 2016

733 PROV Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) System Nov 2017 Jan 25, 2018

740 COMM Concrete Barriers (Formerly OPSS 553) Nov 2010 Sep 29, 2011

741 COMM Temporary Concrete Barriers Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

753 COMM Connecticut Impact Attenuation System (CIAS) Nov 2013 Jul 10, 2014

760 COMM Noise Barrier Systems Nov 2014 Oct 22, 2015




Imp. Date

771 PROV Standard Highway Fence Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

772 PROV Chain-Link Fence Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

791 COMM Expanded Metal Anti-Glare Screen Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

DIVISION 8 - ENVIRONMENTAL AND LANDSCAPE

801 COMM Protection of Trees (Formerly OPSS 565) Nov 2010 Sep 29, 2011

802 COMM Topsoil (Formerly OPSS 570) Nov 2010 Sep 29, 2011

803 PROV Sodding Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

804 PROV Seed and Cover Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

805 COMM Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

810 PROV Rootwad Structures Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

811 PROV Large Woody Debris Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

812 PROV LUNKERS Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

820 PROV Riffles on Streambeds Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

821 PROV Pools in Streambeds Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

822 PROV Rocky Ramps on Streambeds Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

823 PROV Low Flow Channels Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

824 PROV Baffles in a Culvert Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

830 PROV Local Seed Bank Apr 2017 May 10, 2018

DIVISION 9 - STRUCTURAL

902 COMM Excavating and Backfilling - Structures Nov 2010 Jun 20, 2013

903 PROV Deep Foundations Apr 2016 Jun 9, 2016

904 PROV Concrete Structures Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

905 PROV Steel Reinforcement for Concrete Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

906 COMM Structural Steel for Bridges Nov 2012 Mar 7, 2013

907 COMM Structural Wood Systems Apr 2011 Jun 20, 2013

908 PROV Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

909 PROV Prestressed Concrete - Precast Girders Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

910 PROV Prestressed Concrete - Cast-in-place Apr 2008 Jun 11, 2009

911 PROV Coating Structural Steel Systems Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

913 PROV Embedded Work in Structures for Electrical Systems Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

914 PROV Waterproofing Bridge Decks with Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane Nov 2014 Dec 18, 2014

915 PROV Sign Support Structures Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

918 PROV Modular Bridge Structures for Temporary Installations Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

919 COMM Formwork and Falsework Nov 2011 Jul 5, 2012

920 PROV Deck Joint Assemblies, Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, Joint Seals, Joint Sealing Compounds, and Waterstops - Structures

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

922 PROV Installation of Bearings Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017




Imp. Date

928 COMM Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Removal Apr 2012 Jul 5, 2012

929 PROV Abrasive Blast Cleaning - Concrete Construction Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

930 PROV Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Patches, Refacing and Overlays Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

931 COMM Structure Rehabilitation - Shotcrete May 1994 Sep 1, 1995

932 COMM Crack Repair - Concrete Nov 2009 Jan 28, 2010

935 PROV Impressed Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

942 COMM Prestressed Soil and Rock Anchors Nov 2009 Dec 5, 2013

DIVISION 10 - AGGREGATES

1001 COMM Aggregates - General Nov 2013 Jan 30, 2014

1002 PROV Aggregates - Concrete Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

1003 PROV Aggregates - Hot Mixed Asphalt Nov 2017 Jan 25, 2018

1004 PROV Aggregates - Miscellaneous Nov 2012 Mar 7, 2013

1005 PROV Aggregates - Streambed Material Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

1006 PROV Aggregates - Surface Treatment Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

1010 PROV Aggregates - Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade and Backfill Material Apr 2013 Jun 20, 2013

DIVISION 11 - BITUMENS

1101 PROV Performance Graded Asphalt Cement Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

1102 PROV Liquid Asphalt Used in Spraying, Sealing, and Priming Applications Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

1103 PROV Emulsified Asphalt Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

1151 PROV Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt Mixtures Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

1152 PROV SC-800 Patching Material Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

1153 PROV Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

DIVISION 12 - SEALS, BEARINGS, WATERSTOPS

1202 PROV Bearings - Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

1203 PROV Bearings - Rotational and Sliding Surface Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

1204 COMM Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops Nov 2003 Apr 21, 2004

1205 PROV Clay Seal Apr 2015 Jun 25, 2015

1210 PROV Deck Joint Assemblies Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

1212 COMM Hot-Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound Nov 2003 Apr 21, 2004

1213 COMM Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing Membrane Mar 1998 Mar 1, 1998

1215 COMM Protection Board Mar 1998 Mar 1, 1998

DIVISION 13 - CEMENT AND CONCRETE

1301 COMM Cementing Materials Sep 1996 Sep 1, 1996

1302 COMM Water Sep 1996 Sep 1, 1996

1303 PROV Admixtures for Concrete Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015




Imp. Date

1305 COMM Moisture Vapour Barriers Nov 2008 Aug 27, 2015

1306 COMM Burlap Nov 2011 Mar 15, 2012

1308 COMM Joint Filler in Concrete Nov 2003 Apr 21, 2004

1315 COMM White Pigmented Curing Compounds for Concrete Sep 1996 Sep 1, 1996

1350 PROV Concrete - Materials and Production Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

1351 COMM Precast Reinforced Concrete Components for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets and Valve Chambers

Nov 2004 Jan 19, 2005

1352 COMM Precast Concrete Barriers Nov 1989 Nov 1, 1989

DIVISION 14 - METAL

1430 PROV Gabion Baskets and Mats Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

1440 PROV Steel Reinforcement for Concrete Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

1441 PROV Load Transfer Assemblies Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

1442 COMM Epoxy Coated Steel Reinforcement for Concrete May 1994 May 1, 1994

1443 COMM Organic Coatings for Steel Reinforcement May 1994 May 1, 1994

DIVISION 15 - SAFETY RELATED

1503 COMM Cable Guide Rail Nov 2010 Dec 16, 2010

1504 PROV Steel Beam Guide Rail Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

1505 PROV Channel Components for Steel Beam Guide Rail Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

1540 PROV Standard Highway Fence Components Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

1541 PROV Chain-Link Fence Components Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

DIVISION 16 - WOOD AND PLASTICS

1601 PROV Wood, Preservative Treatment and Shop Fabrication Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

1605 COMM Expanded Extruded Polystyrene Pavement Insulation Nov 1989 Nov 1, 1989

DIVISION 17 - COATINGS

1704 PROV Paint Coating Systems for Structural Steel Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

1712 COMM Organic Solvent Based Traffic Paint Feb 1991 Feb 1, 1991

1713 COMM Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Materials Feb 1991 Feb 1, 1991

1714 COMM Field Reacted Polymeric Pavement Marking Materials Feb 1991 Feb 1, 1991

1715 COMM Performed Plastic Pavement Marking Tape Feb 1991 Feb 1, 1991

1716 COMM Water-Borne Traffic Paint Feb 1991 Feb 1, 1991

1750 COMM Traffic Paint Reflectorizing Glass Beads Dec 1983 Dec 1, 1983

DIVISION 18 - PIPES AND ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE ITEMS

1801 PROV Corrugated Steel Pipe (CSP) Products Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

1802 PROV Smooth Walled Steel Pipe Apr 2018 May 10, 2018




Imp. Date

1820 PROV Circular and Elliptical Concrete Pipe Nov 2014 Jan 8, 2015

1821 COMM Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers May 1993 May 1, 1993

1840 COMM Non-Pressure Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Products Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

1841 COMM Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Products Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

1842 COMM Pressure Polyethylene Pipe Products Nov 2015 Jan 28, 2016

1843 PROV Non-Pressure Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Pipe Products Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

1850 PROV Frames, Grates, Covers and Gratings Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

1854 PROV High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) and Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Adjustment Units for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, and Valve Chambers

Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

1860 PROV Geotextiles Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

DIVISION 19 - ENVIRONMENTAL

Currently no specifications.

DIVISION 20 - SIGNS AND SIGN SUPPORTS

2001 COMM Signs Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

DIVISION 21 - CLOTHING, CLOTH AND THE LIKE


DIVISION 22 - UNASSIGNED


DIVISION 23 - MISCELLANEOUS

2301 PROV Impressed Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

DIVISION 24 - ELECTRICAL

2401 COMM Electrical Handholes Nov 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2409 COMM Traffic Signal Cable Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2410 PROV Extra Low-Voltage Cable Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

2414 COMM Power Supply Equipment Nov 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2420 COMM Wood Poles Nov 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2421 PROV Spun Concrete Poles Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

2422 PROV Heavy Class Steel and Sectional Steel Poles, Base Mounted Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2423 PROV Steel Poles, Base Mounting Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

2426 PROV Steel Truss Brackets Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

2428 PROV Aluminum Tapered Elliptical Brackets Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

2432 PROV High Pressure Sodium Luminaires for Highway Lighting Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

2434 PROV High Pressure Sodium Luminaires for Underpass Lighting Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017




Imp. Date

2452 COMM Aluminum Poles, Base Mounting Nov 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2453 PROV Sectional Steel Poles Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2460 COMM Traffic Signal Arms, Brackets, Hangers, Fittings and Hardware Nov 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2461 PROV Signal Heads Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

2471 PROV Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2474 PROV Anchorage Assembly - High Mast Lighting Pole Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2475 PROV Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems for LED Traffic Signals Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

2476 COMM Raising and Lowering Equipment for High Mast Poles Nov 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2479 PROV Floodlight Luminaires Used in High Mast Lighting Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

2485 PROV Photoelectric Controllers Nov 2017 Dec 14, 2017

2492 COMM Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Junction Boxes Sep 1984 Sep 1, 1984

DIVISION 25 - CHEMICALS

2502 PROV Sodium Chloride Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

2510 COMM Tall Oil Pitch Emulsion Nov 2017 Jan 25, 2018

CHAPTER E

Special Provisions

CHAPTER E - SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER E - TABLE OF CONTENTS

E0-1 CHAPTER E - TABLE OF CONTENTS

E0-2 CHAPTER E - INTRODUCTION

E1-0 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1.1 General 1.2 Functions of a Special Provision 1.3 Types of Special Provisions

E2-0 WRITING GUIDELINES FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Principles of Writing Special Provisions 2.3 Special Provision Formatting 2.4 Special Provision Style 2.5 Attachments

E2AP1 Appendix 1 - Formatting Guidelines E2AP2 Appendix 2 - Special Provision Examples E2AP3 Appendix 3 - Standard Statements for Amendments to OPS Specifications

E3-0 HARD COPIES OF STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS

E3-1 LIST OF ACTIVE STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS

August 2015 Page 1 of 1 E0-1

CHAPTER E - SPECIAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER E - INTRODUCTION Chapter 'E' of the CDED Manual provides a basis for the use of Ministry's standard and non-standard special provisions. The work of a contract is controlled by the following components, which are listed in the order of precedence as follows: (MTO General Conditions of Contract, GC2.02). It should be noted that both SSPs and NSSPs are included under 3) Special Provisions and carry equal weight (i.e. one does not carry more importance than the other) in the order of precedence. 1) Agreement 2) Addenda 3) Special Provisions 4) Contract Drawings 5) Standard Specifications 6) Standard Drawings 7) Tender 8) MTO General Conditions 9) Working Drawings The Design and Contract Standards Office is responsible for the preparation and maintenance of the CDED Manual including this section of Chapter E. This chapter provides background, application instruction, contract submission requirements and writing guidelines for standard special provisions and non-standard special provisions. Should you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please contact: Design and Contract Standards Office Ministry of Transportation of Ontario 301 St. Paul Street, St. Catharines, Ontario L2R 7R4 (905) 704-2293

August 2015 Page 1 of 1 E0-2

CHAPTER E - SPECIAL PROVISIONS GENERAL, FUNCTION, TYPE

E1.0 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1.0.1 Reference Documents The following documents are referenced in this chapter and can be found at the location specified. Document Title Location of Document OPSS.PROV 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract CPS - OPSS 0100 Directive QST-C-13 - Implementation of Revisions to Standards, Procedures and Policies that Affect the Preparation of the Capital Construction Contract Package

CPS - Directives Q-C013

Highway Design Bulletin 2008-003 - Management of New: Non-Standard Tender Items, Non-Standard Special Provisions and Modified Standard Special Provisions

CPS News - Item 08-14

1.1 GENERAL The term "Special Provision (SP)" as defined by the MTO General Conditions of Contract means “special directions within the Contract Documents containing requirements particular to the Work”. Special provisions typically cover requirements in the contract that are not covered by standard specifications. They form a part of the Contract Documents and as such are considered legal documents. In preparation of the contract documents, the designer considers SPs from two types, Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) and Non-standard Special Provisions (NSSPs). Standard special provisions and NSSPs are further categorized into “General” and “Item-specific” SPs. The diagram on the following page illustrates the relationship between the different types of special provisions and highlights some of their differences.

May 2011 Page 1 of 7 E1-0


1.1.1 How SPs Fit within the Contract Documents Special provisions fit within a contract according to the order of precedence specified in OPSS.PROV 100, General Conditions of Contract. All SPs within a contract carry equal weight. If a conflict occurs between different SPs within a contract, the following condition taken from the General Conditions applies: “Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents.” 1.1.2 Implementation of Special Provisions The implementation of SSPs for use in Ministry construction contracts is governed by Directive QST-C-13 and is the responsibility of the Design and Contract Standards Office (DCSO), Highway Standards Branch. Prior to implementation, DCSO performs and coordinates reviews of all SSPs submitted for implementation to promote compliance with MTO policies/procedures and ensure consistency by setting the style, format and typical wording. DCSO is also responsible for assigning numbers to SSPs. The implementation of NSSPs for use in Ministry construction contracts is primarily the responsibility of the NSSP developer. Non-standard special provisions are inserted into contracts by the designer in consultation with the regional Contract Review Officer.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Provide Information to Contractors - Amend Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications

(OPSS) - Document new construction/material requirements

SSPs - Head Office

custodianship - Numbered and dated - Includes “Standard” (S),

“Fill-in” (F) and Modified (M) variations

NSSPs - Includes Head Office and

Regional NSSPs - Not numbered or dated

General - applies to a number of

tender items or the contract as a whole

- contain amendments to Division 100 OPSSs

- reside in the 100-199 series of SSPs

Item Specific - applies to a specific

standard tender item(s) - found in the 200-999

series of SSPs - identifiable by tender

item name - noted on the Contract

Tender List with and “SP”

General - applies to a number

of tender items or the contract as a whole

- Typically are Operational / Environmental Constraints or Notice to Contractors.

Item Specific - Typically applies to

specific non-standard tender item(s)



1.2 FUNCTIONS OF A SPECIAL PROVISION Most work projects contain requirements not covered in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. To cover these situations, SPs may be inserted in the contract. When OPS specifications are updated, SSPs are reviewed for incorporation in the applicable specification as appropriate. The functions of SPs can be divided into the following areas: a) Provide Information to Contractors (Notice to Contractor/Operational Constraints)

A “Notice to Contractor” (NC) provides information directly to the contractor and typically does not influence costs. Caution should be exercised to ensure that the contractor is not directed to perform any work through an NC. Notice to Contractor SPs should not be used to convey information necessary for bidders to prepare their tender submission. This type of information should be inserted in the “Instructions to Bidders” in consultation with the Contract Tendering Section, Contract Management and Operations Branch. An Operational Constraint (OC) is used where constraints have to be placed on the Contractor, for example, in areas of high traffic volume, environmental sensitivity or dense population. An OC is not item-specific and does not require a payment statement. An OC affects the work in general (e.g. timing, duration, start/end dates, methods allowed/not allowed) and may cause the contractor to incur additional costs on a number of tender items. Costs resulting from these constraints are generally not applicable to any one tender item and are accounted for as per the MTO General Conditions of Contract. Since OCs may increase the cost of a contract, their impact on the contract should be carefully reviewed. Caution should be exercised to ensure that the contractor is not directed to perform any work through an OC.

b) Amend Standard Specifications The most common function of SPs is to amend standard specifications. Amendments to standard specifications can be item specific or general in nature and can only be applied to standard specifications that are currently ‘active’ in CPS and applicable to the contract. The following are types of amendments often required in the contract: • To "extend" a specification to include additional work or requirements. For example, adding

the work of adjusting a catch basin to the SUPERPAVE item when only one adjustment is required in a long paving project. A separate tender item for such a small amount of work could result in high bids.

• To delete a standard specification requirement. If work is to be deleted from the

"Construction" Section of a specification, it may also be necessary to delete any reference to that work in the "Basis of Payment" section.



• To alter standard specification construction requirements.

• To alter material requirements. The standard materials required for a given type of work may not be adequate in a specific area.

c) New Construction Requirements.

Special provisions are also used to document the use of new construction / material requirements not covered by standard specifications. Stand alone SPs or SPs amending Standard Specifications should: i) Provide the Contractor with a definite basis for preparing a bid. ii) Inform all representatives of the Owner of the work the Contractor is obligated to do, without

providing directions to the Owner’s representatives. Owners typically provide directions to their own staff by other means (e.g. Contract Administration Agreement).

iii) Describe equipment and contractual procedures. iv) State the basis for acceptance or rejection of the completed work, including sampling and

testing methods. v) When applicable, provide rules for decisions on matters referred to the Contract

Administrator. 1.3 TYPES OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1.3.1 STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS (SSPs) All SSPs are prepared by Provincial Functional Offices (PFO’s) and are written to be used consistently throughout the province on all construction contracts according to their warrants. “WARRANTS” and “NOTES TO DESIGNERS” (when needed) are only found at the bottom of SSPs stored in CPS and are automatically removed when the contract package is generated. All SSP warrants must be followed by designers unless otherwise authorized by written permission from the applicable PFO. Upon completion, SSPs are submitted to the Design and Contract Standards Office (DCSO) for implementation in CPS, electronic publishing on the Ministry’s website and hardcopy publishing in section E3.0 of this chapter. Provincial Functional Offices are responsible for the technical content of all SSPs. All SSPs are referenced by a six-character number found it its title block. Three digits are followed by an ‘S’ or ‘F’, followed by 2 more digits which are used to identify the individual SSP. Under special circumstances an ‘M’ maybe found after the last 2 digits. The following briefly describes 3



variations of SSPs identified by the alpha-character found in its code. Standard special provisions characterized as general or item specific may comprise of all 3 variations. a) SSPs with an ‘S’ - Standard SSPs

An SSP with an ‘S’ in its code indicates that it is complete as written and no additional information needs to be added. The text of these SSPs is not included in the contract documents however the codes of all applicable SSPs to the contract are listed in section D & F of the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications and General Conditions.

b) SSPs with an ‘F’ - Fill-in SSPs An SSP designated with and ‘F’ in its code is commonly called a “fill-in” SP. This is an SSP that requires project-specific information to be added by the designer. “NOTES TO DESIGNER” found at the end of the SSP describes the information required and/or the criteria to be used when inserting text and/or optional clauses. The main body, intent and warrant of a fill-in SSP does not change, only the project-specific information. All fill-in SSPs must be included with the submission of the contract package.

c) SSPs with an ‘M’ - Modified SSPs As a general rule modification of SSPs is discouraged but when minor variations are required for an SSP to meet project-specific needs, an SSP may be modified. Modified SSPs are identified in Contracts with the letter “M” (and a version date for tracking purposes in brackets if desired) at the end of the six-character SSP number. The active version date of the SSP that is modified is to remain unchanged in the title block. An SSP designated with an ‘M’ in its code is commonly called a “modified” SP. Modifications may be applied to both standard and fill-in SSPs. Like fill-in SSPs, the full text of a modified SSP is required to be included with the submission of the Contract package. Modified SSPs are subject to applicable requirements of NSSPs, including compliance with Highway Design Bulletin 2008-003. Frequently used modified SSPs are stored in CPS within the regional NSSP directories however they must be inserted in contracts as a modified SSP and not an NSSP.



The following table summarizes the number coding for SSPs:

SSP Series Example Function of SSP

100 100F02 Amends MTO General Conditions of Contract

101 101S18 Amends all other “100 Series” standard specifications.

102 - 109 103S52 Contain general amendment(s) to OPS construction specifications in the 200 to 900 series. The third digit of this coding corresponds to the first digit of the applicable construction specification number.

110 to 125 111S09 Contain general amendment(s) to OPS material specifications in the 1000 to 2500 series. The second and third digits of the code correspond to the first two digits of the applicable material specification number.

168 168F10 Specify general contract requirements for Electrical / Advanced Traffic Management Systems (ATMS) functions

199 199S48 Specify general contract requirements not covered in any standard specification.

200 - 900 543S05 Amend the related OPS construction specifications as determined by the first 3 digits of the code and are specific to an item or group of items. When the 2nd and 3rd numerical digits are ‘99’, the SSP does not amend an OPS construction specification (because one does not exist) and therefore in effect acts as one as a ‘stand-alone’ SSP.

1.3.2 NON-STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS (NSSPs) Non-standard special provisions are prepared by a Provincial Functional Office, Regional program delivery unit or Design Consultant for use in a specific project and are included in contracts as determined by the design team. As with standard special provisions, NSSPs may be general or item specific. NSSPs are not numbered however they are coded when inserted in CPS. Procedures for managing new NSSPs are detailed in Highway Design Bulletin 2008-003 and must be followed. a) Provincial Functional Office (PFO) NSSPs

An NSSP developed by a PFO is typically a stand-alone SP and is applied usually to existing tender item(s) or new non-standard tender item(s). They are typically used on one or more contracts across the province to introduce new methods, materials, procedures or contract models on a trial or experimental basis. NSSPs developed by PFOs may be added to CPS when



consistency in application over an extended period of time is desired. An NSSP may then be promoted to an SSP on the recommendation of the PFO after experience has been gained and the concepts further developed and refined.

b) Regional NSSPs

A regional NSSP is typically created within a regional program delivery unit to be used in one or more contracts. These are used to convey project/item specific information for aspects of the Work that cannot easily fit into the contract documents. These NSSP’s can be a Notice to Contractor, an Operation Constraint or item specific in nature. Regional NSSPs found in the CPS Reference list are tried, successful and frequently used in contracts for that region. These NSSPs have been approved by the region or through the process identified in Highway Design Bulletin 2008-003 and may also be considered to be promoted to an SSP in the future. Efforts are being made to eliminate or convert NSSPs to SSPs, as appropriate. Regional NSSPs found in CPS may be used by any region at any time however they must be used consistently and under similar circumstances. Where a unique design requirement exists in a project that is not covered by any existing documentation, a “project specific” NSSP can be introduced to address the situation. Since “project specific” NSSPs typically apply to one project only, they are not stored in CPS and therefore need to be submitted to the regional Contract Review Officer for review. Duplication of regional NSSPs with similar content is discouraged. Writers of NSSPs are encouraged to conduct a search of CPS for SP’s of similar content before writing any new NSSP’s. It is preferable to use existing regional NSSPs as opposed to creating new NSSPs. Provincial Functional Offices should be aware of regional NSSPs that are applicable to their subject areas. New requirements specified in regional NSSPs should be discussed with the appropriate Provincial Functional Office(s). The PFOs, in consultation with others, may then establish whether the subject requirements are appropriate for use on a province-wide basis. If appropriate, the requirements of the subject regional NSSP may be developed into a SSP and eventually into a Standard Specification. Highway Design Bulletin 2008-003 is intended in part to help reduce the proliferation of regional NSSPs.


CHAPTER E -SPECIAL PROVISIONS WRITING GUIDELINES FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS

E2.0 WRITING GUIDELINES for SPECIAL PROVISIONS (SPs) 2.1 INTRODUCTION These guidelines have been prepared to assist individuals involved in the development of SPs used in MTO construction contracts and are to provide developers of SSPs and NSSPs with a tool to assist them in producing consistent, uniform, quality SPs. As Ontario Provincial Standard specifications serves as the main body of contract documents used in Ministry contracts, these guidelines have been prepared in conjunction with the Ontario Provincial Standards Style, Format, and How to Guide - Section 2 to produce a comprehensive body of contract documentation that is consistent in style, format and appearance where deemed necessary. It should be noted that some differences (i.e., font style) have been purposely selected to indicate an obvious difference in document ownership. 2.1.1 Reference Documents The following documents are referenced in this chapter and can be found at the location specified. Document Title Location of Document Ontario Provincial Standards Style, Format, and How To Guide - Section 2


Revised Formatting Guidelines for Special Provisions CPS News - Item 08-17 Cancelled - June 2, 2011

Operational Constraints and Notice to Contractors in Contract Packages


2.2 PRINCIPLES OF WRITING SPECIAL PROVISIONS Special provisions are typically written to cover requirements in a contract that are not covered by standard specifications. When writing SPs, they should be written to provide the Contractor with the Owner’s requirements such as how payment will be made, what materials are to be used and any special directions particular to the work. Special provisions therefore need to:

• be complete and concise • contain all pertinent information necessary for construction or production • adhere to the principles listed below as well as those listed in the Ontario Provincial

Standards Style, Format, and How To Guide - Section 2.

May 2011 Page 1 of 11 E2-0


2.2.1 Modifying other Special Provisions Special provisions cannot amend other SPs. An amendment to an SP by another SP may lead to confusion as all special provisions carry equal weight according to the order of precedence of Contract Documents. 2.2.2 Relationship to a Standard Specification Whenever possible, SPs should relate to (i.e. amend) a standard specification. It is important for all developers of SPs to read all related specifications and the MTO General Conditions of Contract (GCs) to ensure that information contained in the specification and GCs is not restated in the SP. 2.2.3 Referencing a) Rather than copying information from other published sources, a reference should be made to the

source where the applicable information can be found. b) OPSSs may be referenced in SPs to avoid repeating information already contained in a standard

specification. Individuals developing SPs should ensure that the referencing of OPS specification is complete, accurate, and suits the purpose for which the reference is intended.

c) References to sections, subsections, and clauses in OPSSs should be made to the title and not to

the number of the section/subsection/clause being referenced. This is to avoid any conflicts should the number be changed as part of a future OPSS update.

d) Unlike standard tender items, CPS does not link non-standard tender items directly to OPS

specifications. Therefore, when an OPSS is used as the primary document in an NSSP for a non-standard tender item, an amendment to the OPSS Scope statement should be included stating the specification also covers the requirements for the item. Amendments to any other sections of the OPSS can then also be included.

e) Special provisions should not contain references to other SPs or standard drawings (i.e., OPSDs,

MTODs and SSDs) as this sort of referencing can lead to errors and misinformation if an SSP/drawing is cancelled or a new SSP/drawing is developed.

f) Reference should not be made within an SP to any OPSS appendices as the Ministry does not use

them. If for any reason information from an OPS appendix is needed, the information should be copied from the appendix to an SP as an amendment to the standard specification.

2.2.4 Notice to Contractor / Operational Constraint Special Provisions These types of SPs are to be prepared as individual, topic specific documents and are to be formatted as specified in Operational Constraints and Notice to Contractors in Contract Packages.

May 2011 Page 2 of 11 E2-0


2.3 SPECIAL PROVISION FORMATTING 2.3.1 General a) Where practical, all SPs should follow the Ontario Provincial Standard 10-section format for

construction specifications and the 9-section format for material specifications. “General” special provisions (i.e., those in the 199 series of SSPs) do not typically use these divisions as they seldom deal with information that can be categorized into the same sections as construction or material specifications. If however they can be categorized as such, then normal OPS section and the like titles should be used.

In cases where a new requirement is of a less complicated nature, a one paragraph format may be employed combining Measurement for Payment and Basis of Payment along with reference to the work required as detailed elsewhere in the Contract Documents (ex. contract drawings).

b) Measurement for Payment and Basis of Payment clauses are required in all NSSPs that control a contract item not governed by a standard specification.

c) Special provisions are developed in MS Word for insertion into CPS. All SSPs are then revised

with the removal of any Notes to Designer and Warrant information and then converted into a PDF document for posting on the Internet and publishing in hard copy.

d) To minimize formatting efforts, revisions to existing SSPs should be made to the “Active”

versions of the SSP currently found in CPS. e) For assistance in the creation of new SPs, please refer to the Appendix. 2.3.2 Computer Software All SPs are to be written and/or revised using Microsoft Word 2003 and must be saved in .xml format for insertion in CPS. Special provisions developed using any other word processing software will not be accepted. 2.3.3 Formatting Guidelines General formatting guidelines for SPs including page and style setup, tips for minimizing document cleanup and a formatting quick reference guide are found in Appendix 1. All steps in this appendix replace those found in CPS News Item 08-17 - Revised Formatting Guidelines for Special Provisions and should be followed. The following provides additional formatting guidelines for selected components of SPs.

May 2011 Page 3 of 11 E2-0


2.3.3.1 Header / Footer All SSPs shall have a footer in the format as shown in the SSP examples found in Appendix 2. Footers are not required for NSSPs but may be used for administrative purposes to record the version date and CPS NSSP code. 2.3.3.2 Title Block The title block in an SP typically consists of one of the following titles and a 2-line table as shown in the examples in Appendix 2.

i. Item(s) - all listed at top of SP. ii. AMENDMENT TO MTO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, Month Year iii. AMENDMENT TO OPSS NNN, Month Year iv. OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINT (ENVIRONMENTAL) - Control of Emissions v. NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Removal of Canadian TODS Signing

2.3.3.2.1 Title Block Format: a) The title shall be all uppercase, bold and underlined with the following exceptions. For item

specific SPs “Item No.” is bold but not upper case or underlined.

b) There is only one blank line between the SP title and the table below c) The format of the 2-line table as shown in the examples shall be as follows:

i. The table has an upper and a lower border only. ii. First line in table is blank. iii. Second line is lower case with no bold or underlined font and shall not contain any additional

words such as “Modified” or “Draft”. iv. Non-standard SPs are not to be numbered or dated. If issuing offices wish to date NSSPs it is

recommended that the dates be included the footer. The word “Non-standard” is not to be included in the title block before “Special Provision”.

d) There is one blank line between the lower border of the table and the first line of the body of the

SP. e) A subtitle in bold font pertaining to the specific content of the SP may be included immediately

following the blank line below the border of the title block. 2.3.3.3 Body of Special Provision 2.3.3.3.1 Section, Subsection & Clause Numbering The body of the SP contains sections, subsections, clauses, paragraphs and a warrant. Sections, subsections and clauses in most cases are to be defined by a number and a title.

May 2011 Page 4 of 11 E2-0


Sections are not limited in the number of subsections they contain, but the subsection is limited to three levels of clauses. Special provisions should mirror the applicable OPS section format when being written. The following examples illustrate the numbering outline of one section of a special provision that a) amends a standard specification and b) one that does not amend a standard specification (i.e. N99 series of SPs or a standalone NSSP) a) Amends OPSS

NNN.07 TITLE OF SECTION NNN.07.01 Title of Subsection NNN.07.01.01 Title of 1st Level Clause NNN.07.01.01.01 Title of 2nd Level Clause NNN.07.01.01.01.01 Title of 3rd Level Clause NNN.07.01.01.01.02 Title of 3rd Level Clause When an SSP or NSSP amends an OPSS, the OPSS number as represented by NNN above, must be used to precede the section number.

b) Does Not Amend OPSS

7.0 TITLE OF SECTION 7.01 Title of Subsection 7.01.01 Title of 1st Level Clause 7.01.01.01 Title of 2nd Level Clause 7.01.01.01.01 Title of 3rd Level Clause 7.01.01.01.02 Title of 3rd Level Clause NSSPs that do not amend an OPSS and have a total of 4 or more content containing, titled sections, subsections or clauses are to be numbered according to the above format. Sections that are not required should be included with their respective section title followed by “- Not Used” Section, subsection or clause numbering is not required for NSSPs containing fewer than 4 titled sections, subsections or clauses.

2.3.3.3.2 SP Body Format: a) Section, subsection and clause numbering are not to contain custom numeric auto bullets. All

numbers, letters and roman numerals are to be typed in manually when needed. Unnumbered, generic bullets may be used to introduce a line or item in a list.

b) Section, subsection and clause numbering to be located at the left margin.

May 2011 Page 5 of 11 E2-0


c) Section, subsection and clause titles to be located 1.5” from left margin. d) Section titles are UPPERCASE and bold. Subsection and clause titles are to be lowercase and

bold. e) Standard wording for amending/replacing/deleting statements is found in Appendix 3 and is to

be used for consistency. f) Lower case letters with a single closing parenthesis (i.e., a)) are to be used for major partitions

within a clause or a subsection that does not contain clauses. The major partition letter is positioned flush with the left margin while the text is indented to

0.25”. Major partitions normally do not have a title. If a major partition has a title, it is in title case but not bolded.

g) Lower case Roman numerals with a period after the numeral (i.e., i.) are to be used for

subdividing major partitions. The Roman numeral is indented to 0.25” from the margin while its text is indented to 0.50”.

h) Avoid the use of bold font in all SPs except where specified in this document. i) Avoid the use of “lines” drawn to separate sections, tables etc. The use of Enter is preferred. j) If section, subsection or clause heading falls at the bottom of a page with accompanying text

located on the next page, do not adjust by using Enter or page/section breaks. k) All tables, attachments etc. that form part of the SP must be inserted above the “NOTES TO

DESIGNER” or “WARRANT”. 2.3.4 Other Formatting Preferences For consistency, the following OPS preferences as specified in the Ontario Provincial Standards Style, Format, and How To Guide - Section 2 should be followed when writing SPs: a) Use of Symbols b) Spelling c) Grammar, English Usage and Punctuation d) OPS Preferences e) Standard Words and Phrases (Attachment 2-A) f) Standard Format, Wording and Phrases (Attachment 2-B) g) Discussion on Some of the Words and Phrases Used in OPS Specifications (Attachment 2-C) h) Discussion on Some of the Words and Phrases Not To Be Used in OPS Specifications

(Attachment 2-D) Where a conflict exists, the direction provided in this document will govern.

May 2011 Page 6 of 11 E2-0


2.4 SPECIAL PROVISION STYLE 2.4.1 General a) Words that are defined in the MTO General Conditions of Contract are capitalized within SPs if

the meaning of the word in the SP is exactly the same as the meaning in the General Conditions. b) Direct references to the following are not to be made in SPs.

i. MTO General Conditions of Contract References are not required to the GCs as it is understood that the requirements set out in the

GCs apply to the contract as part of the contract documents. ii. OPS General Specifications (i.e., 100 series) All implemented general specifications are included in the Contract Documents by default. When a reference to an OPS general specification is necessary, the phrase “as specified in the

Contract Documents” is shown in the appropriate place in the body of the OPSS (e.g., Management of excess material shall be as specified in the Contract Documents).

2.4.2 Explanation of Specification Sections used by OPS Explanations of the technical information and formatting requirements within the sections of both the construction and material specifications can be found in section 2.6.8.3 of the Ontario Provincial Standards Style, Format, and How To Guide - Section 2. These are to be followed by developers writing SPs. Listed below are exceptions and/or additional requirements to the OPS principles which also need to be followed when writing SPs. 2.4.2.1 Table of Contents Table of Contents are not required for: a) Special provisions that amend, or delete and replace existing OPS specifications. b) Item specific SSP’s not associated with an existing OPSS (i.e., an “X99” SSP) and 3 pages or

less in length. c) All NSSPs A limited table of contents is placed at the front of each item specific SSP that is not associated with an existing OPSS (i.e., an “X99” SSP) and exceeds 3 pages in length. OPS Table of Content formatting is to be followed in these instances. 2.4.2.2 Section 1, Scope

May 2011 Page 7 of 11 E2-0


The two subsections: Specification Significance and Use and Appendices Significance and Use are not applicable to special provisions and are not required. 2.4.2.3 Section 2, References When referencing OPS specifications in SPs, distinction between the 3 types of OPSSs (MUNI, PROV, and COMM) is not required. a) Format The year of issue or version number for each document is shown in this section except in the case of OPS specifications where version dates are not to be shown. The dates of referenced OPS specifications are shown in Section G of the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications and General Conditions in the Contract Documents. Canadian Standards Association has a new name. The new name; “CSA Standards” is to be used in the reference section. There is no space in CSA designations (e.g., W59-03 and CSA W59). b) Referencing OPS Specifications within another OPS Specification When construction requirements in an OPS construction specification are being referenced in a special provision, the reference to the construction specification is always made in Section 7, Construction. This reference invokes the entire referenced OPS construction specification unless otherwise stated (i.e. only a specific part of the specification applies) c) MTO’s Designated Source for Materials (DSM) When a reference to products found in the Ministry’s DSM list is necessary, the DSM is to be referenced in Section 2, References under Ontario Ministry of Transportation Publications and in the body of the SP. Reference is to be made to the product as shown in the DSM listing title and not to the DSM listing number. 2.4.2.4 Section 3, Definitions a) Format Words defined in the Definitions sections of an SP are not to be capitalized in the body of the document. Only words defined in the MTO General Conditions of Contract are to be capitalized in the body of an SP. 2.4.2.5 Section 5, Materials A minor amendment to a material specification may be made through the Material section of a construction specification in an SP by using the following phrase “… shall be according to OPSS NNN amended as follows:” 2.4.2.6 Section 9, Measurement for Payment or Owner Purchase of Material

May 2011 Page 8 of 11 E2-0


a) Measurement for Payment in Construction Specifications In OPS specifications this section is divided into only two subsections: Actual Measurement (field measurement) and Plan Quantity Measurement (quantity shown in the contract). When writing a special provision, only the applicable subsection needs to be included. b) Format The standard plan quantity measurement statement is Measurement of (insert item) shall be by Plan Quantity by (insert unit of measure as appropriate). This statement is always in the plural form (i.e., units and clauses). There is no need to refer to plan quantity adjustment since it is covered by the MTO General Conditions of Contract. 2.4.2.7 Section 10, Basis of Payment a) Format Clarify whether payment “shall be” or “shall include” full compensation. If the work detailed in the special provision is a small segment of a major operation, use “shall include full compensation” for the small segment, for example: payment for adjusting one catch basin frame and grate as part of the Hot Mix Paving work. If the work detailed in the special provision is the only work under the subject tender item, then payment for that item “shall be full compensation” for the work. Basis of payment statements indicating any work that is to be paid as “Extra Work” should be avoided as this practice places the onus on the Contract Administrator to negotiate during construction. Basis of Payment clauses (and Measurement for Payment when applicable) are to appear in all documents (NSSPs and SSPs that act a specification in their entirety) that control a contract item not governed by a standard specification. 2.4.2.8 Forms All new forms that are developed within MTO for use with an SSP are to be submitted to the Contract Management Office for numbering and posting on the RAQS website. Forms are to be referenced in SPs but should not be included the SP except only under special circumstances. All forms are to be referenced by a PH-CC-### number. Forms may be used in NSSPs under special circumstances upon approval of the Contract Management Office, Construction Contracts section. 2.4.3 Warrants Warrants are used by designers to select SSPs applicable to the contract. Warrants are required for all SSPs and are to be inserted at the end of the SSP in the format illustrated in Appendix 2. In order to provide consistent spacing between SSP’s in the contract documents, the following spacing guidelines must be followed:

May 2011 Page 9 of 11 E2-0


a) “WARRANT” is to be located 4 lines below the last line of the SP (i.e., hit Enter 5 times from

the end of the last line of text). b) At the end of the last line in the “WARRANT” hit “ Enter” 1 time. Warrants are automatically removed from SSPs (but not NSSPs) by CPS when the contract package is generated. The designer shall ensure that Warrant information is not contained in the advertised contract package. 2.4.4 Designer Fill-ins / Notes to Designer When information is required to be added to a “fill-in” SSP, it is to be identified in the body of the SSP by one or more asterisks (*) followed by the words “Designer Fill-in - See Notes to Designer”. Notes to Designer are to be used only to provide information to designers to assist them with the completion of the fill-in portion of the SSP. It is not appropriate to include design related information in the Notes to Designer. All design related information is to be contained in the corresponding CDED Chapter B section. When required, “NOTES TO DESIGNER” is/are to be inserted immediately above the “WARRANT” according to the Warrant spacing guidelines above; always plural and in the format illustrated in SSP308F01 found in Appendix 2. Like the Warrant information, Notes to Designer are automatically removed from SSPs (but not NSSPs) by CPS when the contract is generated. The designer shall also ensure that Notes to Designer information is not contained in the advertised contract package.

May 2011 Page 10 of 11 E2-0


APPENDICES Appendix 1 - Formatting Guidelines Appendix 2 - Special Provision Examples Appendix 3 - Standard Statements for Amendments to OPS Specifications

May 2011 Page 11 of 11 E2-0

CHAPTER E WRITING GUIDELINES FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS

APPENDIX 1 - FORMATTING GUIDELINES

A1.0 Introduction

In order for the final tender document to be generated from CPS with a consistent, professional appearance, all SSPs and NSSPs must be formatted according to the following instructions and saved in .XML format using Microsoft Word 2003 before being added to the CPS file.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in errors in the final tender document such as unreadable symbols and incorrect numbering, failure to generate the contract package and/or the “crashing” of CPS.

A Quick Reference Guide is provided at the end of this appendix.

A2.0 Formatting Documents

Step 1 Save Document in .XML Format Using Microsoft Word 2003

Under File, click Save As, and use the pull-down menu to select XML Document (*.xml) for Save as type:.

May 2011 1 Section E2 - Appendix 1


Step 2 Check Page Setup

Under File, click Page Setup and ensure the Margins, Paper, and Layout settings are as displayed below:



Step 3 Set AutoCorrect Options

Automatic bullet and number list features must be disabled as these features produce errors in the final tender document generated by CPS. For example, if not disabled a), b), c) bullets could appear as d), e), f) in the final document.

Under Tools, click AutoCorrect Options and ensure the AutoCorrect settings are as displayed below:



Step 4 Check “Normal” Styles

The setting of the document style to “Normal” as instructed below will ensure the correct formatting is locked into the document and will help eliminate problems when running the final contract package.

To display the Styles and Formatting task pane; under Format, click Styles and Formatting; the task pane bar will appear to the right of the screen.

In the lower right hand corner of the task pane bar, select Show, then select Formatting in use from the pull-down menu.

To check the settings of the Normal style, place the cursor over the word Normal in the Styles and Formatting task pane bar. The Normal style should display in a pop-up window and consist of “Normal: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 11 pt, English (Canada), Justified, Line spacing: single, Widow/Orphan control.

If the Normal style is not exactly as shown above, complete Step 5 below, to modify it.



Step 5 Modify the “Normal” Style

To Modify, place the cursor over Normal, click the down arrow and select Modify from the pull-down menu then click Format from the “Modify Style” window and ensure the Font, Paragraph, Tab and Language settings are as displayed below:

Set the Font and Character Spacing as displayed below:



Set the Paragraph / Indents and Spacing, and Line and Page Breaks as displayed below:

Set the Tabs, and Language as displayed below:



Step 6 Enable True Type Fonts

The Embed True Type fonts feature stores the fonts used in the document with the file so that others who open the document will be able to view and print it with the fonts used to create it, even if those fonts are not installed on their computers.

Under Tools, Options, Save ensure the Embed True Type fonts checkbox is enabled as shown below:

Step 7 Display Hidden Text

Ensure all changes and revisions that have been made to the document are displayed.

Under Tools, Options, View, ensure the Hidden text checkbox is enabled as displayed below:



Special provisions inserted in contract packages must be free of all “Track Changes” revisions and any inserted editorial comments. To accomplish this, all changes in the final draft of the document must be accepted, comments deleted and “Track Changes” turned off. The following 2 steps provide guidance on these required actions.

Step 8 Accept Changes and Delete Comments

The “Reviewing” toolbar may be used to “Accept Changes”, “Delete Comments” and turn-off “Track Changes”. To access this: under View, Toolbars select Reviewing to display the Reviewing toolbar.

On the Reviewing toolbar as shown below; select Final Showing Markup, then click Show and make sure that a checkmark appears next to each of the items as shown below in the pop-up window:



Accept All Changes in Document by clicking on the “Accept Change” symbol on the toolbar and choosing “Accept All Changes in Document” in the pull-down menu. Then, Delete All Comments in Document by clicking on the “Reject Change/Delete Comment” symbol on the toolbar and choosing “Delete All Comments in Document” as in the pull-down menu.

Step 9 Turn-off Track Changes

Turn off the track changes feature by clicking on the Track Changes symbol on the tool bar. It is turned off when the highlighted orange box around the symbol no longer appears.

Step 10 Remove Unwanted Styles and Formatting

If the above steps were followed the document should be suitable for importing into CPS however a final check should be made by scrolling through the document and removing unwanted styles, formatting, auto-numbers, etc.

If the document has been passed back and forth and edited by others then all the above steps should be repeated to ensure that the document is still formatted correctly.

Note: When editing your document, you can avoid importing unwanted styles and formatting by using the Edit, Paste Special, Unformatted Text, option when cutting and pasting text from other documents.

For further assistance you may contact:

Rachel Laszlo, Engineering Standards Analyst | Design and Contract Standards Office, 301 St. Paul Street | 2nd Floor | St. Catharines ON L2R 7R4 (905) 704-2029 | [email protected]



FORMATTING QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE

� Step 1 - Save Document in XML - Save document in .XML format in Microsoft Word 2003

� Step 2 - Check the Page Setup - Select File, Page Setup - Top, Bottom, Left Margins 1” - Right Margin 0.75” - Letter 8.5” x 11” - Headers and Footers 0.5”

� Step 3 - Set AutoCorrect Options - Select Tools, Autocorrect Options - Ensure all Auto-number and Auto-bullet Features are Disabled

� Step 4 - Check the “Normal” Style Settings

- On the Styles and Formatting Task Pane - Show “Formatting in use” - Default Font is Times New Roman, 11 pt - Language is English (Canada) - Paragraphs Justified - Line Spacing Single - Widow/Orphan Control � Enabled

� Step 5 - Modify the “Normal” Style

- On the Styles and Formatting Task Pane - Place Cursor Over Normal and Click on the Arrow - Modify, Format, and Adjust Settings As Necessary

� Step 6 - Enable True Type Fonts - Select Tools, Options, Save - Embed True Type fonts � Enabled

� Step 7 - Display Hidden Text - Select Tools, Options, View - Ensure Hidden Text � Enabled

� Step 8 - Accept Changes and Delete Comments

- On the Reviewing Toolbar display Final Showing Markup - Show � Final

� Comments � Ink Annotations � Insertions & Deletions � Formatting

- Accept All Changes - Delete All Comments

� Step 9 - Turn-off Track Changes - Click on the Track Changes Symbol on the Tool Bar - It is turned off when the highlighted orange box no longer appears.

� Step 10 - Remove Unwanted Styles and Formatting

- Review the Formatting of the text in the document


CHAPTER E APPENDIX 2 - SP EXAMPLES

APPENDIX 2 - SPECIAL PROVISION EXAMPLES The examples listed in this appendix have been selected to provide a cross-section of the main types of SPs used in Ministry contracts prepared by both Provincial Functional Offices and designers. It should be noted that the SP examples selected are for illustrative purposes and do not accurately represent any SP found in the Contract Preparation System. These examples may be found electronically in CPS under CDED Manual according to the information contained in the table below: Listing of Special Provisions Examples

CPS Code SP Type / CPS Title

E2Ap2N1 Sample NSSP - Notice to Contractor

E2Ap2N2 Sample NSSP - Operational Constraint

E2Ap2N3 Sample NSSP - Non-Standard Tender Item Specific / Amends OPSS

E2Ap2N4 Sample NSSP - Non-Standard Tender Item Specific / Not Related to an OPSS

E2Ap2S1 Sample SSP - General / Not Related to an OPSS

E2Ap2S2 Sample SSP - Item Specific / Amends OPSS

E2Ap2S3 Sample SSP - General / Deletes and Replaces an OPSS In Its Entirety

E2Ap2S4 Sample SSP - Item Specific / Not Related to an OPSS

August 2016 Page 1 of 1 E2Ap2

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Areas of Archaeological Concern and Archaeological Material

Special Provision

Areas of Archaeological Concern Certain lands within 200 m of the right-of-way within the Working Area have been identified as areas of archaeological concern by the Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport. These areas are sensitive to any land disturbance, including construction related activities such as the establishment of Contractor’s yards, crushing plants, mobile asphalt plants and the storage and placement of surplus and unsuitable materials, and should be avoided. In the event that these areas cannot be avoided, the Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport requires an assessment of these areas by a licensed archaeologist in advance of any disturbance. Depending on the findings of the assessment: a) any sites identified as significant shall be prohibited from any land disturbance or excavated and

documented to the satisfaction of the Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport; or b) lands with no archaeological potential shall be cleared of further archaeological concerns by Ministry of

Tourism, Culture and Sport. The Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport, Regional Archaeology Office (Telephone: 519-675-7742, Fax: 519-675-7777) may be contacted for further information on how to meet the Ministry’s requirements in areas of archaeological concern. Archaeological Material During construction there is always the chance of encountering deeply buried archaeological material. If this occurs, the Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport shall be informed and work in the area shall stop. In addition, if unmarked human remains are encountered, the provisions of the Ontario Cemeteries Act apply. Construction activities in the area shall cease and contact should be made with the Regional Archaeology Review Officer of the Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport (Shari Prowse, 519-675-6898) and the Cemeteries Regulation Unit of the Ministry of Consumer Services (416-326-8393). WARRANT: All contracts.

August 2016 Page 1 of 1 E2Ap2N1

OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINT - Blasting Within Railway Right-of-Way Special Provision

Blasting Within Railway Right-of-Way Blasting shall be done carefully and in accordance with accepted practice under the supervision of a fully competent foreman. Care must be taken to protect the rail company's property, roadbed, signals, communication lines, and trains from flying rocks. Any material landing on the railway roadbed shall be removed immediately. Railway flagmen are required for all blasting, loading and hauling and arrangements shall be made with the Contract Administrator for the necessary protection 48 hours in advance. All blasting and handling of explosives shall be according to the Explosives Act, 1980 and the Canadian Standards Association Standard Z65-1966 - Radiation Hazards from Electronic Equipment, September 1966. Use of E.B. Blasting Caps Because of high power radio transmitters on trains, which cannot be turned off, E.B. blasting caps type shall not be used within 10 m of the railway track or any mobile transmitter with 30-60 Watts Transmitter Power, as set forth in CSA Standard Z65-1966. WARRANT: When blasting within railway right-of-way.


VIBRATION MONITORING - Item No.

Special Provision

Amendment to OPSS 903, November 2009 903.01 SCOPE Section 903.01 of OPSS 903 is amended by the addition of the following: This specification also covers the requirements for vibration monitoring. 903.07 CONSTRUCTION 903.07.02.01 Pile Driving Requirements and Restrictions Clause 903.07.02.01 of OPSS 930 is amended by the addition of the following clause: 903.07.02.01.01 Vibration The amount of vibration on the existing structure during pile driving for the new structure shall be monitored. The vibration monitoring equipment shall be placed on the existing structure such that it will not be disturbed. The location shall be as close as possible to the piling works. The vibrations at the existing structure shall not exceed 100 mm/s (peak particle velocity). Readings shall be taken on the first pile in each pile group (i.e. at each corner of the abutment), starting with the pile furthest away from the existing structure. As a minimum, the readings shall be taken and recorded during the first 3 m of driving and during seating of the pile onto the bedrock. The results shall be certified by the Quality Verification Engineer as being accurate and meeting the requirements of the specification. The results shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator prior to continuing with the remaining piles. As a minimum, the pile number, location set criteria and driving log shall be submitted with vibration monitoring results. If the results are acceptable, the installation of the remaining piles shall continue with readings taken during driving of each pile. Subsequent vibration readings shall be taken for each pile during bedrock seating. The results of the subsequent piles shall be certified by the Quality Verification Engineer as being accurate and meeting the requirements of the specifications. The results shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator at the end of each day. If the readings are not within the limits stated above, the driving procedures shall be altered until the vibrations on the existing structure are within acceptable levels. The above process shall be repeated for each pile. 903.10 Basis of Payment Section 903.10 of OPSS 903 is amended by the addition of the following subsection:


903.10.04 Vibration Monitoring – Item Payment at the Contract price for the above tender item shall include full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Materials to do the work. WARRANT: Always with this tender item.


CULVERT WATERPROOFING - Item No.

Special Provision

1.0 SCOPE This Special Provision covers the requirements for the surface preparation and installation of waterproofing. The waterproofing systems are separated into two distinct systems: a) Type 1 for the exposed concrete culvert waterproofing system; and b) Type 2 for the buried culvert waterproofing system. 2.0 REFERENCES - Not Used 3.0 DEFINITIONS - Not Used 4.0 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS - Not Used 5.0 MATERIALS 5.01 Type 1 Waterproofing Type 1 waterproofing system shall protect the exposed concrete areas to the limits shown in the Contract Documents on the top slab (horizontal) the top 300 mm of the walls (vertical) and the exposed surface of the end faces (vertical). The horizontal surface shall have an abrasive traffic layer (heavy duty). A smooth surface shall be used on the walls and at the lap where it is overlain by the Type 2 waterproofing system. The Type 1 waterproofing systems to be placed on the exposed concrete surfaces shall be selected from the systems listed below. The color of the system shall a light grey matching the concrete culvert. a) Vulkem 350/351 Pedestrian Deck Coating System Manufactured by: Tremco Commercial Sealants and Waterproofing, 220 Wicksteed Avenue, Toronto, Ontario, M4H 1G7 Telephone: (416) 421-3300 or (800) 363-3213 b) Sikalastic 180/181 System Manufactured by: Sika Canada Inc., 6915 Davand Drive, Mississauga, Ontario, L5T 1L5 Telephone: (905) 795-3177 or (800) 933-7452


5.02 Type 2 Waterproofing Type 2 waterproofing system shall protect the buried concrete areas to the limits shown in the Contract Documents on the top slab (horizontal), and the top 300 mm of the walls (vertical) and the exposed surface of the end faces (vertical). The Type 2 waterproofing system for the buried concrete surfaces shall be selected from the systems listed below:

Manufacturer Self Adhesive Waterproofing Membrane

Waterproofing Membrane Protection System

WR Meadows MEL-ROL with MEL-PRIME primer PROTECTION COURSE (PC-3 Heavy Duty)

BAKOR Blueskin WP200 with Blueskin Primer Recover Board (6 mm thickness)

Grace Construction Products

Bituthene System 4000 with Bituthene System 4000 Surface Conditioner

25 mm expanded polystyrene

The self adhesive waterproofing membrane/waterproofing membrane protection products used shall all be products from a single manufacturer as indicated in the table, and compatible with each other. The exterior face of the box culvert units to receive any of the waterproofing joint treatments noted above shall be abrasive blast cleaned to remove all contaminants and laitance in accordance with OPSS 929. Any spent abrasive, dust and debris shall be removed from the surrounding concrete surfaces using compressed air prior to applying any waterproofing treatments. Waterproofing membrane protection materials shall be 6 mm thick (minimum) and shall be secured to the culvert as per the manufacturer’s recommendations. 6.0 EQUIPMENT - Not Used 7.0 CONSTRUCTION All field dimensions shall be verified. The installation of the system shall be coordinated with all other construction operations. The waterproofing system shall be installed on the top surface of the culverts, 300mm down each side of the culverts, and at the culvert ends. The areas requiring waterproofing shall be prepared and the waterproofing installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The concrete in the culvert shall be clean and dry prior to waterproofing. The application limits for the Type 1 system shall be masked. A non-slip surface shall be provided for the horizontal portions of the Type 1 system. Silica sand shall be broadcast immediately into the wet topcoat and backrolled to distribute the aggregate. A lap joint shall be constructed at the junction between the Type 1 and Type 2 systems, as shown on the plans. The Type 1 system shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 48 hours prior to application of the Type 2 overlap. Excess materials shall be managed as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.


8.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE - Not Used 9.0 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT Measurement for payment shall be by plan quantity of the waterproofed area with no deductions for overlaps. The unit of measure is square metres. 10.0 BASIS OF PAYMENT 10.01 Culvert Waterproofing - Item Payment at the Contract price for the above tender item shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Material to do the work. WARRANT: Always with this tender item.


INCENTIVE FOR SUPPLY OF CANADIAN STEEL

Special Provision 199S60 October 2009

1.0 SCOPE This Special Provision provides for an incentive payment for supply of Canadian steel for listed steel items. 2.0 DEFINITIONS Canadian Steel means new steel manufactured within Canada demonstrated only with a mill test certificate from a Canadian mill. 3.0 APPLICATION OF INCENTIVE The Contractor shall receive an incentive payment of 10% of the theoretical value of Canadian steel for the following steel products or items: a) Sheet Pile b) Tube Piles c) Caisson Piles d) Reinforcing Steel Bar e) Coated Reinforcing Steel Bar f) Any steel provided for the tender item Fabrication of Structural Steel 4.0 BASIS OF PAYMENT The theoretical value for Canadian steel shall be determined from the weight in tonnes of steel supplied for the above products or items multiplied by $1,000 per tonne. Only Canadian steel supplied for the above items and forming part of the Work shall be eligible for the incentive payment. Used steel, steel used for temporary purposes, and steel left in place but not part of the Work, is not eligible for the incentive payment. Ancillary steel items such as bolts, nuts, weldment, etc. shall not be included when determining the tonnage of steel supplied. The Contractor shall submit the detailed calculations (lengths and unit weights) for the tonnes of steel together with mill test certificates from Canadian manufacturers for the steel. For components without linear unit weights, the unit weight by volume shall be 7,850 kg/m3. 5.0 PAYMENT The Contractor shall submit only a single application for the Canadian steel incentive for all the Canadian steel for the above products or items supplied on the contract. An incentive payment shall be made of 10% of the theoretical value of Canadian steel supplied.

August 2016 Page 1 of 2 E2Ap2S1

Payment for the Canadian Steel incentive shall be made after Substantial Performance. WARRANT: All contracts.


IN-PLACE FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT AND UNDERLYING GRANULAR - Item No.

Special Provision No. 330S01 May 2010

Amendment to OPSS 330, May 1994 330.07 CONSTRUCTION 330.07.02 Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular Subsection 330.07.02 of OPSS 330 is deleted in its entirety and replacing it with the following: The bituminous pavement and underlying granular shall be reclaimed to the widths specified in the contract. The processed depth shall be such that the blended material shall contain a maximum of 50% by mass of asphalt coated aggregate in the final blend as determined by MTO Lab. Test No. LS 621. The operation of full depth reclamation shall ensure that all of the mixed material passes the 26.5 mm sieve and not more than 75% passes the 4.75 mm sieve. 330.07.03 Surface Shaping and Compacting Subsection 330.07.03 of OPSS 330 is amended by deleting the first sentence in its entirety and replacing it with the following: The graded surface of the processed material including existing shoulders shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 301. Subsection 330.07.03 of OPSS 330 is amended by the addition of the following: Surfaces of processed material which have been exposed to traffic that are to receive granular base material to depths of up to 100 mm as required in the contract shall be scarified immediately prior to placement of the base course material. 330.07.04 Operational Constraint Subsection 330.07.04 of OPSS 330 is amended by the addition of the following: The existing shoulders shall also be shaped and compacted to final grade prior to closing down operations each day. 330.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE 330.08.01 Samples for Testing Subsection 330.08.01 of OPSS 330 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: Samples for testing may be requested by the Contract Administrator to ensure that the mix conforms to the MTO Lab Test No. LS 621.


330.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT 330.10.01 In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying

Granular - Item Subsection 330.10.01 of OPSS 330 is amended by the addition of the following: Payment for granular base will be made under the appropriate roadway granular item. The depths of pavement to be processed which are shown in the contract documents shall be deemed to be incorrect for the purposes of paragraph (03) of clause GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work of the MTO General Conditions of Contract, only when the average depth of all processing under the contract derived there from differs by more than 15 mm from the equivalent average depth derived from measurements taken by the Contract Administrator during the processing operation. WARRANT: Always with this tender item.


AMENDMENT TO OPSS 1440, NOVEMBER 2004

Special Provision No. 114S04 August 2016

OPSS 1440, November 2004, Material Specification for Steel Reinforcement for Concrete is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 1440.01 SCOPE This specification covers the requirements for all steel reinforcement used in concrete work. 1440.02 REFERENCES This specification refers to the following standards, specifications or publications: Ontario Ministry of Transportation Publications Designated Sources for Materials (DSM) CSA Standards G30.18-09 - Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement G40.21-04 (R2009) - Structural Quality Steels ASTM International A 82/A 82M-07 Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement A 185/A 185-07 Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete A 276-10 Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes A 416/A 416M-12a Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete A 421/A 421M-10 Uncoated Stress-Relieved Steel wire for Prestressed Concrete A 496/A 496M-07 Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement A 497/A 497M-07 Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete A 722/A 722M-12 Uncoated High-Strength Steel Bars for Prestressing Concrete A 955M/A 955M-12e1 Deformed and Plain Stainless Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement International Organization for Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission ISO/IEC 17025:1999 General Requirements for the Competence of the Testing and Calibration

Laboratories Others: Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada - Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice - 2004 1440.03 DEFINITIONS For the purposes of this specification, the following definitions apply: Heat means a single operation of melting of steel, also called a melt.


Lot means a quantity of steel that can be identified. For each size designation of prestressing steel strand, a lot shall be reels, or coils, produced from one heat. For each nominal diameter of prestressing steel bar and for each size designation of reinforcing steel bar, a lot shall be all the supplied bars from one heat. Prestressing Steel means steel strand or bar that exhibits the principal attributes of high tensile strength and ductility because of its composition and method of production. Prestressing Steel Bar means a high strength alloy steel bar having a nominal diameter greater than 9 mm. Reinforcing Steel Bars means deformed steel bars made of carbon steel as defined in CAN/CSA G30.18, used for the reinforcement of concrete. Spacer means a rolled steel shape punched to form hooks that are bent over the spiral to maintain a specified pitch. Spiral means continuously wound reinforcing steel in the form of a cylindrical helix. Splice Bar means reinforcing steel bar or stainless steel reinforcing bar that is manufactured, other than by cutting threads, to be compatible with a specific mechanical connector. Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars means deformed stainless steel bars as defined in ASTM A955 used for the reinforcement of concrete. Steel Reinforcement means all types of steel reinforcement for concrete including reinforcing steel bars, stainless steel reinforcing bars, splice bars, welded steel wire fabric and prestressing strands and bars. Strand means a group of wires laid helically over a central-core wire. A seven-wire strand would consist of six outer wires laid over a single wire core. 1440.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 1440.04.01 Submission Requirements 1440.04.01 Mill Certificates for Reinforcing Steel Bars, Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars,

Splice Bars, and Stainless Steel Splice Bars Two copies of the mill certificates for each lot shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator prior to shipment of reinforcing steel bars, stainless steel reinforcing bars, splice bars, stainless steel splice bars. The certificates shall show that the material is according to the Contract Documents. 1440.04.02 Mill Certificates and Stress-Strain Curves for Prestressing Steel Two copies of the mill certificates and stress-strain curves for each lot shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator prior to shipment of prestressing steel. The certificates shall show that the material is according to the Contract Documents. Where mill test certificates originate from a mill outside Canada or the United States of America, the information on the mill test certificate shall be verified by testing by a Canadian laboratory. This laboratory shall be certified by an organization accredited by the Standards Council of Canada to comply with the requirements of ISO/IEC DIS 17025 for the specific tests or type of tests required by the material standard specified on the mill test certificate. The mill test certificates shall be stamped with the name of the Canadian


laboratory and appropriate wording stating that the material is in conformance with the specified Contract requirements. The stamp shall include the appropriate material specification number, testing date (i.e., yyyy-mm-dd), and the signature of an authorized officer of the Canadian laboratory 1440.05 MATERIALS 1440.05.01 Reinforcing Steel Bars, Splice Bars, Tie Bars, Dowel Bars, Spirals and Spacers Reinforcing steel bars shall be according to CAN/CSA G30.18. All reinforcing steel bars shall be Grade 400W according to CSA G30.18. Plain steel wire for spirals shall be according to ASTM A 82. Deformed steel bars for spirals shall be according to CSA G30.18 type W. Steel spacers according to CAN/CSA G40.21, Grade 350 G shall be provided with the spirals. 1440.05.02 Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars, Stainless Steel Splice Bars, Tie Bars, Dowel

Bars, Spirals, Spacers and Stainless Steel Mechanical Connectors Stainless steel reinforcing bars and spirals shall be according to ASTM A 276 and ASTM A955M, minimum Grade 420. Nominal dimensions, unit masses and deformation requirements for Metric bar sizes shall be according to CAN/CSA G30.18. Stainless spirals shall be provided with stainless spacers in conformance with ASTM A 276. Stainless steel reinforcing bars, stainless steel spirals, stainless steel spiral spacers, and mechanical connectors shall be of a stainless steel type specified in Table 1. Imperial and soft-converted metric bar size substitutions for Metric bar sizes will be permitted on a one-for-one basis without adjustment as shown in Table 2. Other Imperial and soft-converted metric stainless steel reinforcing bar sizes may be substituted for Metric bar sizes, subject to the following: a) The area of substituted steel reinforcement for the concrete component per linear metre or per gross cross-

section area, as applicable, shall not be less than that shown for the concrete component on the Contract Drawings; and,

b) The spacing of substituted steel reinforcement for the concrete component shall be according to

CAN/CSA-S6 and the Structural Manual, Division 1. Nominal cross-sectional areas of Metric and Imperial bar sizes used for determining substitutions shall be according to ASTM A 955M and CAN/CSA G30.18, respectively. 1440.05.03 Deformed Steel Wire Deformed steel wire shall be according to ASTM A 496. 1440.05.04 Welded Steel Wire Fabric Welded smooth steel wire fabric shall be according to ASTM A 185.


1440.05.05 Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric Welded deformed steel wire fabric shall be according to ASTM A 497M. 1440.05.06 Prestressing Steel Prestressing steel strand shall be weldless, low relaxation grade according to ASTM A 416M. Prestressing steel strand shall be certified by its manufacturer to bond to concrete of normal strength and consistency. Prestressing steel wire shall be according to ASTM A 421M. Prestressing steel bars shall be according to ASTM A 722M. The bars shall not be welded. 1440.06 EQUIPMENT - Not Used 1440.07 PRODUCTION 1440.07.01 Manufacture of Reinforcing Steel Bars The manufacture of reinforcing steel bars shall be by a manufacturer listed under "Mill" in the Designated Sources for Materials listing for Reinforcing Steel, Uncoated, Fabricators and Mills. 1440.07.02 Manufacture of Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars The manufacture of stainless steel reinforcing bars shall be by a manufacturer listed under “Mills” in the Designated Sources for Materials listing DSM for Reinforcing Steel, Stainless, Mills and Fabricators. 1440.07.03 Fabrication of Reinforcing Steel Bar, Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bar, Splice Bar

and Stainless Steel Splice Bars Bars shall be cold bent at the fabricator's shop. The standard fabricating tolerances for all bars, straight or bent, shall be according to the Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice of the Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada. Fabrication of stainless steel reinforcing bars shall be such that the bar surfaces are not contaminated with deposits of iron or non-stainless steels, and the bar is not damaged by straightening from coil. Fabrication of stainless steel reinforcing bars shall be by a fabricator listed under “Fabricators” in the Designated Sources for Materials listing for Reinforcing Steel, Stainless, Mills and Fabricators. 1440.07.04 Identification 1440.07.04.01 Prestressing Steel All steel strand from each manufactured reel used and all high strength alloy bars used shall be assigned an individual lot number and shall be tagged with the lot number.


1440.07.04.02 Reinforcing Steel Bars, Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars, Splice Bars, and Stainless Steel Splice Bars

All bars shall be shipped in bundles. Each lot of reinforcing steel bars, stainless steel reinforcing bars, splice bars and stainless steel splice bars shall be assigned an individual lot number and shall be tagged with the lot number. In addition, tags for stainless steel reinforcing bars shall identify the manufacturer, stainless steel type and grade, and bar mark number, including stainless designation 1440.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1440.08.01 Inspection and Testing The Owner reserves the right to carry out inspections and tests at such times as the Owner may consider necessary to ensure that the materials supplied are according to this specification. Materials failing to comply with the requirements of this specification shall be rejected. The Ministry representative shall be permitted free entry to the manufacturing, and fabrication plants as well as the finished product storage and loading areas for inspection purposes.

TABLE 1 Type of Stainless Steel

Common or Trade Name AISI Type UNS Designation

Type 316 LN 316 LN S31653

Type 2205 Duplex 2205 S31803 Notes: 1. Condition/Finish: reinforcing stainless steel bars and shapes shall be hot rolled and pickled, or hot rolled

and descaled, to the required mechanical properties and dimensions.

TABLE 2 Size Conversions

Metric Bar Size Imperial Bar Size Bar Designation No.

15M # 5 16

25M # 8 25

35M # 11 36 WARRANT: All contracts with steel reinforcement.


RAMP CLOSURE GATES - Item No. CONCRETE IN RAMP CLOSURE GATE SUPPORT FOOTINGS - Item No. Special Provision No. 799S12 May 2013

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION FOR RAMP CLOSURE GATES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 SCOPE 2.0 REFERENCES 3.0 DEFINITIONS - Not Used 4.0 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 5.0 MATERIALS 6.0 EQUIPMENT - Not Used 7.0 CONSTRUCTION 8.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9.0 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT 10.0 BASIS OF PAYMENT 1.0 SCOPE This Special Provision covers the requirements for the installation of ramp closure gates and ramp closure gate support footings. 2.0 REFERENCES This Special Provision refers to the following standards, specifications and publications: Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications, Construction OPSS 501 Compacting OPSS 904 Concrete Structures Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications, Material OPSS 1350 Concrete - Materials and Production OPSS 1440 Steel Reinforcement for Concrete


CSA Standards HA.4-M1980 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet HA.7-M1980 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Drawn Seamless Tube, Extruded Seamless Tube,

and Seamless Pipe W59.2-M1991 (R2008) Welded Aluminum Construction O80, Series-08 Wood Preservation O141-05 Softwood Lumber Others National Lumber Grade Authority (NLGA) Canadian Wood Preservers Bureau (CWPB) 4.0 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 4.01 Submissions 4.01.01 Shop Drawings and Welding Procedures One copy of the manufacturer’s shop drawings and welding procedures for each type of gate specified in the Contract Documents shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator. The applicable welding procedures, stamped as approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau, shall be attached to the shop drawings. Installation of the ramp closure gate shall not commence until the Contract Administrator has received the copies of the shop drawings and welding procedures. 5.0 MATERIALS 5.01 Aluminum Gates and Support Posts 5.01.01 General Extruded aluminum tubing for the ramp closure gate shall be 6061-T6 alloy according to CSA HA.7. Aluminum sheet and plate for the ramp closure gate shall be 6061-T6 alloy according to CSA HA.4. Ramp closure gates shall be manufactured according to the Contract Documents and all joints shall be welded according to CSA W59.2. 5.01.02 Marking of Gates and Support Posts for Identification of Manufacturer Identification plates measuring 50 mm high by 75 mm wide shall be tack welded to the outside face of the gate tube 150 mm below the top of the tube, and to the face of the support post 50 mm above base plate. The identification plate shall be made from minimum 1.5 mm thick aluminum sheet according to ASTM B 209. The identification plates shall be embossed with the following information: a) Name or trademark of manufacturer; b) Address of plant where manufactured; and c) Four digit code for year of manufacture and week number (e.g., first week of January 2012 is 1201)


5.02 Wooden Support Posts 5.02.01 General All wooden support posts shall be in dressed sizes and pressure treated with wood preservative as specified in the Contract Documents. Cut ends and field drilled holes shall receive two applications of 2% copper napthenate wood preservative. Field applied wood preservative that comes in contact with any metal components shall be removed immediately. The tolerance on the cross-sectional dimensions of all wooden posts shall be ± 2 mm. 5.02.02 Wood Preservative Wood preservative shall be according to CAN/CSA-O80, Series-08. Wood preservative treatment shall be according to UC 4.1. 5.02.03 Marking of Wood for Identification of Grade and Species All wooden posts shall be stamped for species and grading according to CAN/CSA-O141 by an approved agency authorized by the NLGA. The stamp shall be visible after installation at least 1.8 m from the bottom of the post. 5.02.04 Marking of Wood for Identification of Preservative Treatment All wooden posts shall be stamped for wood preservative treatment using a certification mark authorized by the CWPB. The wood preservative stamp shall be visible after installation at least 1.8 m from the bottom of the post. 5.03 Fittings and Accessories All required fittings and accessories shall be made of aluminum unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Ramp closure gate latches and the steel chain to secure the double gate in the closed position shall be suitable for the use of padlocks with a 5/16” shaft which can be attached and operated from either side of the gate. Padlocks will be supplied by the Owner. 5.04 Concrete Concrete shall be according to OPSS 1350 with a nominal minimum 28-Day compressive strength of 30 MPa. 5.05 Reinforcing Steel Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 400W according to OPSS 1440 and the Contract Documents. 7.0 CONSTRUCTION 7.01 General Ramp closure gates, ramp closure gate support footings, and posts shall be installed according to and at locations specified in the Contract Documents.


7.02 Site Preparation Prior to the erection of the ramp closure gate, any debris shall be removed and ground undulations shall be corrected to obtain a smooth, uniform gradient. Trees, stumps, and brush shall be cut off at ground level and any overhanging branches that would interfere with the operation of the gate shall be removed. 7.03 Post Installation Wooden support posts shall be installed plumb and set to the alignment and grade at the locations specified in the Contract Documents, regardless of the material encountered. Acceptable material from post hole excavation shall be used as backfill around posts and compacted according to OPSS 501. Any excess materials not designated to be incorporated as backfill shall be managed as specified in the Contract Documents. Wooden support post tops shall be cut to the height specified in the Contract Documents. 7.04 Ramp Closure Gate Support Footing The reinforced concrete footing shall be constructed as specified in the Contract Documents, regardless of the material encountered. Concrete shall be placed, cured, and finished according to OPSS 904. In porous or crumbly soil, forms shall be used to prevent contamination of the concrete. Forms may be left in place or removed. Earth backfill and granular materials shall be compacted according to OPSS 501. 7.05 Ramp Closure Gate Vertical Clearance The vertical clearance above the pavement shall be according to the Contract Documents. 7.06 Signs Signs shall be supplied by the ministry and shall be attached to the gates according to the Contract Documents using stainless steel hardware. 7.07 Management of Excess Material Management of excess material shall be as specified in the Contract Documents. 8.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE The Contract Administrator may request documentation and obtain and test components to ensure compliance with this specification. The Contract Administrator may perform a visual inspection to determine conformance with the workmanship, design, and dimensional requirements of this specification, including but not limited to the following:


a) All posts shall be true to alignment and plumb; and b) Gates shall move freely. Material not in compliance shall be removed from the work area and replaced. 9.0 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT 9.01 Ramp Closure Gates

Concrete in Ramp Closure Gate Support Footings Measurement is by Plan Quantity for the number of complete gates and gate support footings installed. The unit of measure is each. 10.0 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Ramp Closure Gates – Item Concrete in Ramp Closure Gate Support Footings – Item

Payment at the contract price for the above tender items shall be full compensation for all labour, equipment and material necessary to do the work. WARRANT: Always with these tender items.


CHAPTER E STANDARD STATEMENTS FOR AMENDMENTS

APPENDIX 3 - STANDARD STATEMENTS FOR AMENDMENTS TO OPS SPECIFICATIONS

The following provides examples of standard statements that are to be used when amending OPS specifications:

1) The following statement is to be inserted immediately after the title block of all item specificSPs as it provides the introduction for the amendment.

Amendment to OPSS NNN, CPS Implemented version date

2) In cases when the SP is to delete and replace an OPS specification in it entirety, the followingshould be added immediately below the above statement:

OPSS NNN, Construction Specification for (Title), is deleted in its entirety and replaced withthe following:

3) The examples in the table below are provided to illustrate the most common types ofamendments to OPS specifications. The examples are not exhaustive and the writer shoulddiscuss the need for alternative wording with the Design and Contract Standards office.

Unless specified elsewhere the location of the corresponding statement is to be foundimmediately under the title of section, subsection or clause being amended.

Type of Amendment to OPS Specification Corresponding Statement 1. A section is being added to the specification. The following statement

(separated by a blank line) is to be inserted immediately above the section being added.

OPSS NNN is amended by the addition of the following section:

2. An entire section, subsection, or clause is being deletedand not replaced.

(Section, Subsection, or Clause with its number) of OPSS NNN is deleted in its entirety.

3. An entire section, subsection, or clause is being deletedand replaced.

(Section, Subsection, or Clause with its number) of OPSS NNN is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:


CHAPTER E STANDARD STATEMENTS FOR AMENDMENTS

4. A portion of a section, subsection or clause is beingdeleted and is not being replaced.

(Section, Subsection or Clause with its number) of OPSS NNN is amended by the deletion of the following:

5. A subsection is being added to an existing section; aclause is being added to an existing section or subsection;

The following statement (separated by a blank line) is to be inserted immediately above the subsection or clause being added.

(Section, Subsection, or Clause with its number) of OPSS NNN is amended by the addition of the following (Subsection, Clause or paragraph(s)):

6. Information in the form of a paragraph(s)/ sentence isbeing added to an existing section, subsection or clause.

(Section, Subsection, or Clause with its number) of OPSS NNN is amended by the addition of the following paragraph(s) /sentence:

7. A paragraph/sentence is being deleted and replaced. (Section, Subsection, or Clause with its number) of OPSS NNN is amended by deleting the (first, second, last, second last etc.) paragraph/sentence in its entirety and replacing it with the following

8. Information such as a table or figure is being added andthere is no section, subsection, or clause to reference asbeing amended.

_______ (Table or Figure) is added:

Note: It is important that the amendment is clear on what is being modified. There should be no ambiguity. For example: if there may be confusion as to what is considered a paragraph (e.g., the second paragraph is amended), then the amendment description should be rewritten.


CHAPTER E - SPECIAL PROVISIONS HARD COPIES OF SSPs

E3.0 HARD COPIES OF STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS Standard special provisions found in this manual are assembled in numerical order. Active SSPs in CPS from the 106, 160 (160 to 169) and 600 series (600 to 699) are published in the Electrical Contract Design, Estimating and Documentation Manual under the joint custodianship of the Electrical Engineering Section, Traffic Office (St. Catharines) and the Advanced Traffic Management Section, Central Region Traffic Office. Access to this manual can be obtained through the MTO Library website.


CHAPTER E List of Active SSPs

May 2018 Page 1 of 9 CDED E3-1

LIST OF ACTIVE STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Type S.P. # Title Issue Date Imp. Date

100S02 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Ontario Provincial Standards

Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

100F06 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Tender Items Governed by Municipal-Oriented Specifications

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

100F08 Protection of Public Traffic Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

100S15 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Utilities and Maintaining Roadways and Detours

May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

100S17 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

100F18 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Addition of Other Authorities

Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

100S21 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Indemnification and Insurance Requirements Concerning the Canadian Pacific Railway Company

Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

100S22 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Indemnification and Insurance Requirements Concerning the Canadian National Railway Company

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

100F28 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Property, Aircraft and Watercraft, Boiler, and Contractor’s Equipment Insurance

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

100S59 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - Approvals and Permits, and Water Taking

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

ATMS 100S62 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract, November 2016 - ATMS Definitions, Substantial Performance, and Advance Payments for Material

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

101F02 Amendment to OPSS 120, November 2014 - Identification of Waterbodies for Application of DFO Guidelines for the Use of Explosives In or Near Canadian Fisheries Waters

Dec 2014 Jan 8, 2015

101S04 Amendment to OPSS 120, November 2014 - Flyrock Incident Form - Part A Jan 2017 Jan 12, 2017

ELEC 101S06 Amendment to OPSS 106, April 2017 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

101S11 Additional Equipment - Equipment Option and Compensation Rates Mar 1985 Mar 1, 1985

101S12 Power Ratings - Horse Power - Crawlers, Tractors, and Dozers Aug 1984 Aug 1, 1984

101F13 Liquidated Damages - Inadequate Supply of Equipment, Labour and Material

Aug 1984 Aug 1, 1984

101S18 Amendment to OPSS 102, October 1992 - Bar Coding on Material Delivery Invoices

Apr 1994 May 11, 1994

101F21 Occupational Health and Safety Act Compliance - List of Designated Substances

Nov 2014 Nov 6, 2014

101F23 Amendment to OPSS 182, April 2017 - Timing of In-Water Works, Oversight Requirements, and Measures to Avoid Harm to Fish

Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

102S05 Amendment to OPSS 206, November 2014 - Various Revisions May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

102S07 Amendment to OPSS 220, November 2014 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

103F03 Amendment to OPSS 313, November 2016 - Requirements for Hot Mix Asphalt - End Result (Deletes and Replaces OPSS 313 In Its Entirety)

Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017




103S04 Amendment to OPSS 366, April 2017 - Falling Weight Deflectometer Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

103F31 Asphaltic Concrete Surface Smoothness - Asphaltic Concrete Payment Adjustment for Surface Smoothness Based on Quality Assurance Measurements Taken by an Inertial Profiler

Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

104S06 Amendment to OPSS 421, November 2015 - Post Installation Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017


105S22 Amendment to OPSS 501, November 2014 - Target Density Control Strip Jun 2016 Sep 1, 2016

ATMS 106S05 Amendment to OPSS 106, April 2017 - Revisions to Definitions, Materials, and Construction for ATMS Work

Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ELEC 106S09 Amendment to OPSS 609, November 2012 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018







107S01 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Short Term Pavement Marking

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

107S02 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Sample and Application Requirements

Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

107S04 Amendment to OPSS 740, November 2010 - Steel Reinforcement Feb 2013 Mar 7, 2013

107S05 Amendment to OPSS 706, November 2016 - Freeway Paving Operations Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017


109S12 Amendment to OPSS 902, November 2010 May 2018 May 10, 2018

109S13 Amendment to OPSS 911, November 2014 - Measurement of Coating Thickness

Jul 2017 Jul 13, 2017

109F16 Transportation of Structural Components - Travel Restrictions Feb 2009 Feb 19, 2009

109S17 Amendment to OPSS 905, November 2014 - Requirements for Steel Reinforcement for Concrete (Deletes and Replaces OPSS 905 In Its Entirety)

Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018


109S19 Amendment to OPSS 908, Nov 2014 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

109S22 Installation of Steel Pins Aug 1984 Aug 1, 1984

109S23 Timber Matting Aug 1984 Aug 1, 1984


109S25 Amendment to OPSS 910, April 2008 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

109S26 Amendment to OPSS 915, Nov 2014 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018







109F30 Amendment to OPSS 922, November 2016 Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

109S31 Amendment to OPSS 422, April 2004 and OPSS 1821, May 1993 - Substitution of Precast Concrete Box Culverts for Cast-In-Place Concrete Box Culverts

Jul 2011 Jul 21, 2011


109F57 Amendment to OPSS 903, April 2016 Apr 2018 May 10, 2018


110S04 Amendment to OPSS 1001, November 2013 - Aggregates Produced from Mine By-Product Rock

Feb 2018 Mar 8, 2018

110F10 Requirements for Use of Air Cooled Iron Blast Furnace Slag as Granular Material

Sep 2001 Sep 20, 2001

110F14 Information to Bidders Regarding Aggregate Sources Jun 2012 Jul 5, 2012

110S16 Amendment to OPSS 1004, November 2012 - Quality Assurance Sampling, and Physical Property and Gradation Requirements for Granular Sheeting

May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

111F06 Amendment to OPSS 1151, November 2016 - Mix Design Criteria and Asphalt Cement Anti Stripping Treatment

Mar 2017 Mar 2, 2017

111F09 Amendment to OPSS 1101, November 2014 - Additional Test Results and Samples for Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC)

Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

111S12 Amendment to OPSS 1103, November 2016 - Requirements for Emulsified Asphalt (Deletes and Replaces OPSS 1103 In Its Entirety)

Jul 2017 Jul 13, 2017

112S07 Amendment to OPSS 1212, November 2003 - Requirements for Hot-Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint/Crack Sealant Compound (Deletes and Replaces OPSS 1212 In Its Entirety)

Feb 2008 Feb 14, 2008

112S10 Amendment to OPSS 1202, November 2016 - Bearings, Tolerances, and Table 1

Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

113S03 Amendment to OPSS 1301, September 1996 - Cementing Materials Dec 2004 Jan 19, 2005

113S09 Amendment to OPSS 1352, November 1989 - Steel Reinforcement Feb 2013 Mar 7, 2013

114S06 Amendment to OPSS 1440, November 2014 - Requirements for Steel Reinforcement for Concrete (Deletes and Replaces OPSS 1440 In Its Entirety)

Jun 2017 Jul 13, 2017

118S03 Amendment to OPSS 1821, May 1993 - Air Void System Parameters, Salt Scaling and Concrete Cover Measurements of Precast Hardened Concrete

Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

118S08 Amendment to OPSS 1860, April 2018 - Table 3 May 2018 May 10, 2018



ATMS 168F10 ATMS Operations - Interference with ATMS Operations Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 168F14 Requirements for Quality Control, and Documentation for ATMS Work Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

ATMS 168S20 Protection of Existing System - Accidental Damage to Existing ATMS Plant Sep 2007 Oct 15, 2010

ATMS 168F31 Incentive/Disincentive for Reinstatement of Loop Detectors Feb 2014 Mar 27, 2014

ATMS 168F32 Requirements for National Transportation Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) for PVMS and VMS Controllers

Jul 2009 Jul 23, 2009

199F03 Placing Hot Mix Asphalt Before Seasonal Shutdown May 2016 Jun 9, 2016

199F06 Stockpiling of Materials for Future Use by the Ministry Jul 2010 Jul 22, 2010




199F12 Environmentally Sensitive Areas Nov 2014 Nov 6, 2014

199S18 Fencing of the Construction Area Jun 1992 Sep 2, 1992

199S24 Supply of Trucks Aug 1984 Aug 1, 1984

199F31 Environmental Exemptions and Permits Apr 2016 Apr 28, 2016

199F33 Construction Noise Constraints - Noise Sensitive Areas Jun 2013 Jun 20, 2013

199S38 Administration of Aggregate Sources Including Earth Borrow and Rock Supply Sources and Highway Right-of-Way Aggregate Production - Permits and Approvals

Mar 2017 Jun 8, 2017

199F43 Other Contractors Within or Adjacent to the Limits of the Contract Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

199S44 Traffic Control at Intersections Jan 2001 Jan 10, 2001

199S54 Participation in the Annual Laboratory Correlation Program Feb 2018 Mar 8, 2018

199S55 Record Drawings for Structures and Foundations May 2004 May 26, 2004

199S56 Requirements for Control of Emissions During Structural Work Sep 2005 Nov 17, 2005

199F57 General Requirements of Samples for Quality Assurance, Referee and Other Testing by the Owner or the Owner's Agent

Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

199F59 National Energy Board (NEB) Regulated Pipelines Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

199S60 Incentive for Supply of Canadian Steel Oct 2009 Oct 29, 2009

199F61 Additional Documents Available During Advertising Dec 2016 Dec 15, 2016

199F63 Navigable Waters Protection Mar 2012 Apr 26, 2012

199S64 General Requirements for Referee Testing Jul 2016 Jul 21, 2016

199S65 Contract Documents and Native Format Electronic Information Dec 2016 Dec 15, 2016

199S66 Quality Conformance Requirements Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

201F01 Amendment to OPSS 201, November 2011 - Clearing - Salvage of Trees May 2013 Jun 20, 2013

201F02 Amendment to OPSS 201, November 2011 - Clearing - Marketable Timber from Crown Lands

May 2013 Jun 20, 2013

202S01 Amendment to OPSS 202, November 2013 - Safety Plan for Manual Scaling Work

Feb 2018 Mar 8, 2018

206F04 Amendment to OPSS 206, November 2014 - Rock Excavation - Bulking Factor for Shale

Dec 2014 Jan 8, 2015

206F06 Amendment to OPSS 206, November 2014 - Earth Excavation Sep 2017 Sep 14, 2017

209F01 Amendment to OPSS 209, November 2014 - Rental of Swamp Equipment Dec 2014 Jan 8, 2015

212F01 Amendment to OPSS 212, November 2013 - Earth Borrow - Fly Ash Material

Jan 2014 Mar 27, 2014

220S01 Amendment to OPSS 220, November 2014 - Wick Drains QVE Dec 2016 Dec 15, 2016

299F01 Use of Rental Equipment May 2002 May 29, 2002

299F02 Requirements for Drilling and Blasting Rock in Ditches Apr 2014 May 8, 2014

299F11 Requirements for Ditch Cleanout Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

304F04 Amendment to OPSS 304, November 2006 - Application of Binder, Binder Sampling, Determination of Binder and Aggregate Application Rates, Quality Assurance and Price Adjustments

Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

305S03 Amendment to OPSS 305, November 2016 - Granular Sealing Mar 2017 Mar 2, 2017




308F02 Amendment to OPSS 308, April 2012 - Painting Material, Application Options, and Samples for Testing

Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

331F02 Amendment to OPSS 331, November 2015 - Design Rate of Expanded Asphalt

Jan 2018 Mar 8, 2018

332F04 Amendment to OPSS 332, November 2016 - Requirements for Hot In-Place Recycling with Integral Overlay (Deletes and Replaces OPSS 332 In Its Entirety)

Jan 2018 Jan 25, 2018

333S04 Amendment to OPSS 333, November 2015 - Compaction Measurement Using Nuclear Moisture and Density Gauge

Jan 2018 Mar 8, 2018

335S04 Amendment to OPSS 335, November 2015 - Compaction Measurement Using Nuclear Moisture and Density Gauge

Jan 2018 Mar 8, 2018

336F01 Amendment to OPSS 336, November 2009 - Micro-Surfacing May 2016 Jun 9, 2016

337F01 Amendment to OPSS 337, November 2017 - Slurry Seal Dec 2017 Dec 21, 2017

351S01 Amendment to OPSS 351, November 2015 - Tactile Walking Surface Indicator Plates

Oct 2016 Dec 15, 2016

351S02 Amendment to OPSS 351, November 2015 - Concrete Sidewalk Jan 2016 Jan 28, 2016

353S02 Amendment to OPSS 353, September 1996 - Concrete Curb and Gutter Jul 2007 Aug 30, 2007

399F01 Requirements for Full Depth Crack Repairs in Asphaltic Concrete Pavements

Dec 2014 Dec 18, 2014

399F02 Requirements for Temporary Hot Mix Pavement Jan 2017 Mar 2, 2017

399S09 Requirements for Reclaiming Existing Asphalt Pavement to a Partial Depth and Stockpiling the Processed Material for Reuse

Jun 2006 Jul 27, 2006

399S10 Requirements for Reclaiming Existing Asphalt Pavement and Asphalt Curb and Gutter to Their Full Depth, and Stockpiling the Material for Reuse

May 2010 May 20, 2010

407S01 Amendment to MTC Form 407, March 1984 - Pipe Subdrain Outlet to Existing Structures

Feb 1988 May 1, 1988

407S02 Amendment to MTC Form 407, March 1984 - Rock Excavation for Sewers, Manholes, Catch Basins and Ditch Inlets

Aug 2007 Sep 20, 2007

407S03 Amendment to MTC Form 407, March 1984 - Catch Basin Collar Jul 1996 Aug 16, 1996

407S06 Amendment to MTC Form 407, March 1984 - Aggregate Requirements, Lift Rings, Adjustment Units and Resilient Connectors

Apr 2014 Jun 12, 2014

415S01 Amendment to OPSS 415, February 1990 - Tunnel - Interceptor Drains and Service Connections

Mar 2012 Apr 26, 2012

416S01 Amendment to OPSS 416, February 1990 - Jacking and Boring - Interceptor Drains and Service Connections

Mar 2012 Apr 26, 2012

422S01 Amendment to OPSS 422, April 2004 - Precast Concrete Box Culvert Jul 2011 Jul 21, 2011

499S02 Requirements for Management of Highway Storm Sewer Catchbasin Cleanout Material - No Receiving Site Provided

Mar 2012 Apr 26, 2012

499S03 Weld and Release Maintenance Hole and Catch Basin Frames and Grates Jan 2000 Feb 2, 2000

517F01 Amendment to OPSS 517, November 2016 - Design Storm Return Period and Preconstruction Survey Distance

Jul 2017 Jul 13, 2017

599S22 Requirements for Design and Construction of RSS Walls and Steep Slopes Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

599S23 Requirements for Materials, Quality Assurance Testing and Acceptance Criteria for RSS Precast Concrete Elements

Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018




ELEC 601S01 Requirements for Maintenance and Operation of Temporary Traffic Signal System Work

Nov 2014 Dec 18, 2014

ELEC 610F01 Amendment to OPSS 610, November 2016 - Shipping of Salvaged Electrical Equipment and Materials

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

ELEC 611F01 Amendment to OPSS 611, November 2013 - Luminaires Feb 2014 Mar 27, 2014

ELEC 614F01 Amendment to OPSS 614, November 2012 - Listing of Descriptions for Distribution and Supply Control Cabinet Assemblies, and Supply of Arc Flash and Shock Hazard Warning Labels

Apr 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ELEC 615S05 Amendment to OPSS 615, April 2017 - Breakaway Base Anti-Theft Device May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ELEC 617F01 Amendment to OPSS 617, November 2013 - Luminaires Feb 2014 Mar 27, 2014

ELEC 617F03 Amendment to OPSS 617, November 2013 - LED Luminaires Feb 2014 Mar 27, 2014

ELEC 622F03 Amendment to OPSS 622, April 2017 - Traffic Signal Controller Programming and Timing

May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ELEC 623F03 Amendment to OPSS 623, April 2017 - Listing of Product Descriptions and Verbal Announcements for Accessible Pedestrian Signals

May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ELEC 623F04 Amendment to OPSS 623, April 2017 - Non-Intrusive Detection System Equipment

May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ELEC 630F02 Amendment to OPSS 630, November 2016 - Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles and Equipment

Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

ELEC 631S02 Amendment to OPSS 631, November 2015 - Concrete Footings for High Mast Lighting Poles

Feb 2016 Mar 3, 2016

ATMS 681F15 Requirements for Training for ATMS Work Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 681F17 Requirements for Spare Components for ATMS Work Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 681F19 Requirements for System Integration Testing (SIT) for ATMS Work Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

ATMS 681F25 Requirements for Maintenance and Warranty for ATMS Work Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ATMS 681F32 Requirements for Deployment of Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS) Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 681F34 Requirements for Maintenance and Warranty of Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS)

Mar 2012 Apr 26, 2012

ATMS 682S01 Requirements for ATMS Field Equipment Cabinet Maintenance Sites Apr 2016 Apr 28, 2016

ATMS 682S07 Amendment to OPSS 603, November 2017 - Flexible and Rigid Ducts Dec 2017 Dec 21, 2017

ATMS 682S08 Amendment to OPSS 603, November 2017 - Surface Mounted Duct Systems

Dec 2017 Dec 21, 2017

ATMS 682S09 Amendment to OPSS 604, November 2017 - Extra Low Voltage Cables Dec 2017 Dec 21, 2017

ATMS 682S12 Requirements for Power Supply Cabinets Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

ATMS 682S13 Amendment to OPSS 615, November 2008 - Concrete Poles Feb 2009 Mar 12, 2009

ATMS 682S14 Amendment to OPSS 616, April 2018 - Concrete Pads Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

ATMS 682S15 Requirements for Base Mounted Communication Pedestals Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 682S16 Amendment to OPSS 622, April 2017 - Controller Cabinets Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ATMS 682S17 Requirements for Advanced Traffic Controllers (ATCs) Jul 2012 Sep 13, 2012

ATMS 682S18 Requirements for Loop Vehicle Detector Sensor Units Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 682S19 Amendment to OPSS 623, April 2017 - ATMS Loop Detectors May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ATMS 682S20 Requirements for Testing of Existing Loop Detectors Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008




ATMS 682F22 Amendment to OPSS 610, November 2016 - Removal of ATMS Equipment Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

ATMS 682S23 Requirements for Inner Chambers Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 682S25 Amendment to OPSS 616, April 2018 - Concrete Footings in Earth Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

ATMS 682S26 Requirements for Non-Intrusive Traffic Sensors (NITS) (Microwave) Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

ATMS 682S27 Requirements for Pole Mounted Controller Cabinets Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ATMS 682S28 Requirements for Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Units Nov 2013 Dec 5, 2013

ATMS 682S30 Amendment to OPSS 615, November 2008 - Concrete Poles with Camera Raising and Lowering System for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Cameras

Jul 2009 Jul 23, 2009

ATMS 682F34 Requirements for Integrated External Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Units

Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ATMS 683S01 Requirements for Fibre Optic Communication Cables in Ducts Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

ATMS 683S02 Requirements for Splice Enclosures for Fibre Optic Cables Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

ATMS 683S03 Requirements for Data Interface Cables Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S04 Requirements for Video Transmitters and Receivers Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S07 Requirements for Video System Line Up and Test (SLAT) Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S09 Requirements for Fibre Optic Modems (FOM) Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S10 Requirements for Port Sharing Device (PSD) Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S11 Requirements for Data System Line Up and Test Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683F18 Requirements for Low Range Fibre Optic Modems (LFOM), High Range Fibre Optic Modems (HFOM), Fibre Optic Taps (FOT), and Fibre Optic Splitters (FOS)

Apr 2005 Apr 6, 2005

ATMS 683S19 Requirements for Field Drop and Insert Nodes (FDINs), Central Drop and Insert Nodes (CDINs), Data Channel Ports (DCPs), LAN Channel Ports (LCPs) and Fibre Optic Ethernet Hubs (FOEHs)

Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S22 Requirements for Wireless Ethernet Bridges Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S23 Requirements for Digital Video Encoders and Decoders Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S24 Requirements for Port Servers Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S25 Requirements for Ethernet Switches Sep 2010 Oct 14, 2010

ATMS 683S26 Requirements for Fibre Optic Ethernet Modems Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 683S27 Requirements for Gateway Routers Jun 2017 Jun 8, 2017

ATMS 683S28 Requirements for Aerial Fibre Optic Communication Cables on Messenger Cable

Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

ATMS 684S01 Requirements for Outdoor Closed Circuit Television Cameras (CCTV) Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 684S07 Requirements for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Video Monitors Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

ATMS 684S10 Requirements for Dome Camera System Feb 2014 Mar 27, 2014

ATMS 685S01 Requirements for Variable Message Signs (VMS) Feb 2016 Mar 3, 2016

ATMS 685S07 Requirements for Fixed Support Variable Message Signs (VMS) Feb 2016 Mar 3, 2016

ATMS 687S01 Requirements for Rack Assemblies Sep 2007 Jan 24, 2008

706F04 Amendment to OPSS 706, November 2016 - Designation of Modem and Message Details for Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS)

Nov 2016 Mar 2, 2017




708F01 Amendment to OPSS 708, November 2016 - Portable Temporary Traffic Signals - Traffic Signal Timing

Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

710S01 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking - Application of Stop Lines

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710S02 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking - Double Application of Organic Solvent Based Traffic Paint

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710S03 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking Obliterating by Abrasive Blasting

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710S04 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking Obliterating by Grinding

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710S05 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking Obliterating by Black Line Mask

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710S06 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Markers Recessed Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710F07 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Short Term Pavement Marking

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710F08 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Temporary Pavement Marking Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

710F09 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking, Temporary, Field Reacted Polymeric - Fluorescent Orange

Feb 2012 Mar 15, 2012

710F10 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking, Temporary, Paint - Fluorescent Orange

Feb 2012 Mar 15, 2012

710S11 Amendment to OPSS 710, November 2010 - Pavement Marking, Temporary Removable - Fluorescent Orange

Feb 2012 Mar 15, 2012

721S05 Amendment to OPSS 721, November 2015 - Single Rail Steel Beam Guide Rail - Mounting Heights

Apr 2016 Apr 28, 2016

721S06 Amendment to OPSS 721, November 2015 - Single Rail Steel Beam Guide Rail, Base Plated for Shallow Culverts

Jul 2016 Jul 21, 2016

723S01 Amendment to OPSS 723, November 2015 - Energy Attenuator Aug 2016 Sep 1, 2016

723S02 Amendment to OPSS 723, November 2015 - Energy Attenuator - Temporary, Narrow

Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

732S03 Amendment to OPSS 732, April 2016 - SBEAT System Jan 2018 Mar 8, 2018

740S01 Amendment to OPSS 740, November 2010 - Concrete and Tall Wall Barriers

Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

741S01 Amendment to OPSS 741, November 2014 - Temporary Concrete Barrier, Reduced Deflection

Jul 2015 Aug 27, 2015

741S02 Amendment to OPSS 741, November 2014 - Movable Temporary Concrete Barriers

Aug 2016 Sep 1, 2016

760F01 Amendment to OPSS 760, November 2014 - Noise Barrier Systems and Access

Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

799S03 Requirements for Temporary Transition Rail Sep 2011 Sep 29, 2011

799S04 Requirements for Permanent REACT 350 Feb 2013 Mar 7, 2013

799S05 Certification of Safety Items Dec 2017 Jan 25, 2018

799S08 Requirements for the Installation of Bollards Mar 2012 Mar 15, 2012

799S12 Requirements for Ramp Closure Gates May 2013 Jun 20, 2013

799S15 Requirements for High Tension Cable Guide Rail and Terminal Systems Dec 2016 Dec 15, 2016




799S17 Requirements for Permanent Intermediate Signs and Support Systems Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

799S19 Construction Requirements for Temporary Transition Barrier Apr 2018 May 10, 2018

805F01 Amendment to OPSS 805, November 2015 - Timing Constraints for Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures

Dec 2015 Jan 28, 2016

899S01 Requirements for Management and Disposal of Materials Containing Asbestos

Mar 2015 Apr 23, 2015

899S02 Requirements for Wildlife Fence Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

911F10 Supplemental Instructions to Bidders for Trial Blasting Methods and Amendment to OPSS 911, November 2014 - Coating Structural Steel and Steel Railing Systems

May 2016 Jun 9, 2016

914F02 Amendment to OPSS 914, November 2014 - Bridge Deck Waterproofing and Deck Surface Preparation

Dec 2014 Dec 18, 2014

914S03 Amendment to OPSS 914, November 2014 - Form and Fill Grooves Mar 2016 Mar 3, 2016

920F03 Amendment to OPSS 920, November 2016 - Method of Expansion Joint Installation on Bridges

May 2018 May 10, 2018

922F01 Amendment to OPSS 922, November 2016 - Elastomeric Bearings Nov 2016 Jan 12, 2017

928F01 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth - Types A, B, C - Half Cell Survey Aug 1995 Sep 1, 1995

931S01 Amendment to OPSS 931, May 1994 - Requirements for Structure Rehabilitation - Shotcrete (Deletes and Replaces OPSS 931 In Its Entirety)

Feb 2017 Mar 2, 2017

999S02 Requirements for Glass Fibre Reinforcing Polymer (GFRP) Reinforcing Bar Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

999F29 Requirements for the Installation of Metallic Dowels into Concrete Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

999S30 Requirements for Jacking of Bridge Superstructure Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

999S31 Requirements for Precast Concrete Bridge Elements (Non-Prestressed and Prestressed)

Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

Note: The table above lists the SSPs that are currently implemented for use by MTO and therefore

shown as "Active" in Contract Preparation System (CPS). SSPs formerly published in Volumes 2A, 2B, 3 (Electrical), and 4 (ATMS) of the CDED Manual have been relocated to the new MTO Special Provisions Manual.

CDED CHAPTER F Plans, Drawings, and Quantity Sheets

CHAPTER F

PLANS, DRAWINGS,

AND QUANTITY SHEETS

August 2017 CDED F-050

CDED CHAPTER F Standard Drawings

STANDARD DRAWINGS 1.0 Introduction

This section provides information about Standard Drawings. Standard Drawings are also discussed in Chapter A Contract Documentation.

2.0 Standard Drawings Standard Drawings form part of the Contract Package and consist of:

• Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs) • Ministry of Transportation Ontario Drawings (MTODs) • Structural Standard Drawings (SSDs)

Standard Drawings are part of the Contract Package but are not part of the Contract Plans or Contract Drawings and are therefore not printed in the Contract Drawings except when modified.

3.0 Incorporating Standard Drawings Into the Contract Package As shown below, applicable Standard Drawings are listed in Section C of the "Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications and General Conditions" (Schedule) in the Tender Document. The Contractor obtains copies of the applicable drawings directly from the MTO Technical Publications website. Example Section C

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 2 CDED F-200

CDED CHAPTER F Standard Drawings

4.0 Modification of Standard Drawings Standard Drawings that are modified for use in a Contract Package are excluded from the schedule. Once modified by the Designer, the drawing becomes part of the Contract Plans and is printed in the Contract Drawings. The use and modification of OPSDs, MTODs, and SSDs is discussed further in the other 200 series sections of this chapter.


CHAPTER F Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs)

ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWINGS (OPSDs) 1.0 Introduction

This section of the CDED covers the implementation, use, and modification of Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs) in MTO contracts. OPSDs are published by the OPS Organization and are contained in the following OPS volumes: • Volume 3 - Drawings for Roads, Barriers, Drainage, Sanitary Sewers,

Watermains, and Structures • Volume 4 - Drawings for Electrical Work

2.0 Implementation of OPSDs for Use by MTO

Standard drawings published by OPS are not immediately implemented for use by MTO. Further information regarding the implementation of standard documentation can be found in Chapter A.

3.0 Copies of OPSDs Upon publishing by OPS, copies of OPSDs in PDF format can be obtained from the MTO Library website at: https://www.raqs.mto.gov.on.ca/techpubs/ops.nsf/OPSHomepage Designers can refer directly to CPS to determine which OPSDs are active and to obtain copies in DWG format.

4.0 List of Active OPSDs A "List of Active OPSDs" is published in this chapter of the CDED in order to provide information regarding the OPSDs that have been implemented for use in MTO contracts. The list is updated concurrently with Contract Preparation System (CPS) updates when necessary. The following sections discuss the information shown under the headings in Section F-215, List of Active OPSDs.



5.0 OPSD Number Every OPSD is given a unique number which has been allocated to allow for additions to the system. These numbers are assigned by the OPS Organization and are found on each drawing. Please note that due to coding convention within CPS, OPSD numbers found in CPS may have been modified by the addition of a zero (0) at the beginning and end of the OPSD number found on the drawing.

6.0 Title As shown on each OPSD.

7.0 Issue Date Every drawing is provided with an issue date which represents the day, month and year in which the drawing was published by OPS. Please note that the issue date, abbreviated to month and year, appears with the OPSD number in section C of the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawing, Specifications and General Conditions found in the Contract Tender document.

8.0 Implementation Date The implementation date represents the date the drawing was implemented for use in CPS.

9.0 Drawing Revision Number When a standard drawing is revised, the revision number is noted. Each subsequent revision to the standard drawing is identified by increasing the number by one.

10.0 Use and Modification of OPSDs Designers are required to select OPSDs applicable to a contract from CPS. A list of OPSDs is then generated and inserted in Section C, Standard Drawings of the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications and General Conditions found in the Tender.



Reference to the OPSDs selected (by OPSD number only) should also be included as appropriate in the contract documents, typically the contract drawings. OPSDs are not required to be inserted as details unless modified. OPSDs are found in CPS in .DWG format and may be modified to suit the Ministry’s needs when the modification is minor in nature and the intent, design integrity, operation, or the safety of the product or item shown on the drawing is not compromised.

11.0 Documenting Modified OPSDs in Contract Documents When modifications are made to an OPSD, the modified OPSD shall be inserted in the contract documents as a detail in the Contract Drawings. In addition, the designer shall do the following: a) Revise the OPSD title block as follows:

i. For minor modifications, the OPSD number shall be retained and the word “MODIFIED” and the Work Project (WP) No. shall be inserted in the space above the OPSD number.

ii. For major modifications (i.e. compromises to the intent, design integrity,

operation, or safety of the product or item shown on the drawing) then all references to Ontario Provincial Standards, for example, the OPS logo and number, shall be removed from the drawing.

iii. The name of the person responsible for the revisions and the date of the

modification shall be added to all modified OPSDs. b) Add an “M” to the end OPSD number (e.g. OPSD 100.010M) on the drawing and

in all instances where it is referenced in the contract drawings. c) Ensure any references to the standard OPSD that has been modified have been

removed as required. This includes references found in both the contract drawings and in Section C, Standard Drawings of the "Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications and General Conditions.

In situations where both the standard OPSD and the modified OPSD are required, only the standard OPSD is to be listed in Section C. Modified OPSDs are not to be included in the list of OPSDs in Section C at any time.


CHAPTER F List of Active OPSDs

May 2018 Page 1 of 23 CDED F-215

LIST OF ACTIVE OPSDs

OPSD Title Dwg. Rev.

Issue Date

Imp. Date

DIVISION 100 - ABBREVIATIONS

0100.0100 Abbreviations - General A to C 3 Nov 30, 2009 Apr 22, 2010

0100.0110 Abbreviations - General D to J 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0100.0120 Abbreviations - General L to R 2 Nov 30, 2009 Apr 22, 2010

0100.0130 Abbreviations - General S to W 4 Nov 30, 2009 Apr 22, 2010

0100.0140 Abbreviations - Metric Units 0 Nov 30, 2002 Dec 20, 2007

0100.0500 Abbreviations - Building Descriptions 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0100.0600 Abbreviations - Geotechnical 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0100 Topography Plan Features - Monument Features 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0110 Topography Plan Features - Ground Features 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0120 Topography Plan Features - Road Features 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0130 Topography Plan Features - Barrier and Vegetation Features 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0140 Topography Plan Features - Utility Features 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0150 Topography Plan Features - Drainage Features 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0160 Topography Plan Features - Miscellaneous Features 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0101.0170 Topography Plan Features - Right-of-Way Features 2 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 20, 2007

0102.0100 Removals - Legend 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0103.0100 New Construction - Legend 1 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0103.0110 New Construction - Legend 2 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 20, 2007

0104.0100 Miscellaneous Symbols 0 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 20, 2007

DIVISION 200 - GRADING

0200.0100 Earth/Shale Grading - Undivided Rural 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0200.0200 Earth/Shale Grading - Divided Rural 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0201.0100 Rock Grading - Undivided Rural 2 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 27, 2014

0201.0200 Rock Grading - Divided Rural 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0202.0100 Slope Flattening Using Surplus Excavated Material on Earth or Rock Embankment

2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0202.0200 Drainage Gap for Slope Flattening on Rock or Granular Embankment 3 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

0202.0300 Roadway Widening For Guide Rail End Treatments and Transitions 5 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

0202.0310 Roadway Widening for Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal Approach End 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

0202.0320 Roadway Widening for Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal Leaving End and Constrained Approach End

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0202.0330 Roadway Widening Single Sided Energy Attenuating Terminals Approach End 0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0202.0370 Roadway Widening for Steel Beam Terminal on Inside of Curve 0 Nov 30, 2017 Jan 25, 2018

0202.0380 Roadway Widening for Steel Beam Terminal on Outside of Curve 0 Nov 30, 2017 Jan 25, 2018

0203.0100 Embankments Over Swamp New Construction 3 Nov 30, 2010 Mar 27, 2014

0203.0200 Embankments Over Swamp - Existing Slope Excavated To 1H:1V 3 Nov 30, 2010 Mar 27, 2014




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0203.0300 Embankments Over Swamp - Existing Slopes Maintained 3 Nov 30, 2010 Mar 27, 2014

0203.0400 Embankments Over Swamp At Pipe Culverts ≤ 1500mm 3 Nov 30, 2010 Mar 27, 2014

0204.0100 Boulder Treatment Cut Sections - Subgrade 3 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0205.0100 Transition Treatment - Earth Cut to Earth Fill 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0205.0200 Transition Treatment - Rock Cut to Rock Fill 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0205.0300 Transition Treatment - Rock Cut to Earth Fill 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0205.0400 Transition Treatment - Earth Fill to Rock Fill and Earth Fill to Granular Fill 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0205.0500 Transition Treatment - Rock Cut to Earth Cut 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0205.0600 Frost Heave Treatment 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0206.0100 Granular Courses - Undivided Rural 1 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0206.0200 Granular Courses - Divided Rural 1 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0206.0500 Subdrain Pipe Connection and Outlet - Rural 1 Nov 30, 2008 Aug 27, 2009

0207.0100 Concrete Pavement on Open Graded Drainage Layer - Divided Highway 2 Nov 30, 2007 Aug 27, 2009

0207.0200 Composite Pavement on Open Graded Drainage Layer - Divided Highway 2 Nov 30, 2007 Aug 27, 2009

0207.0300 Concrete and Composite Pavement on Open Graded Drainage Layer - Urban Section

1 Nov 30, 2005 Aug 27, 2009

0207.0410 Subdrain Pipe, Open Graded Drainage Layer - Hot Mix Asphalt, Concrete, or Composite Pavement

3 Nov 30, 2008 Aug 27, 2009

0207.0440 Subdrain Pipe Connection and Outlet - Open Graded Drainage Layer 4 Nov 30, 2008 Aug 27, 2009

0208.0100 Benching of Earth Slopes 3 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

0209.0100 Rural Pavement Widening 1 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0209.0110 Rural Pavement Widening - Curb with Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0209.0200 Widening - Existing Rock Cut with Grade Raise 2 Apr 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0210.0100 Tangent Shoulders - Rural 1 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0210.0200 Superelevated Shoulders - Rural 1 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0210.0700 Granular Sealing 2 Nov 30, 2008 Dec 16, 2010

0211.0100 Partially Paved Shoulders - Existing Pavement Maintained 2 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0211.0200 Partially Paved Shoulders - Existing Pavement Resurfaced 2 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0212.0100 Resurfacing with Crossfall Correction with Hot Mix Asphalt - Tangent Section 1 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0212.0200 Resurfacing with Crossfall Correction with Hot Mix Asphalt - Superelevated Section

1 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0212.0300 Resurfacing - Existing Crossfall Maintained 1 Nov 30, 2009 Dec 16, 2010

0213.0100 Pavement Widening on Curves - Widening on Both Sides of Curve with or without Spirals

0 Dec 1, 1983 Apr 1, 1985

0213.0200 Pavement Widening on Curves, Widening on Inside of Curves with or without Spirals

0 Dec 1, 1983 Apr 1, 1985

0214.0100 Single Lane Ramp - Grading for Asphalt Pavement with Granular Base and Shoulder

1 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 16, 2010

0214.0200 Single Lane Ramp - Grading for Asphalt Pavement with Granular Base and Asphalt Shoulder

1 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 16, 2010

0214.0300 Single Lane Ramp - Grading for Asphalt Pavement with Granular Base, Asphalt Shoulder, and Curb with Gutter

2 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 16, 2010

0215.0100 Two Lane Ramp - Grading for Asphalt Pavement with Granular Base and Asphalt Shoulder

1 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 16, 2010




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0215.0200 Two Lane Ramp - Grading for Asphalt Pavement with Granular Base, Asphalt Shoulder, and Curb with Gutter for Tangent Section

1 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 16, 2010

0215.0300 Two Lane Ramp - Grading for Asphalt Pavement with Granular Base, Asphalt Shoulder, and Curb with Gutter for Superelevated Section

2 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 16, 2010

0216.0100 Boulevard Treatments - Urban Section 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 16, 2010

0216.0200 Asphalt, Concrete and Composite Pavement on Granular Base - Urban Section 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0216.0210 Subdrain Pipe, Connection and Outlet - Urban 2 Nov 30, 2008 Aug 27, 2009

0217.0500 Access to Hydrant - Across Ditch 1 Nov 30, 2006 Dec 16, 2010

0217.0600 Utility Pole Setting Depth - at Ditch Locations 2 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0219.1000 Light-Duty Straw Bale Barrier 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1100 Light-Duty Silt Fence Barrier 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1200 Light-Duty Fibre Roll Barrier 0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1300 Heavy-Duty Silt Fence Barrier 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1310 Heavy-Duty Wire-Backed Silt Fence Barrier 0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1500 Sandbag Barrier 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1600 Fibre Roll Grade Breaks 0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1800 Straw Bale Flow Check Dam 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.1910 Fibre Roll Flow Check Dams 0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2000 Sandbag Flow Check Dam 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2100 Temporary Rock Flow Check Dam, V-Ditch 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2110 Temporary Rock Flow Check Dam, Flat Bottom Ditch 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2200 Sediment Trap in Ditch 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2300 Temporary Slope Drain for Sediment Trap 4 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2310 Temporary Berm Barrier for Slope Drain 1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2400 Sediment Trap for Dewatering 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2600 Turbidity Curtain 1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0219.2610 Turbidity Curtain, Seam Detail 1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0220.0100 Barrier for Tree Protection 0 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 5, 2013

0222.0100 Rootwad Structures for Waterbody Banks 1 Nov 30, 2014 Dec 18, 2014

0222.0200 Large Woody Debris for Waterbody Banks 0 Nov 30, 2013 Dec 18, 2014

0222.0500 Riffles on Streambeds 0 Nov 30, 2014 Apr 28, 2016

0222.0600 Pools in Streambeds 0 Nov 30, 2014 Apr 28, 2016

0222.0700 Rocky Ramps on Streambeds 0 Nov 30, 2014 Apr 28, 2016

0222.0800 Low Flow Channel 0 Nov 30, 2014 Apr 28, 2016

0222.0900 Baffles in a Culvert 0 Nov 30, 2014 Apr 28, 2016

DIVISION 300 - ENTRANCES

0300.0100 Side Road Intersection - Fill 2 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0300.0200 Side Road Intersection - Cut 2 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0301.0100 Rural Entrances to Roads on Fill 2 Nov 30, 2010 Mar 27, 2014

0301.0200 Rural Entrances to Roads in Earth Cut 2 Nov 30, 2010 Mar 27, 2014




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0301.0300 Rural Entrance - Rock Cut 2 Nov 30, 2010 Mar 27, 2014

0302.0100 Median Crossovers for Service and Emergency Vehicles 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0304.0100 Shoulder Treatment Sideroad Intersections 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 2, 2011

0310.0100 Concrete Sidewalk 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0310.0200 Concrete Sidewalk Adjacent to Curb and Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0310.0300 Concrete Sidewalk Ramps at Signalized Intersections 1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0310.0310 Concrete Sidewalk Ramps at Signalized Intersections with Intersecting Crosswalks

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0310.0330 Concrete Sidewalk Ramps at Unsignalized Intersections 0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0310.0400 Utility Isolation in Concrete Sidewalks 2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0310.0500 Concrete Sidewalk Driveway Entrance Details 1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0310.0600 Joint Detail for Concrete Pedestrian Crosswalk at Signalized and All-Way Stop Controlled Intersections

1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0350.0100 Urban Industrial, Commercial, and Apartment Entrances 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 2, 2011

0351.0100 Urban Residential Entrance 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 2, 2011

0352.0100 Road Access Details for Residential Developments 0 May 1, 1992 Nov 1, 1992

0352.0200 Entrance Details for Residential Developments 0 May 1, 1992 Nov 1, 1992

DIVISION 400 - FRAMES AND GRATES

0400.0010 Hoisting Hook Rib for Cast Iron Frames for Catch Basins, Maintenance Holes, and Valve Chambers

0 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0100 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Square Overflow Type Dished Grate for Catch Basins, Herring Bone Openings

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0200 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Square Flat Grate for Catch Basins, Herring Bone Openings

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0300 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Square V Grate for Catch Basins, Herring Bone Openings

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0400 Cast Iron, One-Piece Frame and Flat Square Grate for Temporary Installation, Herring Bone Openings

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0700 Cast Iron, Raised Square Frame with Circular Flat Grate for Catch Basins, Herring Bone Openings

2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0800 Cast Iron, Side Inlet for Catch Basins 1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0810 Cast Iron, Curb Inlet Frame with Two-Piece Raised Cover for Catch Basins Out of Roadway

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.0900 Cast Iron, Curb Inlet Overflow for Catch Basins 1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.1000 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Square Flat Grate for Catch Basins, Perforated Openings

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.1100 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Square Overflow Type Flat Grate for Catch Basins, Perforated Openings

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0400.1200 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Birdcage Grate for Catch Basins 1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0401.0100 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Circular Closed or Open Cover for Maintenance Holes

2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0401.0200 Cast Iron, Circular Frame with Circular Cover for Maintenance Hole 2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0401.0300 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Circular Watertight Cover for Maintenance Holes 2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0401.0400 Cast Iron, Raised Square Frame with Circular Closed or Open Cover for Maintenance Holes

2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0401.0500 Cast Iron, Raised Square Frame with Circular Watertight Cover for Maintenance Holes

2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0401.0600 Cast Iron, Circular Locking Cover for Maintenance Holes 2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0402.0100 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Circular Cover and Plug for Valve Chambers 2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0402.0110 Cast Iron, Square Frame with Vented Circular Cover and Plug for Valve Chambers

2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0402.0200 Cast Iron, Raised Square Frame with Circular Cover and Plug for Valve Chambers

2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0402.0210 Cast Iron, Raised Square Frame with Vented Circular Cover and Plug for Valve Chambers

1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0402.0300 Cast Iron, Rectangular Frame with Two Piece Cover for Meter and Valve Chambers

2 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0403.0100 Galvanized Steel, Honey Comb Grating for Ditch Inlet 1 Nov 30, 2007 Oct 29, 2009

0404.0100 Precast Concrete Valve Chamber with Poured-in-Place Thrust Blocks Safety Platform and Ladder

0 Nov 30, 2006 Oct 29, 2009

0404.0200 Aluminum Safety Platform for Circular Maintenance Holes 2 Nov 30, 2008 Oct 29, 2009

0404.0210 Aluminum Safety Platform for 1500mm Diameter Circular Maintenance Holes with Drop Pipe

1 Nov 30, 2008 Oct 29, 2009

0404.0220 Aluminum Safety Platform for 1800mm Diameter Circular Maintenance Holes with Drop Pipe

1 Nov 30, 2008 Oct 29, 2009

0405.0100 Maintenance Hole Steps, Hollow 2 Nov 30, 2008 Oct 29, 2009

0405.0200 Maintenance Hole Steps, Solid 2 Nov 30, 2008 Oct 29, 2009

0406.0100 Aluminum Ladder for Maintenance Holes 1 Nov 30, 2008 Oct 29, 2009

DIVISION 500 - PAVING

0500.0100 Turning Basins for Terminated Rural Roadways 0 Nov 30, 2009 Jul 22, 2010

0500.0200 Turning Basins for Terminated Urban Roadways - Residential 0 Nov 30, 2009 Jul 22, 2010

0500.0300 Turning Basins for Terminated Urban Roadways - Industrial and Commercial 0 Nov 30, 2009 Jul 22, 2010

0501.0100 Bus Bays 1 Apr 15, 1991 Nov 1, 1991

0502.0100 Access Lanes for Rear Lots 0 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

0503.0100 Concrete Ripple Strip 1 Apr 15, 1991 Apr 15, 1991

0506.0100 Asphalt Pavement Resurfacing Treatment at Structure Approaches 0 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

0507.0100 End Treatment for Pavement Patching 0 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

0508.0200 Sealing or Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base

2 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

0509.0100 Pavement Reinstatement for Utility Cuts 0 Aug 15, 1994 Mar 31, 1995

0513.0200 Dry Stone Masonry Toe Wall 0 Dec 1, 1983 Apr 1, 1985

0514.0100 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Frost Heave Treatment 25mm Thickness 0 Nov 30, 2005 Jun 5, 2008

0514.0200 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Frost Heave Treatment 40mm Thickness 0 Nov 30, 2005 Jun 5, 2008

0551.0100 Concrete and Composite Pavement - Joint Spacing 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0551.0200 Concrete Pavement - Joint Layout at Converging or Diverging Lanes 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0551.0300 Skewed Joint Layout at Intersections - Concrete and Composite Pavement 1 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0551.0310 Right Angle Joint Layout at Intersections - Concrete and Composite Pavement 1 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0551.0320 Utility Isolation in Concrete and Composite Pavement 1 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0552.0100 Concrete Pavement - Joint Details 1 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

0552.0200 Composite Pavement - Joint Details 1 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

0552.0500 Load Transfer Device for Skewed Contraction Joint - Concrete or Composite Pavement

1 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0552.0510 Load Transfer Device for Right Angle Contraction Joint - Concrete or Composite Pavement

1 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0552.0600 Load Transfer Device for Skewed Expansion Joint - Concrete or Composite Pavement

1 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0552.0610 Load Transfer Device for Right Angle Expansion Joint - Concrete or Composite Pavement

1 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0553.0100 Concrete Pavement - in Gore Areas 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0553.0200 Composite Pavement - in Gore Areas 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0554.0100 Concrete Pavement - Shoulder Terminal 0 Sep 15, 1996 May 14, 1997

0554.0200 Composite Pavement - Shoulder Terminal 0 Sep 15, 1996 May 14, 1997

0555.0100 Concrete Pavement - Approach Treatment to Asphalt, Composite Pavements and Structure Approaches

0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0555.0200 Composite Pavement - Approach Treatment to Asphalt, Concrete Pavements and Structure Approaches

0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0560.0100 Composite or Exposed Concrete Pavements, Full Depth Concrete Slab Repair Layout

4 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

0560.0200 Exposed Concrete Pavement, Full Depth Concrete Slab Repair, Joint Details 0 Jan 6, 1995 Feb 24, 1999

0560.0250 Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks 0 Nov 30, 2008 Jun 11, 2009

0560.0300 Composite Pavement, Full Depth Concrete Slab Repair, Joint Details 0 Jan 6, 1995 Feb 24, 1999

0560.0400 Partial Depth Repairs in Concrete Pavement 0 Sep 15, 1996 Feb 24, 1999

0561.0100 Interlocking Concrete Pavers on Granular Base 1 Nov 30, 2006 Nov 17, 2011

0561.0200 Interlocking Concrete Pavers on Concrete or Asphalt Base 1 Nov 30, 2006 Nov 17, 2011

0561.0300 Interlocking Concrete Pavers for Retrofit Crosswalk Installation 1 Nov 30, 2006 Nov 17, 2011

DIVISION 600 - CURBS AND GUTTERS

0600.0100 Concrete Barrier Curb with Wide Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0600.0200 Concrete Semi-Mountable Curb with Wide Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0600.0300 Concrete Mountable Curb with Wide Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0600.0400 Concrete Barrier Curb with Standard Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0600.0600 Concrete Semi-Mountable Curb with Standard Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0601.0100 Asphalt Curb and Asphalt Gutter 1 Nov 30, 2007 Jun 2, 2011

0602.0100 Asphalt Surfacing at Existing Curb and Gutter 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

0603.0200 Precast Concrete Curb 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0604.0100 90 Degree Concrete Outlet for Concrete Curb with Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0604.0200 90 Degree Asphalt Outlet for Asphalt Gutter 1 Nov 30, 2007 Jun 2, 2011

0605.0100 45 Degree Concrete Outlet for Concrete Curb with Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0605.0200 30 Degree and 45 Degree Asphalt Outlets for Asphalt Gutter 1 Nov 30, 2007 Jun 2, 2011




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0605.0300 45 Degree Concrete Outlet for Concrete Curb with Gutter at End of Run 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0605.0400 Asphalt Spillways 2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 21, 2016

0606.0100 600mm Radius Barrier Bullnose 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0606.0200 600mm Radius Mountable Bullnose 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0606.0300 800mm Radius Mountable Bullnose - Curb with Gutter Twin Inlet 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0607.0100 Over 600mm Radius Mountable Bullnose 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0607.0200 Over 600mm Radius Barrier Bullnose 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0608.0100 Method of Termination - For Concrete Curb with Gutter 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 3, 2016

0610.0100 Catch Basin Frame with Grate Installation at Curb with Gutter 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 2, 2011

0610.0200 Catch Basin Frame with Grate Shoulder Installation at Concrete Barrier 2 Nov 30, 2006 Jun 2, 2011

0610.0300 Frame with Cover Installation for Inlet Type Catch Basins 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 2, 2011

DIVISION 700 - CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES

0701.0100 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole, 1200mm Diameter 4 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010






0701.0210 Maintenance Hole Benching and Pipe Opening Alternatives 3 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0300 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 1200mm Diameter, Tapered Top and Flat Cap

3 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0310 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 1200mm Diameter, Riser and Monolithic Base

1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0320 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 1200mm Diameter, Base Slab 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0400 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 1500mm Diameter, Transition Cone and Slabs

3 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0410 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 1500mm Diameter, Riser and Bases

1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0500 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 1800mm Diameter, Transition Slabs

3 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0510 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 1800mm Diameter, Riser and Base Slab

1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0701.0600 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Components, 2400mm Diameter, Transition Slab

3 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010


1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010


2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010


1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010


2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010


1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0701.1000 Frost Strap Installation 1 Nov 30, 2005 Jun 17, 2010

0702.0400 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlet Maintenance Hole - Type A, 1200x1200mm 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0702.0500 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlet Maintenance Hole - Type B, 1200x1200mm 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0703.0110 Precast Concrete Single Inlet Flat Cap, 1500mm Diameter 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010





0703.0210 Precast Concrete Twin Inlet Flat Cap, 1500mm Diameter 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010




0704.0100 Precast Concrete Adjustment Units for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, and Valve Chambers

2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0704.0110 High Density Polyethylene Adjustment Units for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, and Valve Chambers

1 Nov 30, 2008 Jun 17, 2010

0704.0120 Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Adjustment Units for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, and Valve Chambers

0 Apr 30, 2013 May 16, 2013

0705.0100 Precast Concrete Catch Basin, 600x600mm 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0705.0200 Precast Concrete Twin Inlet Catch Basin, 600x1450mm 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0705.0300 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlet, 600x600mm 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0705.0400 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlets, 600x1200mm 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0706.0100 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlets, 600x1200mm with 1500mm Diameter Flat Cap 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0706.0200 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlets, 600x1200mm with 1800mm Diameter Flat Cap 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0706.0300 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlet - Type A, 600x1200mm with 2400mm Diameter Flat Cap

2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0706.0310 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlet - Type B, 600x1200mm with 2400mm Diameter Flat Cap

1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0706.0400 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlet - Type A, 600x1200mm with 3000mm Diameter Flat Cap

2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0706.0410 Precast Concrete Ditch Inlet - Type B, 600x1200mm with 3000mm Diameter Flat Cap

1 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0707.0100 Precast Concrete Maintenance Hole Manufactured Tee 2 Nov 30, 2009 Jun 17, 2010

0708.0100 Catch Basin Connection for Rigid Main Pipe Sewer 1 Nov 30, 2006 Jun 17, 2010

0708.0200 Support for Pipe at Catch Basin or Maintenance Hole 2 Nov 30, 2006 Jun 17, 2010

0708.0300 Catch Basin Connection for Flexible Main Pipe Sewer 1 Nov 30, 2006 Jun 17, 2010

0710.0100 Capping Existing Structures - Maximum 4.0m Cover 2 Nov 30, 2008 Jun 17, 2010

DIVISION 800 - CULVERTS AND DRAINS

0800.0100 Concrete Pipe Culvert and Sewer Extensions Using Corrugated Steel Pipe Temporary Conditions

2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0800.0110 Concrete Rigid Frame Box and Open Culvert Extensions Using Corrugated Steel Pipe Temporary Conditions

2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0801.0100 Cut End Finish - Circular Pipe and Pipe-Arch Corrugated Steel Pipe 2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0801.0200 End Section Details - Corrugated Steel Pipe 1 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0801.0300 Bevel Details Circular and Pipe-Arch Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe 2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0801.0400 Culvert and Sewer Safety Slope End Treatment - Notes and Tables 2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0801.0410 Culvert and Sewer Safety Slope End Treatment - Assembly Details 2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0801.0420 Culvert and Sewer Safety Slope End Treatment - Connection Details 2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0801.0430 Culvert and Sewer Safety Slope End Treatment - Installation Details 2 Nov 30, 2012 Jun 12, 2014

0802.0100 Flexible Pipe Embedment and Backfill - Earth Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0130 Flexible Pipe Embedment and Backfill - Rock Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0140 Flexible Pipe Embedment in Embankment - Original Ground: Earth or Rock 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0200 Flexible Pipe Arch Embedment and Backfill - Earth Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0230 Flexible Pipe Arch Embedment and Backfill - Rock Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0240 Flexible Pipe Arch Embedment in Embankment - Original Ground: Earth or Rock 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0300 Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Type 1 or 2 Soil - Earth Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0310 Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Type 3 Soil - Earth Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0320 Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Type 4 Soil - Earth Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0330 Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Rock Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0340 Rigid Pipe Bedding and Cover in Embankment - Original Ground: Earth or Rock 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0500 Horizontal Elliptical Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Type 1 or 2 Soil - Earth Excavation

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0510 Horizontal Elliptical Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Type 3 Soil - Earth Excavation

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0520 Horizontal Elliptical Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Type 4 Soil - Earth Excavation

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0530 Horizontal Elliptical Rigid Pipe Bedding, Cover and Backfill - Rock Excavation 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0540 Horizontal Elliptical Rigid Pipe Bedding and Cover in Embankment - Original Ground: Earth or Rock

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0802.0950 Clay Seal for Pipe Trenches 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jul 19, 2012

0803.0100 Backfill and Cover for Concrete Culverts with Spans Less Than or Equal to 3.0m 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0803.0300 Frost Treatment - Pipe Culverts - Frost Penetration Line Below Bedding Grade 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0803.0310 Frost Treatment - Pipe Culverts - Frost Penetration Line Between Top of Pipe and Bedding Grade

3 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0804.0300 Concrete Headwall for Pipe Less Than 900mm Diameter 1 Nov 30, 2006 Jul 19, 2012

0804.0400 Concrete Headwall for Sewer or Culvert Pipe Outlet 0 Nov 30, 2006 Jul 19, 2012

0804.0500 Grating for Concrete Endwall 0 Nov 30, 2008 Jul 19, 2012

0805.0100 Height of Fill Table - Round Corrugated Steel Pipe and Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe

1 Nov 30, 2009 Jul 19, 2012

0805.0200 Height of Fill Table - Corrugated Steel Pipe-Arch and Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe-Arch

1 Nov 30, 2009 Jul 19, 2012

0805.0300 Height of Fill Table - Spiral Rib Round Pipe 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jul 19, 2012

0805.0400 Height of Fill Table - Spiral Rib Pipe-Arch 1 Nov 30, 2009 Jul 19, 2012

0806.0200 Height of Fill Table - Dual Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Gravity Sewer Pipe - 210 and 320kPa

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jul 19, 2012

0806.0220 Height of Fill Table - Dual Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Gravity Sewer Pipe RSC 100 and RSC 160

1 Apr 30, 2011 Jul 19, 2012




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0806.0300 Height of Fill Table Dual and Triple Wall Corrugated Polypropylene Gravity Sewer Pipe 320 kPa

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jun 12, 2014

0806.0400 Height of Fill Table - Polyvinyl Chloride Gravity Sewer Pipe - 210, 320, and 625kPa

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0806.0600 Height of Fill Table - Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe for Different Dimension Ratios

0 Nov 30, 2007 Jul 19, 2012

0807.0100 Height of Fill Table - Reinforced Concrete Pipe Confined Trench Class 50-D, 65-D, 100-D, and 140-D

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0807.0300 Height of Fill Table - Reinforced Concrete Pipe - Embankment Class 50-D, 65-D, 100-D, and 140-D

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0807.0400 Height of Fill Table - Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe Class 3 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0807.0500 Height of Fill Table - Horizontal Elliptical Concrete Pipe Class HE-A, HE-I, HE-II, HE-III, and HE-IV

2 Nov 30, 2010 Jul 19, 2012

0809.0100 Perforated Pipe Subdrain In Granular Trench Main Storm Sewer Connection to Drainage Structure

2 Nov 30, 2008 Jul 19, 2012

0810.0100 General Rip-Rap Layout for Sewer and Culvert Outlets 2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

0810.0200 General Rip-Rap Layout for Ditch Inlets 2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

0812.0100 Cut Off Wall for Structural Plate Pipe Arch and Circular CSP 0 Nov 30, 2006 Jul 19, 2012

DIVISION 900 - FENCING AND GUIDE RAILS

0911.1340 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Installation - Median Concrete Barrier to Structure

1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0911.1350 Guide Rail System, Concrete Roadside Barrier Cast-In-Place or Slipformed Installation

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0911.1400 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Precast I-Lock Connection, Installation - Temporary and Permanent

1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.1430 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Precast I-Lock Connection - Tall Wall Installation - Temporary and Permanent

1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.1500 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type J Connection, 4m Length Installation - Temporary

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.1510 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type J Connection, 6m Length Installation - Temporary

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.1600 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary 1

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.1610 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary 2

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.1800 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type T Connection, 4.0m Length Installation - Temporary

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.1810 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type T Connection, 6.0m Length Installation - Temporary

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.3300 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Installation - Rail Method Concrete Barrier to Temporary Concrete Barrier

0 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

0911.3400 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition Installation - Temporary

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0911.3800 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Permanent Transition Installation at Bridge Piers

1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0911.3810 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Permanent Transition Installation Roadside Concrete Barrier to Structure

2 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0911.3820 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Dowel Connection Detail 1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0911.3830 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Permanent Transition Installation at Lighting Pole and Sign Support Footings

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0911.4300 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Temporary - Leaving End Treatment Installation - Divided Highway

1 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0912.1010 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Rail, Component 3 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1020 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Channel, Component 2 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1030 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Plastic Offset Blocks, Component 2 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1040 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Steel Post with Wooden Offset Block, Component

3 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1230 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M Rail - 476 mm Hole Spacing, Component

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1240 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M Transition Rail Component 0 Apr 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1250 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M Rail Component 0 Apr 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1270 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, M20 Steel Post with Offset Block Component 0 Apr 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1280 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M30 Steel Post with Offset Block, Component

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1290 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, 30 cm Polymer Offset Block - P-Block, Component

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1300 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Steel Post with Offset Block Assembly, Installation - Single Rail

3 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1350 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Steel Post with Steel Offset Block Assembly Adjustment - Single Rail

1 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1450 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Wooden Post Assembly Adjustment - Single Rail

1 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1850 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M20, Installation 0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.1860 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M20 - Adjacent to 2H:1V Slope Installation - Rail at Shoulder

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.2350 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Leaving End Treatment - Installation 1 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0912.2450 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M - 7.6 m Long Span Treatment, Installation

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.2460 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M - 5.715 m Long Span Treatment, Installation

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.3150 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Transition from Type M to Steel Beam Guide Rail with Channel for Structure Connection, Installation

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.3160 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Type M - Reduced Deflection Treatment - Installation

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.3300 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Temporary Transition Installation - Rail Method Single Steel Beam to Temporary Concrete Barrier

0 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

0912.3310 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Temporary Transition Installation, Single Steel Beam to Temporary Concrete Barrier

0 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

0912.4010 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Structure Connection, Component - Rail and Channel

1 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0912.4300 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Structure Connection 3 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0912.4800 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Permanent Connection Installation, Single Steel Beam to Concrete Barrier

2 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

0912.4810 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Permanent Connection Installation, Double Steel Beam to Concrete Barrier

2 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0912.5300 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Structure Approach Treatment Installation - Rural Highway

2 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0912.5310 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, End Treatment, Installation - Entrances and Intersecting Roadways

2 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

0913.1300 Guide Rail System, Cable, Installation - Shoulder 1 Nov 30, 2008 Jun 8, 2017

0913.1310 Guide Rail System, Cable Installation, Entrances and Intersecting Roadways 0 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

0913.1350 Guide Rail System, Cable Adjustment - Shoulder 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0921.1010 Energy Attenuator, General Installation - Granular Approach Pad, Median 2 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0922.1310 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadtrend System, Installation - Concrete Barrier

2 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0922.1330 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadtrend System, Installation - Concrete Pad and Rear Cable Anchor Block

2 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0922.1500 Energy Attenuator, End Terminal, Steel Beam Terminal, MASH Slotted Rail Terminal System - Installation

1 Apr 30, 2018 May 10, 2018

0923.0010 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Narrow Systems Component - Reinforced Concrete Pad

3 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.0020 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Component - Anchor Assembly 0 Nov 1, 2005 Mar 2, 2006

0923.0040 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Wide Systems Component - Reinforced Concrete Pad

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.0050 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Extra Wide Systems Component - Reinforced Concrete Pad

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.0060 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Super Wide System Component - Reinforced Concrete Pad

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0923.1800 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1810 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1820 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard System Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1830 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard System Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1840 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Wide System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1850 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Wide System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1860 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Wide System Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1870 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Wide System Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1880 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Extra Wide System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1890 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Extra Wide System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1900 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Extra Wide System Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1910 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Extra Wide System Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.1920 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Super Wide System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0923.1930 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Super Wide System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0923.1940 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Super Wide System Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0923.1950 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Quadguard Super Wide System Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2015 Jan 28, 2016

0923.2010 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Connecticut Impact Attenuation System, Component - Steel Cylinder

2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0923.2020 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Connecticut Impact Attenuation System, Component - Polyethylene Lid

2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0923.2040 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Connecticut Impact Attenuation System, Component - Concrete Backwall

2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0923.2420 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Connecticut Impact Attenuation System, Installation

2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0923.2440 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Connecticut Impact Attenuation Sustem, Installation - Long Median Hazard

1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0923.2450 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Connecticut Impact Attenuation System, Installation - Short Median Hazard

2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0923.2800 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TRACC System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.2810 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TRACC System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3510 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU II System Installation - Permanent Component - Concrete Retrofit Block

0 Nov 1, 2005 Mar 2, 2006

0923.3800 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3810 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3820 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II System Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3830 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II System Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3840 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Wide System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3850 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Wide System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3860 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Wide System Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3870 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Wide System Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3880 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-2 Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3890 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-2 Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3900 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-3 Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3910 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-3 Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3920 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-2 Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0923.3930 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-2 Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3940 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-3 Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.3950 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion TAU-II Extra Wide System - TL-3 Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.4800 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Smart System Installation - Temporary Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0923.4810 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Smart System Installation - Temporary Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0923.4820 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Smart System Installation - Permanent Unidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0923.4830 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Smart System Installation - Permanent Bidirectional

0 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0923.5300 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Box Beam Bursting Energy Absorbing Terminal, Installation - Layout

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0923.5310 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Box Beam Bursting Energy Absorbing Terminal, Installation - Impact Head and Post

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 19, 2012

0924.1310 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Absorb 350 System Installation - Temporary Concrete Barrier

1 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0924.1350 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion ACZ-350 System Installation - Temporary Concrete Barrier

2 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0924.1410 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Sled System Installation - Temporary Concrete Barrier

0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0925.0100 Guide Rail System, Thrie Beam Component - Rail 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0925.0300 Guide Rail System, Thrie Beam Component - Terminal Connector 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0972.1010 Fence, Chain-Link Component - Barbed Wire 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

0972.1020 Fence, Chain-Link Component - Gate 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

0972.1300 Fence, Chain-Link Installation - Roadway 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

0972.1310 Fence, Chain-Link Installation - Concrete Barrier 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

0972.1320 Fence, Chain-Link Details and Table 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

0973.1300 Fence, Steel Beam Barricade Installation 0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0984.1010 Post Mounted Delineator, Installation 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

0984.1050 Flexible Delineator Post Installation - Temporary and Permanent 0 Nov 30, 2016 Mar 2, 2017

0984.2010 Energy Attenuator, End Treatment Delineation Installation - Approach End 1 Nov 30, 2017 Jan 25, 2018

0984.2020 Energy Attenuator, End Treatment Delineation Installation - Leaving End 1 Nov 30, 2017 Jan 25, 2018

0984.2030 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Delineation Installation - Temporary 0 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0984.2040 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Delineation Installation - Permanent 0 Nov 30, 2010 Dec 16, 2010

0984.2050 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion Connecticut Impact Attenuation System Delineation Installation - Permanent

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

0985.1100 Small Sign Support System, Single Breakaway Wooden Post, 89x89mm, 89x140mm, 140x140mm, and 140x184mm, Installation - Single Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0985.2100 Small Sign Support System, Double Breakaway Wooden Post, 89x89mm and 89x140mm, Installation - Double Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0985.2200 Small Sign Support System, Double Breakaway Wooden Post, 140x140mm and 140x180mm, Installation - Double Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0987.1010 Small Sign Support System, Lap Slice Rib-Bak Breakaway System Components 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014




Issue Date

Imp. Date

0987.1100 Small Sign Support System, Lap Splice Rib-Bak Breakaway System, Installation-Single Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0987.2100 Small Sign Support System, Lap Splice Rib-Bak Breakaway System Installation-Double Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0987.3100 Small Sign Support System, Lap Splice Rib-Bak Breakaway System, Installation-Triple Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0989.1100 Small Sign Support System, SQR-LOC Perforated Steel Square Sign Post System, Installation-Single Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0989.2100 Small Sign Support System, SQR_LOC Perforated Steel Square Post System, Installation-Double Post Assembly

0 Nov 30, 2013 Jan 30, 2014

0990.1100 Small Sign Support System, Non-Breakaway U-Flange Post System, Installation - Single Post Assembly

1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

0991.1300 Expanded Metal Anti-Glare Screen Installation - Concrete Barrier 3 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

0991.1310 Expanded Metal Anti-Glare Screen Installation - Steel Beam Guide Rail with Wooden Post

3 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

0991.1320 Expanded Metal Anti-Glare Screen Installation - Chain-Link Fence 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

DIVISION 1000 - SANITARY SEWERS

1003.0100 Cast-In-Place Maintenance Hole Drop Structure Tee 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

1003.0200 Cast-In-Place Maintenance Hole Drop Structure Wye 0 Apr 1, 1999 Jul 1, 1999

1003.0300 Internal Drop Structure for Existing Maintenance Hole 0 Nov 30, 2001 Sep 4, 2002

1006.0100 Sewer Service Connections for Rigid Main Pipe Sewer 0 Nov 1, 1999 Feb 2, 2000

1006.0200 Sewer Service Connections for Flexible Main Pipe Sewer 0 Nov 1, 1999 Feb 2, 2000

1100.0100 Cast-In-Place Chamber for Valves Up to 350mm Dia. 2 Nov 30, 2007 Mar 12, 2009

1100.0110 Piping Layout for Butterfly and Gate Valves Up to 350mm Dia. in Cast-in-Place Chambers

1 Nov 30, 2007 Mar 12, 2009

DIVISION 1100 - WATERMAINS

1101.0100 Precast Valve Chamber - 1200mm and 1500mm Diameter 3 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

1101.0110 Piping Layout for Butterfly and Gate Valves 350mm Dia. and Smaller in Circular Precast Chambers

0 Nov 30, 2003 Mar 12, 2009

1101.0120 Precast Concrete Valve Chamber with Poured-in-Place Thrust Blocks 1800 x 2400mm Components

2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

1101.0130 Precast Concrete Valve Chamber with Poured-in-Place Thrust Blocks 1800 x 2400mm Riser and Base

2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

1101.0140 Precast Concrete Valve Chamber with Poured-in-Place Thrust Blocks 1800 x 2400mm Thrust Blocks

2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

1101.0150 Precast Concrete Valve Chamber with Poured-in-Place Thrust Blocks 1800 x 2400mm Chimney and Cap

2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


3 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014




Issue Date

Imp. Date


2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

1101.0200 Valve Operator 3 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014


0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

1103.0100 Concrete Thrust Blocks for Tees, Plugs and Horizontal Bends 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1103.0200 Concrete Thrust Blocks for Vertical Bends 2 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1104.0100 Water Service Connection Detail - 19 and 25mm Diameter Sizes 2 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1104.0200 Water Service Connection Detail - 32, 38 and 50mm Diameter Sizes 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1104.0300 25mm Blow Off Installation 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1105.0100 Hydrant Installation 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1107.0100 Piping Layout for Water Meters 50mm and Smaller in Chambers 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1107.0200 Piping Layout for Water Meters 75 to 250mm in Chambers with By-Pass 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1107.0300 Piping Layout for Water Meters in Building with By-Pass 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1108.0100 Cast-In-Place Water Meter Chamber For 75 to 250mm Meters 1 Nov 30, 2006 Mar 12, 2009

1109.0100 Cathodic Protection for Metallic Watermain Systems 1 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

1109.0110 Cathodic Protection for PVC Watermain Systems 1 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

DIVISION 2000 - ELECTRICAL AND ATMS

2000.0010 Abbreviations, General 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2011.1010 General Symbols, Ducts and Cables 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2011.2010 General Symbols, Maintenance Holes, Junction Boxes, Pads and Footings 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2011.4010 General Symbols, Poles and Guying 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2011.5010 General Symbols, Power Supply Equipment 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2011.6010 General Symbols, Control Equipment 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2011.7010 General Symbols, Traffic Actuation Devices 3 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2012.1010 Highway Lighting Symbols, Luminaires 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2013.1010 Electrical Traffic Control Symbols, Traffic Control Devices 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2013.2010 Electrical Traffic Control Symbols, Traffic Signal Displays 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2014.1010 Wiring Symbols, Wiring Diagrams 1 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010




Issue Date

Imp. Date

2014.1020 Wiring Symbols, Wiring Diagrams 2 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2015.2010 Advanced Traffic Management Symbols, Universal Traffic Management System, Equipment Identifier 1

0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2015.2020 Advanced Traffic Management Symbols, Universal Traffic Management System, Equipment Identifier 2

0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2015.3010 Advanced Traffic Management Symbols, Layout Drawings 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2015.3020 Advanced Traffic Management Symbols, Wiring Diagrams 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2016.3010 Communications Symbols, Fibre Optic Communications Schematic 1 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2016.3020 Communications Symbols, Fibre Optic Communications Schematic 2 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2100.0100 Cable Installation in Trenches 0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2100.0500 Cable and Duct Protection and Marking 0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2100.0600 Rigid Ducts Encased in Concrete 2 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2101.0100 Duct Installation in Trenches 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2101.0200 Extension of Existing Rigid Ducts Encased in Concrete 0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2102.0100 Underground Rigid Duct Connection at Concrete Structure 1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2102.0200 Underground Rigid Duct Connection at Concrete Structure Without Expansion Joint

0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2103.0100 Rigid Duct Termination for High Voltage Cables at Utility Poles 0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2103.0200 Duct Installation Profiles 1 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2103.0300 Rigid Duct Installation in Existing Paved Area - Unshrinkable Backfill Method 1 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2103.0400 Rigid Duct Installation in Existing Paved Area - Granular Backfill Method 0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2103.0500 Duct Installation at Utility Crossings 0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2103.0600 Augering Pits for Subsurface Installation of Ducts and Encasements 0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2111.0200 Electrical Maintenance Hole - Precast Concrete - 600 x 1450mm 1 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2111.0300 Electrical Maintenance Hole - Precast Concrete - 1200mm DIA 1 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016



2112.0100 Electrical Handhole - Precast Concrete with Cover 300mm Dia. 2 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2112.0200 Electrical Handhole - Precast Concrete with Cover 460mm Dia. 2 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2112.0300 Electrical Handhole - Precast Concrete 675mm Diameter 0 Nov 1, 2004 May 11, 2005

2112.0400 Electrical Handhole - Precast Concrete - 600 x 600mm 0 Nov 1, 2004 May 11, 2005

2112.0500 Electrical Handhole - Precast Concrete with Cover 300 x 500mm 1 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2113.0100 Electrical Handhole, Non and Semi - Concrete, General Requirements 0 Nov 1, 2004 May 11, 2005

2115.0100 Electrical Handhole 460mm Dia. PVC 0 Dec 15, 1992 Mar 1, 1994

2116.0100 Drainage Facilities for Electrical Maintenance Holes 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2116.0200 Electrical Maintenance Hole Drains to Drainage Pockets, Embankment Outlets and Ditches

1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2116.0300 Electrical Maintenance Hole Drains to Storm Sewer Systems 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2117.0100 Electrical Maintenance Holes - General Installation Requirements 2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2117.0200 Electrical Handholes - General Installation Requirements 3 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2118.0100 Electrical Chamber Installation in Median 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2118.0200 Electrical Chamber Installation in Slope 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010




Issue Date

Imp. Date

2123.0100 Electrical Maintenance Holes - Entry of Direct Buried Ducts 1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2123.0200 Electrical Maintenance Holes Entry of Encased Ducts 1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2123.0300 Electrical Handholes, Entry of Direct Buried and Encased Ducts 2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2126.0100 Distribution Assembly - Concrete Pad and Ducts Plan and Section A-A 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2126.0200 Distribution Assembly - Concrete Pad and Ducts Section B-B 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2130.0100 Supply Control Cabinet Installation, Overhead Services, Top Entry Metering 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2130.0110 Supply Control Cabinet Installation, Underground Services, Bottom Entry Metering

1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2130.0120 Supply Control Cabinet Installation, Overhead Services, Bottom Entry Metering 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2130.0130 Supply Control Cabinet Installation, Underground Services, Top Entry Metering 0 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2200.0100 Concrete Footing for Base Mounted Lighting and Signal Poles 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2200.0110 Raised Concrete Footing for Base Mounted Lighting Poles 0 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2200.0200 Concrete Foundation for Direct Buried Lighting Poles where Rock is Encountered 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2200.0300 Concrete Foundation for Base Mounted Lighting Poles Where Rock is Encountered

2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2200.0400 Concrete Footing and Anchorage Assembly for 3.3m Base Mounted Metal Pole 2 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2200.0410 Concrete Footing for 1.5m Base Mounted Pedestrian Push Button Pole 0 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2200.0700 Pole Footing in Earth for Cast-In-Place Concrete Barrier 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2200.0800 Pole Footing in Rock for Cast-In-Place Concrete Barrier 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2210.0100 Local Grading at Pole Foundations 0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2210.0300 High Mast Lighting Pole, Apron 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2215.0200 Anchorage Assembly for Lighting and Signal Poles 4 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2215.0250 Anchorage Assembly for Heavy Class Steel Pole and Sectional Steel Pole 0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2215.0300 Pole Mounting Details for Base Mounted Metal Pole 4 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2216.0100 Anchorage Assembly for Pole Footing in Concrete Barrier 2 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2218.0100 High Mast Lighting Pole, Anchorage Assembly Placement 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2220.0100 Pole Handhole Locations 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2225.0100 Concrete Lighting Pole, Direct Buried 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2228.0100 Metal Lighting Pole, Base Mounted 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2232.0100 Sectional Steel Pole with Brackets, Luminaire, and Traffic Signal Head 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2235.0100 Pole Guying Details 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2236.0100 Wood Pole and Anchorage Settings in Solid Rock 1 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2236.0200 Wooden Pole and Anchorage Settings in Solid Rock 2 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2238.0100 Wood Pole in Earth 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2239.0100 Cribbing for Wood Poles in Muskeg 0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2239.0200 Log Anchor for Guy in Muskeg 0 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2240.0100 Wood Pole with Elliptical Bracket, Overhead and Underground Circuits 1 Nov 1, 2004 May 11, 2005

2242.0100 Wood Pole with Neutral Supported Cable 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2242.0200 Wood Poles with Aerial Cables Lashed on Messenger 2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2245.0100 Installation of Aerial Cable Systems 2 Nov 1, 2004 May 11, 2005

2245.0200 Minimum Vertical Clearances for Aerial Cable Systems 1 Nov 30, 2011 Mar 15, 2012




Issue Date

Imp. Date

2250.0100 Aluminum Tapered Elliptical Brackets on Metal and Concrete Poles, Mounting Details

0 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2255.0100 Pole Wiring Diagram - 120V System 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2255.0200 Pole Wiring Diagram - 120/240V System 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2255.0300 Pole Wiring Diagram - 347/600V System 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2255.0400 Pole Wiring Diagram Lighting Pole on Bridge Structure 1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2300.0100 Rigid PVC Junction Box - Type P1 1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014



2302.0100 Embedded Work Detail for Rigid PVC Junction Box, Type P3-1, for Use In Concrete Barrier Wall

1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2302.0200 Expansion and Deflection Fitting Assembly for 50 and 75mm Rigid Ducts 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2302.0400 Embedded Work in Structure - New Jersey Type Concrete Barrier Wall 1 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2302.0450 Embedded Work in Structure Parapet Wall 0 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2305.0200 Underpass Luminaires, Wall Mounted Installation 2 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2310.0100 Underpass Luminaire Installation, Ceiling Mounted Installation with T Bracket 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2310.0200 T Bracket for Ceiling Mounted Underpass Luminaire 2 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2310.0300 Wedge Mounting Bracket for Underpass Luminaire 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2310.0400 Support Bracket for Column Mounted Underpass Luminaire 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2315.0100 Underpass Luminaire Wiring Detail 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2400.0000 Distribution Assembly - Legend 2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2400.0100 Distribution Assembly - Cabinet 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2400.0200 Distribution Assembly - Equipment Layout 1 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

2400.0300 Distribution Assembly - Wiring Schematic 2 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2400.1000 Warning Signs for Electrical Equipment 0 Nov 30, 2008 Mar 12, 2009

2400.1010 Warning Signs Outside Electrical Equipment 0 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2410.0100 Spun Concrete Pole 3 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2410.0200 18.3m Spun Concrete Pole for TV Camera Mounting 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2414.0100 3.3m Aluminum and Sectional Steel Poles, Base Mounted 0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2415.0100 Steel Pole, Base Mounting 0 Dec 15, 1993 Jul 25, 1994

2415.0110 Steel Pole, Base Mounted Without Gussets 0 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2416.0100 Steel Pole, Concrete Barrier Mounting 0 Dec 15, 1993 Jul 25, 1994

2416.0110 Steel Pole, Concrete Barrier Base Mounted Without Gussets 0 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2418.0100 1.8m and 2.7m Steel Truss Bracket for Steel Poles 2 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2420.0100 1.8m and 2.4m Aluminum Tapered Elliptical Bracket 4 Apr 30, 2007 Dec 20, 2007

2421.0100 Lamp Wattage Label for Luminaire 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2428.0100 Frangible Bases 3 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2432.0100 Aluminum Pole, Base Mounted 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2440.0100 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 1 - 120/240V, 100A, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015






Issue Date

Imp. Date

2440.0300 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 1 and 2 - Enclosure 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2440.0400 Pole Mounting Bracket for Supply Control Cabinet Assembly 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2440.0500 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 1 and 2 - Dead Front Panels 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2440.0510 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 1 and Type 2, Barrier Details 0 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2440.0600 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 1 and 2 - 3-Point Door Latch 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2440.0610 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 1, 2, and 3 - 3-Point Stainless Steel Door Handle

0 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015


2441.0100 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 3 - Enclosure 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2441.0200 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 3 - Dead Front Panels 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2441.0300 Supply Control Cabinet Assembly Type 3 - 3-Point Door Latch 0 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2442.0100 Duct Hanger 0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2450.0110 High Mast Lighting Pole 25, 30 and 35m 8-Sided Pole 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2450.0210 High Mast Lighting Pole 40 and 45m 12-Sided Pole 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0000 High Mast Lighting Pole, Luminaire and Handhole Orientation 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0010 High Mast Lighting Pole, Luminaire and Handhole Orientation for Median Mounted Poles

0 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0100 High Mast Lighting Pole, Cable Holder and Storage Hook Details 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0200 High Mast Lighting Pole, Handhole Cover Hinges, Latches, and Padlock 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0500 High Mast Lighting Pole, Nameplate Details 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0600 High Mast Lighting Pole, Flood Light Luminaire Mounting Details 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0700 High Mast Lighting Pole, Luminaire Support Ring 2 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0800 High Mast Lighting Pole, Head Frame and Ring Assembly 2 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0900 High Mast Lighting Pole, Shroud 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.0910 High Mast Lighting Pole, Shroud Details 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.1400 High Mast Lighting Pole, Internal Drive Raising and Lowering Equipment - List of Components

1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.1500 High Mast Lighting Pole, Internal Drive Raising and Lowering Equipment - Layout 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.1700 High Mast Lighting Pole, Internal Drive Wiring Diagram, 347/600V, 3-Phase 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.1800 High Mast Lighting Pole, Internal Drive Wiring Diagram, 120/240V, 1-Phase 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.1900 High Mast Lighting Pole, External Drive Raising and Lowering Equipment - List of Components

1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.2000 High Mast Lighting Pole, External Drive Raising and Lowering Equipment - Layout

1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.2100 High Mast Lighting Pole, External Drive Raising and Lowering Equipment, 347/600V, 3-Phase Wiring Diagram

1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2453.2200 High Mast Lighting Pole, External Drive Raising and Lowering Equipment, 120/240V, 1-Phase Wiring Diagram

1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2456.0110 High Mast Lighting Pole, Anchorage Assembly Details 1 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2500.0100 600mm Signal Arm and Signal Head 0 Nov 30, 2011 Mar 15, 2012

2500.0200 600mm Signal Arm, Attachment to Poles 1 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2501.0100 Single Member Arm and Signal Head 2 Nov 30, 2011 Mar 15, 2012

2501.0200 Aluminum Single Member Arm Attachment Details 2 Nov 30, 2011 Mar 15, 2012




Issue Date

Imp. Date

2502.0100 Traffic Signal - Adjustable Mid-Section Hanger 0 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 20, 2007

2502.0110 Traffic Hanger - Dual-End Hanger 0 Nov 30, 2007 Dec 20, 2007

2505.0100 Traffic Signal - Pedestrian Head and Pushbutton Mounted on Pole 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2508.0100 Traffic Signal - Sectional Steel Poles with Primary and Secondary Signal Heads for Ramp Metering

0 Nov 30, 2011 Feb 26, 2015

2510.0100 Pole Mounted Controller Cabinet 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2510.0200 Mounting Bracket for Pole Mounted Controller Cabinet 0 Nov 30, 2011 Mar 15, 2012

2514.0100 Controller Cabinet on Pad 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2514.0200 Concrete Pad for Controller Cabinet 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2520.0100 Loop Detector Installation Details I 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2520.0200 Loop Detector Installation Details II 4 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2524.0100 Traffic Signal, Double Arm Bracket 1 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2526.0100 Traffic Signal - Bracket for Mounting Pedestrian Instruction Sign on Pole 1 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2528.0100 Traffic Signal Equipment - Pole Wiring Diagram 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 2, 2011

2529.0100 Signal Wiring for Pedestrian Facilities 1 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2529.0200 Signal Wiring Using 4/C Cable Connected Radially, 2 Phase 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2529.0300 Signal Wiring Using 12/C Cable Tapped, 2 to 8 Phase 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2529.0400 Signal Wiring Using 4/C and 12/C Cable Tapped, 2 to 8 Phase 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2529.0500 Signal Wiring Using 4/C Cable Connected Radially, 2 to 8 Phase 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2529.0600 Signal Wiring Using 4/C Cable Connected Radially and 12/C Cable Tapped, 2 to 8 Phase

0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2529.0700 Signal Wiring Using 19/C Cable Tapped, 2 to 8 Phase 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2529.0800 Signal Wiring Using 7/C Cable Connected Radially T-Intersection, 2 to 3 Phase 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2529.0900 Signal Wiring Using 4/C Cable Connected Radially T-Intersection, 2 Phase 0 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2530.0100 Splices for Traffic Signal Cable and Extra Low Voltage Cable 1 Nov 30, 2013 Mar 27, 2014

2536.0100 Flasher Beacons for Roadway Sign and Downlight and Wiring Diagram 2 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2536.0300 Solar Powered LED Flasher Beacon and Wiring Diagram for Roadway Sign Base Mounted Pole

0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2536.0320 Solar Powered LED Flasher Beacon and Wiring Diagram for Roadway Sign Direct Buried Pole

0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

2540.0100 Aerial Traffic Signal Installation 4 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2540.0200 Aerial Flasher Beacon Installation 2 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2540.0300 Aerial Suspension Mounting Bracket Signal Heads and Flashing Beacons 0 Nov 30, 2013 Jul 10, 2014

2540.1000 Aerial Suspension Mounting Bracket, Emergency Pre-Emption Unit 0 Nov 30, 2009 Mar 11, 2010

2545.0100 PVC Junction Box - for Signal Cable Splicing 1 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

2547.0100 Traffic Signal and Illumination Grounding System 1 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015

2552.0100 Traffic Signal System Equipment on Wooden or Concrete Poles, Overhead Wiring Installation

2 Nov 30, 2011 Mar 15, 2012

2554.0100 Traffic Signal System Equipment on Wooden or Concrete Poles, Underground Wiring Installation

0 Nov 30, 2011 Mar 15, 2012

2555.0100 Flexible Utility Marker 0 Nov 30, 2016 Jan 12, 2017

2558.0000 Pole for Accessible Pedestrian Signal Push Button 0 Nov 30, 2014 Feb 26, 2015




Issue Date

Imp. Date

2902.3220 Advanced Traffic Management System Supply Control Cabinet 120/240V, 100A, 1-Phase, 3-Wire

0 Nov 30, 2015 Mar 3, 2016

DIVISION 3000 - STRUCTURES

3000.1000 Foundation Piles, Steel H-Pile Driving Shoe 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3000.1500 Foundation Piles, Steel H-Pile Splice 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3000.2010 Foundation Piles, Steel HP 310 Oslo Point 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3001.1000 Foundation Piles, Steel Tube Pile Driving Shoe 2 Nov 30, 2017 May 10, 2018

3001.1500 Foundation Piles, Steel Tube Pile Splice 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3002.2000 Foundation Piles, Steel Sheet Pile Anchorage 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3003.1000 Foundation Piles, Wooden Pile Driving Shoe 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3003.1500 Foundation Piles, Wooden Pile Head Protection 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3090.1000 Foundation Frost Penetration Depths for Northern Ontario 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 20, 2013

3090.1010 Foundation Frost Penetration Depths for Southern Ontario 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 20, 2013

3101.1500 Walls, Abutment, Backfill Minimum Granular Requirement 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 20, 2013

3101.2000 Walls, Abutment, Backfill Rock 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 20, 2013

3102.1000 Walls, Abutment, Backfill Drain 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 20, 2013

3120.1000 Walls, Retaining, Concrete Toe Wall 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 20, 2013

3121.1500 Walls, Retaining, Backfill Minimum Granular Requirement 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jun 20, 2013

3190.1000 Walls, Retaining and Abutment Wall Drain 2 Apr 30, 2011 Jun 20, 2013

3290.1000 Piers, Cutwater Assembly 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

3310.1000 Deck Girders, Concrete, Method of Obtaining Screed Elevations 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3310.1500 Deck Girders, Concrete, Positive Moment Connection at Piers 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jun 9, 2016

3311.1000 Deck Girders, Steel, Method of Obtaining Screed Elevations 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3311.9000 Deck Girders, Steel Box, Access Hatch 2 Nov 30, 2015 Dec 17, 2015

3329.1000 Deck, Reinforcement Supports for Reinforcing Steel for Slab Depths 300mm Or Less

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

3329.1010 Deck, Reinforcement Supports for Reinforcing Steel for Slab Depths Greater Than 300mm

1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

3332.1000 Deck, Round Voids, Form Supports and Tie-Downs 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

3333.1000 Deck, Round Voids, Drains 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3333.1010 Deck, Trapezoidal Void, Drains 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3339.1000 Deck, Voids, Access Hatch for Concrete Bridges, Assembly 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

3339.1010 Deck, Voids, Access Hatch for Concrete Bridges, Installation 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

3340.1000 Deck Drains, With Downspout 2 Nov 30, 2014 Jan 12, 2017

3340.1020 Deck Drains, With Sloped Downspout 2 Nov 30, 2014 Jan 12, 2017

3340.1500 Deck Drains, With Transverse Bar Openings 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3340.1530 Deck Drains, Median with Transverse Bar Openings 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3340.2000 Deck Drains, With Downspout, Modification for Addition of Asphalt to Existing Structure

2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3340.2010 Deck Drains, With Sloped Downspout, Modification for Addition of Asphalt to Existing Structure

2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013




Issue Date

Imp. Date

3340.2500 Deck Drains, With Transverse or Longitudinal Bar Openings, Modification for Addition of Asphalt to Existing Structure

2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3349.1000 Deck Drains, Drainage of New Deck Below Asphalt Wearing Surface 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3349.1010 Deck Drains - Drainage of Existing Deck Below Asphalt Wearing Surface 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3360.1000 Deck, Light Pole Bases, Structures with Barrier Walls 2 Apr 30, 2016 Jun 9, 2016

3360.2000 Deck, Light Pole Bases, Structures with Parapet Walls 2 Apr 30, 2016 Jun 9, 2016

3370.1000 Deck, Waterproofing, Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane with Protection Board 2 Nov 30, 2008 Jan 12, 2017

3370.1010 Deck, Waterproofing, Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane at Active Cracks Greater Than 2mm Wide and Construction Joints

2 Nov 30, 2008 Jan 12, 2017

3390.1000 Deck, Drip Channel 2 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3390.1500 Falsework Clearance to Traffic Lanes 0 Nov 1, 2005 Mar 29, 2007

3419.1000 Barriers and Railings, Steel Beam Guide Rail and Channel Anchorage 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3419.1500 Barriers and Railings, Steel Single Railing Anchorage 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3419.1550 Barriers and Railings, Steel Double Railing Anchorage 1 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3900.1000 Utilities, Duct Location 1 Nov 30, 2012 Mar 7, 2013

3900.1500 Utilities, Duct Termination at Bridge Approaches 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

3940.1500 Figures in Concrete, Warning Message Layout 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3940.1510 Figures in Concrete, Warning Message Letters 2 Nov 30, 2010 Jan 12, 2017

3950.1000 Joints, Concrete Expansion and Construction on Structure 1 Nov 30, 2011 Jan 12, 2017

CHAPTER F Ministry Of Transportation Ontario Drawings (MTODs)

MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION ONTARIO DRAWINGS (MTODs)

1.0 Introduction This section of Chapter F contains all internal drawings (MTODs) developed for use on provincial highway projects. MTODs typically introduce pilot products and/or designs for highway construction not currently covered by Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OPSDs). MTODs that prove effective will be forwarded to the appropriate Ontario Provincial Standard committee for consideration of conversion into an OPSD at a later date. MTODs are produced and published by MTO and are contained in this section of the CDED Manual.

2.0 Implementation and Publishing of MTODs MTODs are published concurrently with their implementation in the Ministry's Contract Preparation System (CPS). Further information regarding the implementation of standard documentation can be found in Chapter A.

3.0 Copies of MTODs Upon publishing, MTODs in PDF format can be obtained from the MTO Library website at: http://www.raqsb.mto.gov.on.ca/techpubs/ops.nsf/OPSHomepage Designers can refer directly to CPS to determine which MTODs are active and to obtain copies in DWG format.

4.0 List of Active MTODs A "List of Active MTODs" is published in this chapter of the CDED in order to provide information regarding the MTODs that have been implemented for use in MTO contracts. The list is updated concurrently with Contract Preparation System (CPS) updates when necessary. The following sections discuss the information shown under the headings in Section F-225, List of Active MTODs.



5.0 MTOD Number Every drawing has a unique number which has been allocated to allow for the future addition of the drawing to the OPSD system. MTOD numbers are assigned by the Design and Contract Standards Office in consultation with the Ontario Provincial Standards Administration Unit (OPSAU). MTOD numbers on printed drawings are typically formatted as NNN.NNN. MTODs listed in Contract Preparation System (CPS) however are numbered using the number on the printed drawing with the addition of one zero as each of the first and last digit. For example if the MTOD number on a printed drawing is 912.106, this drawing would be numbered 0912.1060 in CPS.

6.0 Title As shown on each MTOD.

7.0 Issue Date Every drawing is provided with an issue date with represents the day, month and year in which the drawing was produced. Please note that the issue date, abbreviated to month and year, appears with the MTOD number in the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawing, Specifications and General Conditions found in the Contract Tender document. To make reference to a specific standard drawing, it is important to quote the issue date as well as the standard drawing number.

8.0 Implementation Date The implementation date represents the date the drawing was implemented for use in CPS.

9.0 Drawing Revision Number When an MTOD is revised, the revision number is noted. The first drawing is identified with either a zero or a blank. Each subsequent revision to the standard drawing is identified by increasing the drawing revision number by one.



10.0 Office This information identifies the custodial office responsible for developing and issuing the drawing. Table A provides the identity and contact information for the custodial offices within the ministry for each MTOD.

Table A Custodial Office Contact Information

Abbreviation Custodial Section Office Office Phone # DSS/DCSO DSS - Design Standards

Section DCSO - Design and Contract

Standards (905) 704-2293

EES/TO EES - Electrical Engineering

TO - Traffic Office (905) 704-2960

TOS/TO TOS - Traffic Operations TO - Traffic Office (905) 704-2960 P&F/MERO P&F - Pavements and

Foundations MERO - Materials Engineering

Research Office (416) 235-3533

BITU/MERO BITU - Bituminous MERO - Materials Engineering Research Office

(416) 235-3715

ENV/PEPO ENV - Environmental PEPO - Provincial and Environmental Planning Office

(905) 704-2104

11.0 Remarks This section contains special directions to designers regarding the use of MTODs.

12.0 Use of MTODs Designers may use MTODs on provincial highway projects except as noted otherwise under the "Remarks" column in the List of Active MTODs in Section F-025. As a general rule, MTODs should be used as found in CPS. Assistance using MTODs can be obtained by contacting the custodial section of the originating office as shown in Table A. Designers are required to select MTODs applicable to a contract from CPS. A list of MTODs applicable to the contract is then generated and inserted in Section C, Standard Drawings of the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications and General Conditions, found in the Tender. Reference to the MTODs selected (by MTOD number only) shall also be included as appropriate in the contract documents, typically the Contract Drawings. MTODs are not to be inserted as details unless modified for a specific project.



13.0 Modification of MTODs All modifications to MTODs are the responsibility of the Regional Planning and Design Sections. Designers are encouraged to contact the appropriate custodial section for assistance with modifying MTODs. Designers are cautioned against modifying any of the roadside safety hardware (e.g. guide rail systems, energy attenuators, breakaway systems etc.) MTODs. These systems are designed and crash tested to meet specific criteria. Modification of these drawings could affect the performance of the system to function effectively for a wide range of vehicles and impact speeds.

14.0 Documenting Modified MTODs in Contract Documents When modifications are made to an MTOD, the modified MTOD shall be inserted in the contract documents as a detail in the Contract Drawings. In addition, the designer shall do the following: a) Revise the MTOD title block as follows:

i. For minor modifications, the MTOD number shall be retained and the word “MODIFIED" and the Work Project (WP) No. shall be inserted in the space above the MTOD number.

ii. For major modifications (i.e. changes resulting in a drawing no longer

recognizable as the base drawing originally taken from CPS) the MTOD designation shall be removed.

iii. The name of the person responsible for the revisions and the date of the

modification shall be added to all modified MTODs. b) Add an “M” to the end MTOD number (e.g. MTOD 101.070M) on the drawing

and in all instances where it is referenced in the contract drawings. c) Ensure any references to the standard MTOD that has been modified have been

removed as required. This includes references found in both the contract drawings and in Section C, Standard Drawings of the Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications ond General Conditions.

In situations where both the standard MTOD and the modified MTOD are required, only the standard MTOD is to be listed in Section C. Modified MTODs are not to be included in the list of MTODs in Section C at any time.

d) Submit a “final” copy of the modified MTOD to the Contract Review Officer for

forwarding to the custodian of the MTOD for information purposes only.


CDED CHAPTER F List of Active MTODs


LIST OF ACTIVE MTODs

MTOD Title Issue Date

Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

DIVISION 100 - ABBREVIATIONS

0101.0700 Legend - Pavement Markings Apr 1994

Jan 4, 1994

n/a TOS/ TO

For use with Pavement Marking items.

DIVISION 200 - GRADING

0202.0400 Roadway Widening for High Tension Cable Terminals, Slope Installation

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0202.0410 Roadway Widening for High Tension Cable Terminals, Shoulder Installation

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0219.1010 Light Duty Straw Bale Barrier – Ditch Inlet Protection During Construction

Aug 2002

Oct 16, 2002

0 ENV/ PEPO

0222.0300 Stone LUNKERS Apr 2017

Jun 8, 2017

0 ENV/ PEPO

0222.0400 Wood LUNKERS Apr 2017

Jun 8, 2017

0 ENV/ PEPO

DIVISION 300 - ENTRANCES

0310.0390 Concrete Sidewalk Ramps Tactile Walking Surface Indicators Component

Oct 2016

Dec 15, 2016

2 DSS/ DCSO

DIVISION 400 - FRAMES AND GRATES

No Division 400 Drawings

DIVISION 500 - PAVING

0503.0200 Shoulder Rumble Strips Jan 2000

Feb 2, 2000

1 DSS/ DCSO

0503.0210 Shoulder Rumble Strips at Speed Change Lanes

Sep 1999

Sep 1, 1999

n/a DSS/ DCSO

0503.0220 Shoulder Rumble Strips at Intersections and Entrances

Sep 1999

Sep 1, 1999

n/a DSS/ DCSO

0503.0500 Centreline Rumble Strips Apr 2010

Jun 17, 2010

0 DSS/ DCSO

0503.0700 Shoulder Rumble Strips for 0.5m Bicycle Buffer Zone

Dec 2013

May 8, 2014

0 DSS/ DCSO


Dec 2013

May 8, 2014

0 DSS/ DCSO




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks


Dec 2013

May 8, 2014

0 DSS/ DCSO

0504.0100 Raised Traffic Island Feb 2016

Mar 3, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0505.0100 Carpool Parking Facilities, Barrier Free Parking Spaces

Apr 2007

Jun 7, 2007

0 DSS/ DCSO

0508.0100 Routing and Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement

Feb 2008

Feb 14, 2008

0 BITU/ MERO

DIVISION 600 - CURBS AND GUTTERS

0600.0110 Concrete Barrier Curb with Wide Gutter and Wide Back

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

For use with MTOD 912.450.

0600.0610 Concrete Semi-Mountable Curb with Wide Gutter and Narrow Back

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

For use with MTOD 912.450.

0600.0800 Concrete Barrier Curb with Narrow Gutter for Roundabout Truck Apron

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

To be used only adjacent to roundabout truck aprons.

0600.0910 Concrete Semi-Mountable Curb with Narrow Gutter for Roundabout Truck Apron

Apr 2014

Jul 10, 2014

0 DSS/ DCSO

0600.0920 Concrete Semi-Mountable Curb with Wide Gutter for Roundabout Truck Apron

Apr 2014

Jul 10, 2014

0 DSS/ DCSO

0600.0930 Concrete Curbs at Roundabout Truck Apron and Central Island

Feb 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 DSS/ DCSO

0600.1200 Concrete Parking Curb with Wide Gutter Apr 1993

Apr 1, 1993

1 DSS/ DCSO

A 600 mm high curb for use in Truck Inspection Stations.

DIVISION 700 - CATCH BASINS AND MAINTENANCE HOLES

There are currently no Division 700 MTODs.

DIVISION 800 - CULVERTS AND DRAINS

0803.0210 Bedding and Backfill for Precast Concrete Box Culverts

May 1994

Jan 12, 2017

n/a P&F/ MERO

Always with Precast Concrete Box Culvert items.

0805.0600 Height of Fill Table Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Structural Plate Pipe

Jul 2013

Aug 15, 2013

0 DCSO/ DRAI

0806.0210 Height of Fill Table Closed Profile Wall Polyethylene Pipe RSC 100, 160, 250, and 400

Jul 2013

Aug 15, 2013

0 DCSO/ DRAI

0806.0230 Height of Fill Table Solid Wall Polyethylene Pipe SDR 32.5

May 2014

Jun 12, 2014

0 DCSO/ DRAI




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

DIVISION 900 - FENCING AND GUIDERAILS

0911.1310 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Cast-In-Place, Type C Installation

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

0 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1320 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Cast-In-Place, Tall Wall (TW) Installation

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

0 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1360 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Cast-In-Place, Type M Installation

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

0 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1620 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Pinned to Asphalt Pavement

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1630 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Strapped to Concrete

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1640 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Strapped to Concrete with Asphalt Surface

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1670 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Bolted Through Concrete

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1680 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Bolted Through Concrete with Asphalt Surface

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1700 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Transition to Pinned TCB

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1710 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Transition to Strapped TCB

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1720 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Transition to Bolted TCB

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1730 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Installation - Temporary Restraint System Transition to Permanent Concrete Barrier

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1740 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier Type M Connection, Component - Thrie Beam Transition

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1900 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Type X Connection, 9.1 m Length, Installation - Temporary

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1910 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Type X Connection, Components

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1920 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Type X Connection, Reinforcement Components

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks


Dec 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 DSS/ DCSO


Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.1950 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Type X Connection, Installation - Temporary

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1960 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Type X Connection, Installation - Temporary Reduced Deflection Transition to TCB

Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.1970 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Type X Connection, 4.0 m Length, Reinforcing Steel

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO


Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

0 DSS/ DCSO

0911.2320 Guide Rail System, Temporary Concrete Barrier and Energy Attenuator, Temporary Reduced Exposure, Installation - Temporary

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.2330 Guide Rail System, Temporary Concrete Barrier and Temporary Energy Attenuator, Installation - Temporary

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0911.3310 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, Installation

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.3350 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, Ribs and Stiffener Posts - Components

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.3360 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, Stiffener Post Details - Components

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.3370 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, Tail Piece Details - Components

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.3380 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, End Cap Details - Components

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.3390 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, Cup Washer 1 - Components

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.3410 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, Connection to Permanent Barrier - Component

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO

0911.3420 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Temporary Transition Barrier, Cup Washer 2 - Component

Apr 2018

May 10, 2018

0

DSS/ DCSO




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

0911.6100 Guide Rail System, Concrete Barrier, Quickchange Moveable Barrier, Installation - Temporary

May 2016

Sep 1, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0912.1090 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Type M20 Steel Post with Offset Block and Base Plate Component

Nov 2016

Dec 15, 2016

1 DSS/ DCSO

0912.1260 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Steel Post for Thrie Beam Rail with 30cm Offset Block - Component

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0912.1310 Steel Beam Guide Rail and End-Treatments, Rock Cut Installation

Jan 2007

Mar 15, 2007

1 DSS/ DCSO

0912.1880 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Type M30 - Adjacent to Concrete Curb Installation

Feb 2017

Mar 2, 2017

1 DSS/ DCSO

0912.1890 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Type M30 - Adjacent to Sidewalk Installation

Feb 2017

Mar 2, 2017

1 DSS/ DCSO

0912.2490 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Type M - Base Plated for Shallow Box Culverts Installation

Apr 2016

Jul 21, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0912.2550 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Type M20 and M30 Leaving End Treatment Installation

Sep 2017

Sep 14, 2017

2 DSS/ DCSO

Updated to meet MASH TL-3 requirements.

0912.2560 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Type M Leaving End Treatment Component - Rail, Terminal Section, and Post Anchor Detail

Sep 2017

Sep 14, 2017

1 DSS/ DCSO

Updated to meet MASH TL-3 requirements.

0912.2570 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Type M20 and M30 Leaving End Treatment Post Components

Sep 2017

Sep 14, 2017

0 DSS/ DCSO

0912.3130 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Transition from Type M to Existing Steel Beam Guide Rail - Installation

Feb 2017

Mar 2, 2017

1 DSS/ DCSO

0912.3140 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam Transition from Type M to Existing Steel Beam Guide Rail with Channel - Installation

Feb 2017

Mar 2, 2017

1 DSS/ DCSO

0912.4500 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Structure Connection – Tube Railing - Installation

Mar 2018

Mar 8, 2018

1 DSS/ DCSO

0912.4510 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Structure Connection – 4 Tube Railing - Installation

Mar 2018

Mar 8, 2018

0 DSS/ DCSO

0912.6250 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Thrie Beam Rail - 476mm Hole Spacing - Component

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0912.6300 Guide Rail System, Steel Beam, Asymmetric Transition Rail - Component

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2200 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence Terminal, 3-Cable, Slope Installation

Mar 2017

Mar 2, 2017

1 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2210 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence Terminal, 3-Cable, Shoulder Installation

Mar 2017

Mar 2, 2017

1 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2220 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence Terminal, 3-Cable, Terminal Posts – Component

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

0913.2260 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence Terminal, Steel Anchor Assembly – Component

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2500 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence 3-Cable, Shoulder Installation

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2510 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence 3-Cable, Slope Installation

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2520 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence, 3-Cable, Slope Installation Line Post – Component

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2530 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Safence, 3-Cable, Shoulder Installation Line Post – Component

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0913.2550 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable Safence, 3-Cable Buried Obstacle Treatment - Installation

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0917.1000 100 X 100 Fabricated Steel Sign Base Concrete Barrier Installation Details

Mar 1997

Mar 1, 1997

n/a DSS/ DCSO

Include where small signs are installed on concrete barrier walls at a 45 degree angle to the wall.

0917.1010 150 X 150 Fabricated Steel Sign Base Concrete Barrier Installation Detail

Mar 1997

Mar 1, 1997

n/a DSS/ DCSO


0917.1020 100 X 100 Fabricated Steel Sign Base - 45 Degree Angle Mount Concrete Barrier Installation Details

Mar 1997

Mar 25, 1997

n/a DSS/ DCSO


0917.1030 150 X 150 Fabricated Steel Sign Base - 45 Degree Angled Mount Concrete Barrier Installation Detail

Mar 1997

Mar 25, 1997

n/a DSS/ DCSO


0922.1650 Energy Attenuator, End Treatment Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal MASH SoftStop Terminal System Installation

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

3 DSS/ DCSO

0922.1710 Energy Attenuator, End Treatment Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal MASH MAX - Tension Terminal System - Installation

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

0 DSS/ DCSO

0922.1860 Energy Attenuator, End Treatment Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal MASH Sequential Kinking Terminal System - Installation

Jan 2018

Mar 8, 2018

2 DSS/ DCSO

0923.0030 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion REACT 350, Component - Reinforced Concrete Pad

Feb 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 DSS/ DCSO

0923.6100 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion REACT 350 TL-2, Installation - Permanent

Feb 2007

Mar 15, 2007

0 DSS/ DCSO

0923.6110 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, REACT 350 TL-3, Installation - Permanent

Feb 2007

Mar 15, 2007

0 DSS/ DCSO




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

0924.1300 Energy Attenuator, Crash Cushion, Absorb 350 System, MTCB Installation

May 2016

Sep 1, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0925.0000 Thrie Beam Guide Rail - Median Barrier General Layout

Jun 1993

Jun 21, 1993

n/a DSS/ DCSO

0925.0200 Thrie Beam Median Guide Rail - Post, Offset Block and Back-Up Plate

Jun 1993

Jun 4, 1993

n/a DSS/ DCSO

0925.0400 Thrie Beam Guide Rail - Transition Rail SBGR to Thrie Beam

Oct 1993

Oct 14, 1993

n/a DSS/ DCSO

0925.1000 Thrie Beam Guide Rail - Median Barrier Details Jun 1993

Jun 2, 1993

n/a DSS/ DCSO

0925.3100 Thrie Beam Median Guide Rail - Transition to Concrete Median Barrier

Jun 1993

Jun 8, 1993

n/a DSS/ DCSO

0960.0100 Ramp Closure Gate, Entrance Ramp to Freeway 9m Gate Installation

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.0110 Ramp Closure Gates, Entrance Ramp to Freeway Twin 9m Gates Installation, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.0120 Ramp Closure Gate Entrance Ramp to Freeway 12m Gate Installation, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1010 Ramp Closure Gate, 9.0m Gate General Assembly, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1020 Ramp Closure Gate, Breakaway Post and Connection Components, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1030 Ramp Closure Gate, Base Plate and Couplings Component, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1040 Ramp Closure Gate, Wooden Support Post with Bracket, Closed Position Components, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1050 Ramp Closure Gate, Wooden Support Post with Bracket, Open Position Components, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1060 Ramp Closure Gate, Reinforced Concrete Footing, Component, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1070 Ramp Closure Gate, 12.0m Gate General Assembly, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0960.1080 Ramp Closure Gate, Object Marker Sign Bracket Component, drawing implemented.

May 2013

Jun 20, 2013

0 DSS/ DCSO

0971.1010 Fence, Highway in Earth, Shale, Loose Rock, or Friable Rock Installation

Mar 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 DSS/ DCSO

0971.1020 Fence, Highway in Solid Rock Installation Mar 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 DSS/ DCSO

0971.1030 Fence, Highway Installation Details Jun 2012

Jul 5, 2012

n/a DSS/ DCSO




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

0973.1300 Wildlife Fence - Type A, Installation Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1310 Wildlife Fence - Type A with Apron of Type B Fence Fabric

Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1320 Wildlife Fence - Type A, Access Gate Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1330 Wildlife Fence - Type B on Steel Posts, Installation

Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1340 Wildlife Fence - Type B on Wood Posts, Installation

Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1400 Wildlife Fence, Steel Post Footing Details Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1410 Wildlife Fence, Wood Post Footing Details Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1420 Wildlife Fence, Miscellaneous Details Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1430 Wildlife Fence, Tie-In at Culverts or Wildlife Crossing Structures

Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1440 Wildlife Escape Sep 2017

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0973.1450 Wildlife Fence, Type B Fence End Turnaround Feb 2018

Mar 8, 2018

0 ENVR

0984.2060 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Delineation, Installation – Leaving End

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0984.2070 Guide Rail System, High Tension Cable, Delineation, Installation – Approach End

Dec 2016

Dec 15, 2016

0 DSS/ DCSO

0986.1010 Small Sign Support System Franklin Industries Company Breakaway U-Flange Post Installation - Single Post Assembly

Jan 2014

Jan 30, 2014

2 DSS/ DCSO

0986.1050 Small Sign Support System Franklin Industries Company Breakaway U-Flange Post Components

Jan 2014

Jan 30, 2014

1 DSS/ DCSO

0986.2010 Small Sign Support System Franklin Industries Company Breakaway U-Flange Post Installation - Double Post Assembly

Jan 2014

Jan 30, 2014

2 DSS/ DCSO

0986.3010 Small Sign Support System Franklin Industries Company Breakaway U-Flange Post Installation - Triple Post Assembly

Jan 2014

Jan 30, 2014

2 DSS/ DCSO

0992.1010 Intermediate Sign Support System Slip-Safe Supreme Rib-Bak Breakaway System Components

Feb 2017

Mar 2, 2017

0 DSS/ DCSO

0992.2100 Intermediate Sign Support System Slip-Safe Supreme Rib-Bak Breakaway System Installation - Double Post Assembly

Feb 2017

Mar 2, 2017

0 DSS/ DCSO




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

Division 1000 - SANITARY SEWERS


Division 1000 - WATERMAINS


DIVISION 2000 - ELECTRICAL AND ATMS

2001.1000 ATMS - Equipment Identifier I Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

1 ATMS

2001.1100 ATMS - Equipment Identifier II Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

3 ATMS

2001.1200 ATMS - Communication Schematic Legend I Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

1 ATMS

2001.1300 ATMS - Communication Schematic Legend II Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

1 ATMS

2010.0200 ATMS - Layout Drawings and Wiring Legend Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

2 ATMS

2100.0700 Steel Encased Ducts by Subsurface Installation Feb 2004

Feb 18, 2004

3 ELEC

2104.0100 RE Ducts Surface Mounted on Structures Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

1 ELEC

2104.0110 ATMS - Protection of Surface Mounted Ducts on Structures

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

0 ATMS

2132.0100 Wooden Pad for Controller Cabinet Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

4 ELEC

2200.0310 Concrete Footing and Reinforcing Steel for Heavy Class Steel Pole and Sectional Steel Pole Where Rock is Encountered

Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

2 ELEC

2200.0500 Concrete Footing in Earth for Heavy Class Steel Pole and Sectional Steel Pole

Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

3 ELEC

2200.0900 Reinforcing Steel for Concrete Footing for Heavy Class Steel Poles and Sectional Steel Pole in Earth

Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

2 ELEC

2210.0310 High Mast Lighting Pole, Extended Footing Within Energy Attenuator and Apron

Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

1 ELEC

2218.0300 High Mast Lighting Pole, Maintenance Platform Layout - Prefabricated Steel

Apr 2011

Jun 2, 2011

1 ELEC

2218.0310 High Mast Lighting Pole, Maintenance Platform Details - Prefabricated Steel

Jan 2007

Mar 15, 2007

0 ELEC

2218.0320 High Mast Lighting Pole, Maintenance Platform Details - Prefabricated Steel

Jan 2007

Mar 15, 2007

0 ELEC




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

2250.0200 Truss Brackets - Mounting Details Nov 2007

Dec 20, 2007

n/a ELEC

2270.0000 Bollards Detail Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

n/a ELEC

2302.0500 Duct Transition from Surface Mounted to Direct Burial

Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

1 ELEC

2433.0100 Base Plate for Heavy Class Steel Pole Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

2 ELEC

2433.0110 Base Plate for Heavy Class Sectional Steel Pole

Sep 2015

Dec 17, 2015

2 ELEC

2435.0100 Octagonal and Round Heavy Class Steel Pole Jan 2007

Mar 15, 2007

2 ELEC

2435.0200 Heavy Class Sectional Steel Pole Jan 2007

Mar 15, 2007

2 ELEC

2510.0110 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Cabinet Pole Mounted

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 ELEC

2510.1000 332 Cabinet Wireless Modem Installation for 'WHIP' Antenna

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 ELEC

2510.1010 Template for Antenna Mounting Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 ELEC

2510.1020 332 Cabinet Wireless Modem Installation for 'PUCK' Antenna

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 ELEC

2510.1030 332 Cabinet Wireless Modem One Line Diagram Wireless Antenna and Ethernet Connection

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 ELEC

2514.0110 Traffic Signal Cabinet and Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Cabinet on Concrete Pad

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

2 ELEC

2514.0210 Concrete Pad for Traffic Signal Control Cabinet and Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Cabinet

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 ELEC

2528.0210 Traffic Signal Cabinet Wiring Diagram to Accommodate UPS Control Unit and UPS System

Mar 2016

Mar 3, 2016

1 ELEC

2529.1100 Typical Traffic Signal Wiring Details Two to Eight Phase Systems

Mar 2001

Apr 4, 2001

1 ELEC

2529.1200 Signal Wiring Using 7/C Cable Connected Radially, 2-8 Phase

Mar 2001

Apr 4, 2001

1 ELEC

2536.0210 Flasher Beacons without Flasher Mechanism and Wiring Diagram

Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

n/a ELEC

2536.0220 Horizontal Flasher Beacons for Roadway Sign and Downlight and Wiring Diagram

Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

n/a ELEC

2550.0100 Installation of Aerial Interconnection Cables at Terminal Board

Feb 2004

Feb 18, 2004

2 ELEC

2901.0210 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Counting Station Type 1

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

2 ELEC




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

2901.0220 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Counting Station Type 2

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

2 ELEC

2901.0610 Traffic Data Collection, Data Stations - Permanent Data Collection Station - General Layout

Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2901.2610 Traffic Data Collection, Controller Configuration - Permanent Data Collection Station - Cabinet and Equipment

Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2901.2620 Traffic Data Collection, Controller Configuration - Permanent Data Collection Station - Cabinet Configuration

Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2901.2630 Traffic Data Collection, Controller Configuration - Permanent Data Collection Station - Typical 2- to 4- Lane Wiring

Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC


Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC


Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC


Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2901.4010 Traffic Data Collection Detector Loops, General Installation 1

Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2901.4020 Traffic Data Collection Detector Loops, General Installation 2

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.4030 Traffic Data Collection Detector Loops, General, Splices for Cables

Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2901.4040 Prefabricated Detector Loop Jul 2011

Jul 21, 2011

2 ELEC

2901.4050 Prefabricated Detector Loop, Heavy Duty Rubber

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

2 ELEC

2901.4610 Traffic Data Collection Detector Loops, Permanent Data Collection Station Details Main Loop

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.4620 Traffic Data Collection, Detector Loops, Permanent Data Collection Station Layout - Main and Axle Loop Placement

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

2 ELEC

2901.5010 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Volume Detector Loop Layout - 2-Lane/2-Way Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5020 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Volume Detector Loop Layout - 4-Lane/2-Way Divided Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

2901.5030 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Volume Detector Loop Layout - 2-Lane/1-Way Ramp

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5040 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Volume Detector Loop Layout - 1-Lane Ramp

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5050 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Volume Detector Loop Layout - 6-Lane/2-Way Divided Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5060 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 8 Lane/2-Way Divided High Congestion Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5070 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout, 10 Lane/2-Way Divided High Congestion Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5080 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 12 Lane/2-Way Divided High Congestion Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5090 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 2 Lane/1-Way Ramp

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5100 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 2-Lane/1-Way High Congestion Ramp

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5120 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 1-Lane High Congestion Ramp

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5130 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Volume Detector Loop Layout 4-Lane/2-Way Undivided Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5140 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 4-Lane/2-Way Undivided Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5150 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 4-Lane/2-Way Undivided High Congestion Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

0 ELEC

2901.5180 Traffic Data Collection - Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout 12 Lane/2-Way Divided Highway

Dec 2014

Dec 18, 2014

0 ELEC

2901.5210 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 2-Lane/2-Way Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

2 ELEC

2901.5220 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 2-Lane/2-Way High Congestion Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

2901.5230 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 4-Lane/2-Way Divided Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

2 ELEC

2901.5240 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 4-Lane/2-Way Divided Highway High Congestion Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5250 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 6-Lane/2-Way Divided Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5260 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 6-Lane/2-Way Divided High Congestion Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5300 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 1-Lane Ramp

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5310 Traffic Data Collection, Traffic Count Station Vehicle Classification Detector Loop Layout - 2-Lane/1-Way Ramp

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC

2901.5410 Traffic Data Collection, Detector Loops, Permanent Data Collection Station Layout - 2-Lane/2-Way Highway

Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2901.5420 Traffic Data Collection, Permanent Data Collection Station Layout - 4-Lane/2-Way Highway

Jan 2013

Mar 7, 2013

1 ELEC


Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC


Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC


Oct 2008

Mar 12, 2009

0 ELEC

2902.2050 ATMS - ATMS Maintenance Holes Entry of Direct Buried Ducts

May 2015

Jun 25, 2015

1 ATMS

2902.3110 ATMS - Enclosure, Cabinet, Pole Mounted Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

0 ATMS

2902.3210 ATMS - Enclosure, Cabinet, Power Supply, Assembly Type 2 600/347V, 100A, 3-Phase, 4-Wire

Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

0 ATMS

2910.0100 ATMS - Grounding for Overhead Communications Cable Systems

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2910.0150 ATMS - Aerial Suspension of Existing Surface Mounted Conduits

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2910.0200 ATMS - Aerial Splice Enclosure and Slack Storage

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

2910.0210 ATMS - Fibre Optic Splice Enclosure Splice Tray Configuration and Detail

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

0 ATMS

2910.0250 ATMS - Aerial to Underground Transition for F/O Cable

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2920.0100 ATMS - Removal of Electrical Chamber & Extension of Existing Steel Encased Duct Bank

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2920.0150 ATMS - Cabinet & Duct Installation Pedestal is Offset from Main Trench

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2920.0160 ATMS - Cabinet & Duct Installation Pedestal In-Line with Main Trench

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2920.0200 ATMS - Conduit Entry to Equipment Cabinet Pads

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2920.0210 ATMS - Entry to Equipment Cabinet Pad Conduit Data I

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2920.0220 ATMS - Entry to Equipment Data Cabinet Pad Conduit Data II

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2920.0300 ATMS - Duct Bypass Around Sign Footing Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2930.0100 ATMS - Cable Slack Storage in Electrical Chamber

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2930.0200 ATMS - Communication Duct Connection at Electrical Chamber

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2930.0500 ATMS - Duct Orientation on Structures Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2930.0700 ATMS - Transition from Surface Mounted Pull Boxes to Direct Burial

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2940.0100 ATMS - Concrete Pad for Cabinet Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2940.0110 ATMS - Concrete Footing for External UPS Cabinet

Jun 2017

Jun 8, 2017

0 ATMS

2940.0150 ATMS - Telco Connection Provisions at Cabinet with Isolated Service

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2940.0200 ATMS - Cabinet Installation Details Jun 2017

Jun 8, 2017

1 ATMS

2940.0210 ATMS - Fibre Connection Module Installation Details

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

0 ATMS

2940.0250 ATMS - Cabinet & Pad Behind Noise Barrier Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2940.0300 ATMS - Cabinet Connection Data Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2940.1100 ATMS - Communication Pedestal Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

1 ATMS

2940.1150 ATMS - Concrete Pad for Communication Pedestal

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

2940.1200 ATMS - Base Mounted Communications Pedestal

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2940.2200 ATMS - Field Equipment Site with Guide Rail Protection

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

1 ATMS

2940.2210 ATMS - Field Equipment Site Without Guide Rail Protection

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

1 ATMS

2940.2300 ATMS - Combined ATMS and Managed Lane Field Equipment Site with Guide Rail Protection

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

0 ATMS

2940.2310 ATMS - Combined ATMS and Managed Lane Field Equipment Site Without Guide Rail Protection

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

0 ATMS

2940.3100 ATMS - Power Supply Cabinet, 5KVA, 10KVA, 15KVA, 25KVA

Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

2 ATMS

2940.3200 ATMS - Power Supply Pedestal Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2950.0100 ATMS - Field Connection of Detector Loops to Cabinet Input Files

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2950.0110 ATMS - Loop Location Identification Details Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2950.0120 ATMS - Connection to Detector Loop Leads and Detector Cables to Splice Point (New Construction)

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2950.0130 ATMS - Field Connection Input Data Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2950.0140 ATMS - Connection of Detector Loop Leads and Detector Cables to Splice Point (Selective Resurfacing)

Sep 2008

Oct 30, 2008

1 ATMS

2950.0200 ATMS - Diamond Loop Layout Details Mar 2008

Mar 20, 2008

1 ATMS

2950.0210 ATMS - Diamond Loop for Vehicle Detector Station

Mar 2008

Mar 20, 2008

1 ATMS

2950.0300 ATMS - Rectangular Loop Layout Mar 2008

Mar 20, 2008

1 ATMS

2950.0310 ATMS - Rectangular Loop for Vehicle Detector Station

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2950.1100 ATMS - Vehicle Detection Station, General Loop Layout & Connection Details

Mar 2008

Mar 20, 2008

1 ATMS

2950.1150 ATMS - Vehicle Detection Station Arrangements in Adjacent Sets of Lanes

Dec 2017

Dec 14, 2017

1 ATMS

2950.2100 ATMS - Ramp Metering Loop Layout Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2950.5100 ATMS - Non-Intrusive Traffic Sensor Installation on Pole

Jun 2017

Jun 8, 2017

1 ATMS

2960.0100 ATMS - CCTV Pole, Cabinet & Pad Locations Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS




Imp. Date

Dwg. Rev.

Office Remarks

2960.1100 ATMS - Mechanical Installation Details for Pole Mounted CCTV Camera

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2960.1110 ATMS - Pole Top Mounting Bracket for CCTV Camera Pan and Tilt Unit

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2960.2100 ATMS - Ground Schematic for Pole Mounted CCTV Camera

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2970.0100 ATMS - Conduit Sleeve and Grounding Details at Overhead Sign Support Footings

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2970.1100 ATMS - Variable Message Sign, Full Size Display Matrix Configuration

Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

1 ATMS

2970.1200 ATMS - Variable Message Sign, Mid Size Display Matrix Configuration

Sep 2010

Oct 14, 2010

1 ATMS

2970.3100 ATMS - Variable Message Sign Font (MTO1) Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2970.3110 ATMS - Variable Message Sign Font (MTO2) Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2980.0100 ATMS - Trailer Mounted PVMS on Wooden Crib

Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

2980.1100 ATMS - Queue Warning Sign (QWS) Sep 2007

Jan 24, 2008

0 ATMS

DIVISION 3000 - STRUCTURES

3941.2100 Figures in Concrete, Site Number and Date, Layout

May 2018

May 10, 2018

0 BRDG

Note: The table above lists the MTODs that are currently implemented for use by MTO and

therefore shown as "Active" in Contract Preparation System (CPS). MTODs formerly published in Volumes 2B, 3 (Electrical), and 4 (ATMS) of the CDED Manual have been relocated to the new MTO Drawings Manual.

CHAPTER F List of Active SSDs


LIST OF ACTIVE STRUCTURAL STANDARD DRAWINGS (SSDs)

SSD Title Dwg Rev.

Issue Date

Imp. Date

0002.0001 Structural Standard Drawings - Layering Structure n/a Aug 2014 Dec 18, 2014

0005.0002 Retaining Wall - Rustication Details n/a Jun 2002 Jul 17, 2002

0007.0002 Grout Vent Detail n/a Mar 2006 May 4, 2006

0009.0015 Provision for Future Light Pole Base n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0009.0016 Retrofit Light Pole Base n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0010.0020 Thrie Beam Guide Rail-Rail Detail n/a Jun 1993 Jun 1, 1993

0010.0021 Transition Rail, Steel Beam Guide Rail to Thrie Beam n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0010.0044 Thrie Beam Guide Rail, Connection Detail, Steel Beam Guide Rail n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0010.040A Box Beam Guide Rail - Side Mount, Assembly Detail, Test Level 2 n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0010.040B Box Beam Guide Rail - Side Mount, Post and Attachment Details, Test Level 2

n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0010.040C Box Beam Guide Rail - Side Mount, Rail and Splice Detail, Test Level 2

n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0010.042A Thrie Beam Guide Rail - Side Mount, Assembly Detail, Test Level 2 n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0010.042B Thrie Beam Guide Rail - Side Mount, Post and Attachment Details, Test Level 2

n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0010.043A Thrie Beam Guide Rail - Timber Deck, Assembly Detail, Test Level 2 n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0010.043B Thrie Beam Guide Rail - Timber Deck, Post and Attachment Details, Test Level 2

n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0012.0001 Hook Dimensions for Reinforcing Steel Bars n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0016.0020 Crushed Rock Slope Protection With Berm n/a Mar 1997 Mar 1, 1997

0016.0021 Crushed Rock Slope Protection Without Berm n/a Mar 1997 Mar 1, 1997

0016.0040 Temporary Modular Bridge - Timber Decking for Standard and Standard Wide Bridges

n/a Mar 1997 Mar 1, 1997

0016.0041 Steel Beam Guide Rail for Temporary Modular Bridges n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0103.0011 Pile Driving Control n/a Apr 2008 Jun 5, 2008

0105.0001 Retaining Wall Details n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0105.0002 Wingwall Details for Bridges n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0107.0001 Prestressed Girders and Bearings (CPCI 900) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016






0107.0011 Prestressed Box Girders and Bearings (B700) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016




SSD Title Dwg Rev.

Issue Date

Imp. Date



0107.0015 Prestressed Box Girders Details n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0107.0016 Prestressed NU Girders and Bearings (NU 900) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016








0107.0024 Prestressed NU Girders - Details n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0109.0040 Precast Deck Panels for Concrete Girders - Details I n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0109.0041 Precast Deck Panels for Concrete Girders - Details II n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0109.0042 Precast Deck Panels for Steel Girders - Details I n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0109.0043 Precast Deck Panels for Steel Girders - Details II n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0110.0021 Railing for Barrier/Parapet Wall n/a Mar 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0110.0034 Four Tube Combination Traffic/Bicycle Railing n/a Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

0110.0035 End Connection for Four Tube Combination Traffic/Bicycle Railing and Approach Rail Transition

n/a Mar 2018 Mar 8, 2018

0110.0036 Four Tube Combination Traffic/Bicycle Railing, TL-4 (With Concrete End Wall)

n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0037 Three Tube Railing on Curb, TL-4 n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0038 End Connection for Three Tube Curb Railing and Approach Rail Transition

n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0039 Three Tube Railing on Curb - TL4 (With Concrete End Wall) n/a Mar 2016 Apr 28, 2016

0110.0046 Four Tube Railing on Sidewalk, TL-4 n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0047 End Connection for Four Tube Curb Railing and Approach Rail Transition

n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0049 Four Tube Railing on Sidewalk - TL4 (With Concrete End Wall) n/a Mar 2016 Apr 28, 2016

0110.0054 Barrier Wall With Railing, TL-4 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0056 Parapet Wall With Railing, TL-4 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0057 Parapet Wall With Railing on Sidewalk, TL-4 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0058 Barrier Wall With Railing, TL-4 (GFRP Grade III Rebar) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0059 Parapet Wall With Railing, TL-4 (GFRP Grade III Rebar) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0061 Barrier Wall Without Railing, TL-5 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0110.0062 Reinforced Concrete Median Barrier Wall on Structures - Type I n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0063 Reinforced Concrete Median Barrier Wall on Structures - Type II n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016



SSD Title Dwg Rev.

Issue Date

Imp. Date

0110.0064 Barrier Wall Without Railing on RSS Wall, TL-5 (Stainless Steel Rebar)

n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0110.0065 Parapet Wall With Railing on RSS Wall, TL-4 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0110.0066 Concrete End Wall for Box Beam Railing (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0068 Barrier Wall With Railing on RSS Wall, TL-4 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0110.0069 Barrier Wall With Railing on RSS Wall, TL-4 (GFRP Grade III Rebar) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0070 Barrier Wall With Architectural Finish, TL-5 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0110.0071 Architectural Finish (Type A) for TL-5 Barrier Wall n/a Sep 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0110.0072 Architectural Finish (Type B) for TL-5 Barrier Wall n/a Sep 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0110.0073 Architectural Finish (Type C) for TL-5 Barrier Wall n/a Sep 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0110.0074 Architectural Finish (Type D) for TL-5 Barrier Wall n/a Sep 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0110.0075 Parapet Wall With Railing on RSS Wall, TL-4 (GFRP Grade III Rebar) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0082 Parapet Wall for Combination Traffic/Bicycle Rail, TL-4 (Stainless Steel Rebar)

n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0083 Parapet Wall for Combination Traffic/Bicycle Rail, TL-4 (GFRP Grade III Rebar)

n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0084 Parapet Wall for Combination Traffic/Bicycle Rail, TL-4 (GFRP Rebar With Anchor Head)

n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0085 Railing on Parapet for Combination Traffic/Bicycle Rail, TL-4 n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0090 Parapet Wall With Railing, TL-4 (GFRP Rebar With Anchor Head) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0091 Barrier Wall With Railing, TL-4 (GFRP Rebar With Anchor Head) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0092 Barrier Wall Without Railing, TL-5 (GFRP Rebar With Anchor Head) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0093 Barrier Wall With Architectural Finish, TL-5 (GFRP Rebar With Anchor Head)

n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0094 Barrier Wall Without Railing, TL-5 (GFRP Rebar With Hook Bar) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0095 Parapet Wall for Two Tube Railing, TL-5 (Stainless Steel Rebar) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0096 Two Tube Railing on Parapet, TL-5 n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0097 Parapet Wall With Railing on Sidewalk, TL-4 (GFRP Grade III Rebar) n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0098 Parapet Wall With Railing on Sidewalk, TL-4 (GFRP Rebar With Anchor Head)

n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0099 Barrier Wall With Architectural Finish, TL-5 (GFRP Rebar With Hook Bar)

n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0110.0100 Precast Transition Concrete Barrier at Sign Supports and Poles Median Mounted (Symmetrical)

n/a Jan 2012 Aug 21, 2014

0110.0101 Precast Transition Concrete Barrier at Sign Supports and Poles Median Mounted (Asymmetrical)

n/a Jan 2012 Aug 21, 2014

0110.0102 Precast Transition Concrete Barrier at Sign Supports and Poles - Reinforcing and Connection Details (Symmetrical)

n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0110.0103 Precast Transition Concrete Barrier at Sign Supports and Poles - Reinforcing and Connection Details (Asymmetrical)

n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0110.0104 Parapet Wall With Railing, TL-4 (Black Steel Rebar) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016



SSD Title Dwg Rev.

Issue Date

Imp. Date

0110.0105 Parapet Wall With Railing on Sidewalk, TL-4 (Black Steel Rebar) n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0110.0109 Barrier Wall Without Railing, TL-5 (Black Steel Rebar) n/a Jul 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0113.0010 Strip Seal Expansion Joint Assembly for Barrier Wall n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0011 Strip Seal Expansion Joint Assembly for Barrier Walls - With Drainage System

n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0012 Strip Seal Expansion Joint - Type 'A' Details n/a Apr 2016 Apr 28, 2016

0113.0013 Strip Seal Expansion Joint - Type 'C' Details n/a Oct 2013 Dec 5, 2013

0113.0014 Expansion Joint Drainage System Catch Basin and Downpipe - Details

n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0113.0015 Strip Seal Expansion Joint Assembly for Parapet Walls n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0016 Strip Seal Expansion Joint Assembly for Parapet Walls - With Drainage System

n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0017 Strip Seal Expansion Joint Assembly for Box Beam Railing n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0018 Strip Seal Expansion Joint Assembly for Bridge With Box Beam Railing and Drainage System

n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0019 Strip Seal Expansion Joint for Sleeper Slab (10 mm < Movement ≤ 40 mm)

n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0113.0020 Modular Expansion Joint With Injection Hose System - Assembly n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0021 Modular Expansion Joint With Injection Hose System - Details 1 n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0113.0022 Modular Expansion Joint With Injection Hose System - Details II n/a Dec 2004 Jan 19, 2005

0113.0030 Sliding Plate Expansion Joint Assembly for Barrier Walls n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0031 Sliding Plate Expansion Joint Assembly for Barrier Walls - With Drainage System

n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0032 Sliding Plate Expansion Joint Details I n/a Sep 2016 Dec 15, 2016

0113.0033 Sliding Plate Expansion Joint Details II n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0113.0034 Sliding Plate Expansion Joint Assembly for Parapet Walls - With Drainage System

n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0035 Sliding Plate Expansion Joint Assembly for Parapet Walls n/a Aug 2015 Oct 22, 2015

0113.0036 Expansion Joint (Type C) and Sleeper Slab (Movement > 40 mm) n/a May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

0113.0037 Expansion Joint and Sleeper Slab (10 mm < Movement ≤ 40 mm) n/a May 2017 Jun 8, 2017

0113.0038 Sequence of Expansion Joint Installation n/a May 2018 May 10, 2018

0114.0001 Rigid Frame Open Footing Culvert n/a Apr 2011 Jun 2, 2011

0114.0002 Rigid Frame Box Culvert n/a Apr 2011 Jun 2, 2011

0114.0003 Non-Rigid Frame Box Culvert n/a Apr 2011 Jun 2, 2011

0116.0001 6000 mm Approach Slab n/a Mar 2016 Apr 28, 2016

0116.0002 6000 mm Precast Approach Slab n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0116.0010 Details of Concrete Slope Paving n/a Dec 2003 Feb 18, 2004

0116.0040 As Constructed Elev. & Dim'n n/a Jun 2002 Jul 17, 2002

0116.0050 High Mast Lighting Pole Footing Ground Mounted n/a Apr 2011 Jun 2, 2011



SSD Title Dwg Rev.

Issue Date

Imp. Date

0116.0051 High Mast Lighting Pole Footing Median Tall Wall Mounted (Symmetrical)

n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0116.0052 High Mast Lighting Pole Footing Median Tall Wall Mounted (Asymmetrical)

n/a Jan 2013 Mar 7, 2013

0118.0003 Static Sign Support Footing Details (Ground Mounted) n/a Jan 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0004 Static Sign Support - Footing Details (Median Mounted - Symmetrical) n/a Jan 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0005 Static Sign Support - Footing Details (Median Mounted - Asymmetrical)

n/a Jan 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0006 Variable Message Sign (VMS) Support Footing Details - Ground Mounted

n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0118.0007 Variable Message Sign (VMS) Support Median Mounted Footing - Symmetrical

n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0118.0008 Variable Message Sign (VMS) Support Median Mounted Footing - Asymmetrical

n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0118.0009 Overhead Support Structure for Managed Lane Toll Equipment Footing Details (Symmetrical)

n/a Jul 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0118.0010 Overhead Support Structure for Managed Lane Toll Equipment Footing Details (Asymmetrical)

n/a Jul 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0118.0011 Pole Mounted VMS Support General Arrangement n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0012 Bridge Mounted Sign Support, Type I, General Layout and Details n/a Mar 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0014 Bridge Mounted Sign Support, Type II, General Layout n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0015 Bridge Mounted Sign Support, Type II, Service Walk Arm Assembly n/a Mar 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0016 Bridge Mounted Sign Support, Type III, General Layout n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0017 Bridge Mounted Sign Support, Type III, Service Walk Arm Assembly n/a Mar 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0018 Bridge Mounted Sign Support, Type IV, General Layout n/a Dec 2014 Dec 18, 2014

0118.0019 Bridge Mounted Sign Support, Type IV, Service Walk Arm Assembly n/a Mar 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0022 Butterfly Static Sign Support General Arrangement (For Class 1, 2 and 3)

n/a Jul 2017 Jul 20, 2017

0118.0023 Butterfly Static Sign Support Details (For Class 1, 2 and 3) n/a Jul 2017 Jul 20, 2017

0118.0024 Single Cantilever Static Sign Support General Arrangement (For Class 1, 2 and 3)

n/a Jul 2017 Jul 20, 2017

0118.0025 Cantilever Static Sign Support Sign Connection and Damper Details n/a Jul 2017 Jul 20, 2017

0118.0026 Tri-Chord Static Sign Support General Arrangement n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0027 Tri-Chord Static Sign Support Structure Assembly Details n/a Apr 2011 Jun 2, 2011

0118.0030 Steel Column Breakaway Sign Supports n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0033 Steel Column Non-Breakaway Sign Supports n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0034 Timber Post Non-Breakaway Sign Supports - General Arrangement n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0035 Timber Post Breakaway Sign Supports General Arrangement n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0036 Variable Message Sign (VMS) Support General Arrangement n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0118.0037 Variable Message Sign (VMS) Support End Component - Details n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017

0118.0038 Variable Message Sign (VMS) Support Sign Component - Details n/a Dec 2017 Dec 14, 2017



SSD Title Dwg Rev.

Issue Date

Imp. Date

0118.0040 Steel Monotube Sign Support - Type I n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0041 Steel Monotube Sign Support - Type II n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0042 Steel Monotube Sign Support - Details n/a Jul 2014 Aug 21, 2014

0118.0043 Cantilever Tri-Chord Static Sign Support General Arrangement n/a Jan 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0044 Cantilever Tri-Chord Static Sign Support Structure Assembly Details I n/a Jan 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0045 Cantilever Tri-Chord Static Sign Support Structure Assembly Details II

n/a Jan 2015 Apr 23, 2015

0118.0046 Overhead Support Structure for Managed Lane Toll Equipment General Arrangement I

n/a Jul 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0118.0047 Overhead Support Structure for Managed Lane Toll Equipment General Arrangement II

n/a Jul 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0118.0048 Overhead Support Structure for Managed Lane Toll Equipment Details I

n/a Jul 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0118.0049 Overhead Support Structure for Managed Lane Toll Equipment Details I

n/a Jul 2017 Sep 14, 2017

0118.0071 Butterfly Static Sign Support General Arrangement (Bolted Joint) n/a Jul 2017 Jul 20, 2017

0118.0072 Butterfly Static Sign Support Details (Bolted Joint) n/a Jul 2017 Jul 20, 2017

0118.0073 Single Cantilever Static Sign Support General Arrangement (Bolted Joint)

n/a Jul 2017 Jul 20, 2017

Note: The SSDs listed in the above table are published as part of the Structural Manual.

Users should refer to Division 4 of that manual for further information regarding their use.

CDED CHAPTER F Contract Plans

CONTRACT PLANS 1.0 Introduction

Contract Plans form part of the Contract Package and consist of:

• Aggregate Sources Lists (ASLs) • Concrete Aggregate Sources Lists (CASLs) • Foundation Investigation Reports (FIRs) • Soils Profiles • Contract Drawing Books

2.0 Incorporating Contract Plans Into the Contract Package

The Contract Plans are incorporated into the contract by listing them in Section B. Plans of the "Schedule" in the Tender Document. To do this the designer must toggle the appropriate button(s) of the Form of Tender in the Work Project file in CPS. The applicable information will then be printed in the Tender Document generated from CPS. As shown below, if nothing is toggled under Available Documentations then only the Contract Drawing Book(s) are listed by default in section B of the Shedule.



As shown below, toggling additional boxes as appropriate under Available Documentations, results in the listing of those documents in Section B of the Schedule.

3.0 ASLs and CASLs (Further information to be added at a later date.)

4.0 Foundation Investigation Reports (FIRs) Over 6,000 foundation investigation reports are available for viewing and download free of charge from the Ministry’s new web-based Foundation Library. The online reports contain both Parts A and Part B.

• FIR Part A - Factual Report • FIR Part B - Design Recommendations

When a project includes one or more FIRs as per Schedule B, copies are included with the Contract Package and posted with the Contract Documents in RAQS. For traditional Design-Bid-Build (DBB) projects, only the factual report (Part A), is included in the Contract Package. The design recommendations (Part B) are not included. Full reports may be included in Design Build (DB) and Alternate Finance Projects (AFP) where there is adequate disclaimer however this should be discussed with the appropriate Provincial Functional Office and the Contract Tendering Section.



5.0 Soils Profiles (Further information to be added at a later date.)

6.0 Contract Drawing Books The Contract Drawing Books are produced by the designer and consist of:

• Contract Drawings • Quantity Sheets

a) Contract Drawings

Contract Drawings are the designer prepared drawings that show the contractual requirements such as removal and new construction details as well as drawings and details produced by other specialties such as Structural or Electrical. The detailed preparation of Contract Drawings is discussed further in the 400 series sections of this chapter.

b) Quantity Sheets

Quantity Sheets are prepared by the designer to detailed information about the tender items in the Tender Item List of the contract. The detailed preparation of Quantity Sheets is discussed further in the 500 series sections of this chapter.


CDED CHAPTER F Contract Drawings

CONTRACT DRAWINGS 1.0 Introduction

Contract Drawings are the designer prepared drawings that show the contractual requirements such as removal and new construction details as well as drawings and details produced by other specialties such as Structural or Electrical.

2.0 MTO AutoCAD Standards Guide AutoCAD has been established as the common CADD tool for the creation of Contract Drawings for MTO highway construction projects. The MTO AutoCAD Standards Guide provides the Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) conventions to be applied during the preparation and delivery of engineering drawings. All functional areas in the Ministry responsible for producing contract drawings have agreed to abide by the standards and conventions outlined in the guide. The guide provides the standard conventions for drawing layer names & definitions, text fonts, line styles, symbols, and plot configurations. The MTO AutoCAD Standards Guide is available from the ministry's Project Management Best Practices (PMBP) website under Reference Materials.

3.0 Preparation of Contract Drawings Detailed instructions for the preparation of Contract Drawings will be developed for future publication in this chapter of the CDED.


CHAPTER F Quantity Sheets

QUANTITY SHEETS 1.0 Introduction

Quantity Sheets (formerly called Breakdown Sheets) are the columnar forms included in the Contract Drawing Book(s) for the purpose of detailing estimated quantities that make up the various tender items. This section does not apply to Electrical or Structural quantity sheets. These are discussed separately in their respective design manuals. Quantity sheets are by definition, Contract Plans. They are also forms to be completed by the Designer. The purpose of Quantity Sheets is to provide both the Contractor and Contract Administrator with detailed information pertaining to the Tender Items on the contract Tender Item List. Standard Quantity Sheets including the Index Sheet are produced using the Ministry’s Contract Preparation System (CPS). Further information about producing Quantity Sheets can be found in the Contract Preparation System (CPS.Net) User's Training Guide. The sequence of the tender items on the Quantity Sheets is the same as that on the contract Tender Item List. For example; in numerical order based on the item codes (see CPS Item Master File), without separating plan quantity payment (PQP) items from measured items. This is accomplished by selecting the appropriate Quantity Sheet and, where necessary, showing PQP items and measured items on the same sheet. Illustrations on the use of various quantity sheets are provided in this chapter.

2.0 Types of Quantity Sheets The following quantity sheets are provided in CPS for designer use and can be exported to either 8.5” x 11’ or 11” x 17” sizes:

• Index • Grading • Hot Mix and Granular • Drainage • Miscellaneous 1 • Sewers • Pipe Culverts



3.0 Cover Page for Quantity Sheet Booklet(s) The contract quantity sheets prepared in CPS by the designer shall be compiled into a booklet form (not greater than 100 sheets per booklet). A separate quantity sheet cover(s) is prepared by the designer in PDF format and submitted independently from the CPS project file for further processing. Separate quantity sheet covers for each region are available through the Contract Tendering Section (CTS) or the appropriate regional Contract Review Officer (CRO).

4.0 Index One index sheet is required for each booklet for the various drawings and quantity sheets. This index form is stored in CPS for designer use and submitted along with the CPS-CID-GWP-COMP file for further processing. Entries on the index sheet shall comply with Provincial Roads Directive C-85, Contract Package Preparation and Content (3). Note that the cover sheet, key plan sheet, and index sheet are not numbered.

5.0 Preparation of Quantity Sheets

The choice and sequence of quantity sheets are dependent on the tender items required in each particular contract. No notations of any kind are to be placed outside the border line of the quantity sheets other than the designer’s quantity sheet title.

• All tender items require entry on the appropriate quantity sheet. Selection of an appropriate quantity sheet for a particular tender item is provided in chapter B along with specific detailed documentation and accuracy. In chapter B, any reference to Quantities – Miscellaneous shall mean Miscellaneous 1.

• Reference columns and reference lines are completed by construction personnel only.

• Lump Sum items require a blank column next to the item column. • Lump Sum / Unit Items (LS/M, LS/M2, LS/M3, LS/T, etc.) in CPS, shall have

the unit quantity entered on a separate line under the appropriate column. CPS will automatically total the amounts entered as 100% and transmit them to the contract tender item list. This unit quantity entry is also linked to the Ministry’s Highway Costing System (HiCo) for calculating an estimated tender item value for the project.



• PQP items require a blank column next to the item column (except items with units of "each").

• With PQP tender items, only one quantity entry is allowed per line with the exceptions as shown on the sample quantity sheets.

• (P) in the blank line above “TOTALS” indicates that the item is a PQP item. Actual measured items are recognized by the absence of (P).

• Actual measured items may have more than one quantity entry per line. • Actual measured items do not require a blank column next to the item

column. • Both PQP items and actual measured items may appear on the same

Quantities - Miscellaneous 1 sheet as long as the tender item sequence is followed.

• One blank horizontal line is required between each station or location entry except for pipe culverts and structure tender items where two (2) blank lines are required. These blank lines are provided for stage construction and are utilized by both Contractor and Contract Administrators in the field for progress and final payments. These are minimum requirements which may be increased as deemed necessary.

• Quantities to be forwarded to another quantity sheet are subtotalled and recorded on the “Sub-Totals Carried Forward” line.

• Quantities in adjacent columns which are to be combined into one tender item are subtotalled first. A bracket under the “Sub-Totals Carried Forward” quantities is added to indicate this combination into one tender item.

• Quantities carried forward from a previous quantity sheet to another quantity sheet are recorded on the “Sub-Totals Brought Forward” line.

• Quantities which are recorded for the contractor's information only, are totalled and are to appear in the "TOTALS" line without a tender item number.

• Spaces for “TOTALS, UNIT and ITEM NO.” not used are to be marked by a dash to preclude the possibility of missing information.

6.0 Quantity Sheets for Limited Plans Format Contracts

The foregoing instructions also apply to limited plans format contracts. It is important that limited plans format is chosen only for types of contracts in which all information for the contractor and for contract administration can be presented clearly and completely. No information is to be sacrificed in order to make the contract fit the format. The standard 11” X 17” size quantity sheets are reduced to letter size (8 ½” x 11”) for use in limited plans format contracts.



Limited plans format may be suitable for contracts which do not require full plan and profile coverage, such as:

• simple resurfacing contracts • clearing contracts • fencing contracts • noise barrier contracts • sub-drain contracts • equipment rental contracts • culvert replacement contracts • roadside safety improvement contracts

In short, such small sized contracts require only a limited number of tender items with a few drawings, such as a cover page, key plan, index, certain details, some typical sections, and the appropriate quantity sheets, all in letter size.

7.0 Sample Index Sheet A sample Index Sheet is provided in Section F-505. Entries shown on the index sheet in this section are representative only, however indicate the proper order required. Not all drawings and items have been shown. The intent is to show typical entries, rather than illustrating a complete work project (WP) in which drawings and quantity sheets relate to one another.

8.0 Sample Quantity Sheets Sample Quantity Sheets are provided in Section F-510. Entries shown on the quantity sheets in this section are representative only. Not all tender items have been shown. The intent is to show typical entries, rather than illustrating a complete WP in which quantity sheets relate to one another.


CDED CHAPTER F Sample Index Sheet

SAMPLE INDEX SHEET

Sample Index sheet is attached.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) CDED F-505

CO

NTR

AC

T D

RA

WIN

GS

- B

OO

K 1

of 3

Title

She

et (K

ey P

lan)

Inde

x S

heet

GR

AD

ING

1 - 3

Stu

dy P

lans

4 - 1

1N

ew C

onst

ruct

ion

Sta

ging

Dra

win

gs

12 -

22R

emov

als

/ New

Con

stru

ctio

n / P

rofil

es

23 -

33S

ider

oads

and

Ent

ranc

es /

Pro

files

34 -

44D

etou

rs /

Pro

files

45 -

55D

etai

ls (D

rain

age

/ Gab

ions

/ P

avin

g / P

avem

ent M

arki

ngs)

56 -

66Ty

pica

l Sec

tions

67 -

77S

tand

ard

Dra

win

gs (M

odifi

ed O

PS

D /

MTO

D)

78 -

88A

spha

lt C

ore

Dat

a (B

ore

Hol

e In

form

atio

n)

OV

ER

HE

AD

SIG

NIN

G

89 -

99O

verh

ead

Sig

ning

Dra

win

gs

CO

NTR

AC

T D

RA

WIN

GS

- B

OO

K 2

of 3

Inde

x S

heet

ELE

CTR

ICA

L

100

- 129

Ele

ctric

al D

raw

ings

WA

TER

MA

INS

130

- 139

Wat

erm

ain

Dra

win

gs

STR

UC

TUR

AL

140

- 149

Foun

datio

n D

raw

ings

150

- 179

Stru

ctur

al D

raw

ings

CO

NTR

AC

T D

RA

WIN

GS

- B

OO

K 3

of 3

Inde

x S

heet

BU

ILD

ING

180

- 209

Bui

ldin

g D

raw

ings

AR

CH

ITE

CTU

RA

L

210

- 219

Arc

hite

ctur

al D

raw

ings

(Lan

dsca

ping

)

QU

AN

TITY

SH

EE

TS -

BO

OK

1 o

f 1

Inde

x S

heet

1 - 5

9G

radi

ng It

ems

60 -

69E

lect

rical

Item

s

70 -

79W

ater

mai

n Ite

ms

80 -

87S

truct

ure

Item

s

88B

uild

ing

Item

s

She

etN

o.D

escr

iptio

nS

heet

No.

Des

crip

tion

IND

EXW

.P. N

o. 1

000-

08-0

0

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00

CDED CHAPTER F Sample Quantity Sheets

SAMPLE QUANTITY SHEETS

Sample Quantity Sheets are attached.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) CDED F-510

Clearing (m2)Close Cut ha

2222

123236

3

133

660

910

228

532

575

880

170

1540

1375 70 15

0

(m2)Grubbing ha

750

123

550

760

185

1250

HIG

HW

AY

17

ALT

ON

TO

WN

SH

IP

13+9

78 -

14+0

16 R

t

14+0

30 -

14+1

50 R

t

14+9

00 -

15+0

70 L

t (S

lope

Fla

tteni

ng A

rea)

14+9

50 -

15+0

50 R

t (S

lope

Fla

tteni

ng A

rea)

15+1

08 -

15+2

10 R

t

15+3

50 -

15+4

10 L

t

15+5

30 -

15+7

00 R

t

15+8

10 -

15+9

80 L

t

16+0

34 -

16+3

94 L

t

16+5

60 -

16+6

30 L

t

18+9

60 -

19+0

90 R

t (S

lope

Fla

tteni

ng A

rea)

DeC

AL

TOW

NS

HIP

11+0

40 -

11+1

90 L

t

13+0

40 -

13+1

70 R

t Slo

pe F

latte

ning

15+1

10 -

15+1

24 R

t (G

auth

ier R

oad)

15+1

40 -

15+1

70 R

t (G

avin

Roa

d)

(P)11

040

1.10

1

(P)36

18

0.36

2

SAMPLE - Close Cut Clearing

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T1

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00

MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - ONTARIOPH-D-50290-02

Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

(Grading)Earth Excavation m

33865 71 18

4326

1171

1436

1150

1329

2

613

2352

3196

(Grading)Rock Excavation m

32045 86

5

5423 86

2

827 80

Rock Face

m2

82 155

393

279

Rock Embankment

m394

21

4395

2071

6

1161

1007

04

1342

7

3829

7

Rock Supply

m3

Earth Available

m310

39

1039

-

Earth Required

m310

39

1039

-

Slope Flattening

m327

56 71 1843

26

1171

1436

1150

1329

2

5210

2352

3196

3497

8

-

Earth Berms

m3

70 70

-

HIG

HW

AY

11

HU

IBE

RS

TO

WN

SH

IP

11+2

50 -

11+6

50C

ut/F

illFi

ll S

tripp

ing

Cut

Stri

ppin

gM

uske

g E

xcav

atio

nM

uske

g B

ackf

ill

11+6

50 -

12+0

00C

ut/F

illS

hatte

rFi

ll S

tripp

ing

Mus

keg

Exc

avat

ion

Mus

keg

Bac

kfill

11+8

30 -

11+8

60 E

xtra

Sha

tter

11+8

20 -

11+9

05 L

t11

+830

- 11

+940

Rt

12+0

00 -

12+3

50C

ut/F

illFi

ll S

tripp

ing

Mus

keg

Exc

avat

ion

Mus

keg

Bac

kfill

12+3

50 -

12+7

00C

ut/F

illS

hatte

rFi

ll S

tripp

ing

12+5

90 -

12+6

00 E

xtra

Sha

tter

12+5

75 -

12+6

64 R

t12

+575

- 12

+664

Lt

(P)

3149

0

3

(P)

1010

2

4

(P)90

9

5

(P)

1881

21

6

0

7

SAMPLE - Earth & Rock

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T2

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Des

crip

tion

Ref

eren

ceR

efer

ence

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Tota

l Stri

ppin

gS

tripp

ing

Ava

ilabl

eTo

p S

oil R

equi

red

Stri

ppin

g B

alan

ce

Ref

eren

ceR

emar

ks: V

olum

e ad

just

men

t fac

tor f

or e

arth

hav

e be

enap

plie

d to

qua

ntiti

es s

how

n.

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

GR

AD

ING

(Grading)Earth Excavation m

31741 28

1374

1569 45

1010

(Grading)Rock Excavation m

37488

630

77 36 1940

Rock Face

m226

4524

17 43

Rock Embankment

m3

145

3014

7

780

Rock Supply

m3

1152

04

Earth Available

m310

39

1039

-

Earth Required

m310

39

1039

-

Slope Flattening

m334

978

3497

8

-

Earth Berms

m3

160

70

230

-

12+7

00 -

12+8

55C

ut/F

ill

INM

AN

TO

WN

SH

IP

10+0

00 -

10+3

50C

ut/F

illS

hatte

rFi

ll S

tripp

ing

10+3

40 -

10+3

50 E

xtra

Sha

tter

10+0

00 -

10+3

50 R

t10

+000

- 10

+350

Lt

10+3

50 -

10+7

00.7

1C

ut/F

illS

hatte

rFi

ll S

tripp

ing

10+6

30 -

10+6

60 L

t

Littl

e La

ke R

oad

Ent

ranc

e 10

+360

Lt

Cut

/Fill

OU

TSID

E C

ON

TRA

CT

LIM

ITS

(P)

3149

0

3725

7

37,2

57

3

(P)

1010

2

8816

0

88,1

60

4

(P)90

9

6014

6,01

4

5

(P)

1881

21

2191

93

219,

193

6

0

1152

04

115,

204

7

5280

50%

2640 18

2622

SAMPLE - Earth & Rock

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T3

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Des

crip

tion

Ref

eren

ceR

efer

ence

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Tota

l Stri

ppin

gS

tripp

ing

Ava

ilabl

eTo

p S

oil R

equi

red

Stri

ppin

g B

alan

ce

Ref

eren

ceR

emar

ks: V

olum

e ad

just

men

t fac

tor f

or e

arth

hav

e be

enap

plie

d to

qua

ntiti

es s

how

n.

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

GR

AD

ING

Min. Op. Wt.Crawler Mtd. - 20.000 kg.

Rental of Hydraulic B’hoe - h

139

Ditch Cleanout (Earth)1

n/a

1 11 1 4

-

Ditch Cleanout (Rock)1

n/a

1111 11 6

-

Entrance Closure1

n/a

1 1 1 3

-

Rock in DitchesDrill and Blast m

540

(Machine Scaling)Rock Excavation h

88

HIG

HW

AY

17

KO

MP

ON

TO

WN

SH

IP

11+1

25 -

11+5

40 L

t

11+5

65 L

t

11+7

00 -

11+7

85 R

t

11+9

20 -

12+1

00 L

t.

12+1

00 -

12+1

32.0

6 Lt

.

12+6

35 -

12+7

80 L

t

12+7

80 -

12+8

45 L

t

13+1

58 L

t

13+4

60 -

13+5

00 L

t

13+4

70 -

13+5

20 R

t

13+4

72 R

t

13+6

60 -

13+7

00 L

t

13+8

80 -

13+9

20 L

t

13+9

65 -

13+9

95 L

t

19+3

46 C

L C

ulve

rt, b

oth

ends

Tota

l Equ

ipm

ent R

enta

l Hou

rs

139

139

8

45 45

9

16 16

10

1. Q

uant

ity (1

) den

otes

loca

tion

of w

ork

only

SAMPLE - Rental Equipment and Drill & Blast Rock

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T4

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

[Hand Sprayed]Granular Sealing (kg) kg

2463

2542

1835

1835

3163 80

7

[Machine Sprayed]Granular Sealing (kg) kg

370748

6

1714

1873

1289

[Binder]Tack Coat m

27929

5

1588

8

Asphalt Spillways

m

75

HIG

HW

AY

11

PO

CIO

N T

OW

NS

HIP

11+2

50 -

19+5

40

11+9

40 -

12+2

85 R

t

12+2

26.5

Rt F

ores

lope

12+2

26.5

Lt F

ores

lope

12+3

18 -

12+5

75 R

t

12+5

75 -

12+6

64

11+2

50 -

11+9

29 L

t

11+9

29 -

12+2

85 L

t

12+3

18 -

12+5

75 L

t

SA

UN

DE

RS

TO

WN

SH

IP

10+0

00 -

11+8

00

10+0

00 -

10+3

14 R

t

10+3

14 -

10+8

12 R

t

10+0

00 -

10+3

43 L

t

10+3

77 -

10+4

90 L

t

10+4

90 -

10+7

81 L

t

1264

512

645

9069

9069

21,7

14

11

(P)95

183

95,1

83

12

(P)

12 12

13

SAMPLE - Granular Sealing

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T5

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

[Surface Course]Superpave 12.5 t11

067

6443 92

617[Binder Course]Superpave 19.0 t12

911

1081

[150 mm]Granular A t

812535 87

322 11

[50 mm Distribution]Granular A t

1245

187666

3



3022

[Depth Varies]Granular A t

84

[Shouldering]Granular A t

5154

5041

Granular B, Type III t

608914

4

831

288

193

HIG

HW

AY

11/

17

SU

TCH

TO

WN

SH

IP

10+1

00 -

19+7

42 H

ighw

ay 1

1/17

Sho

ulde

rs10

+100

- 19

+742

Lt

10+1

00 -

19+7

42 R

t

10+1

00 -

10+7

00

10+1

75 -

10+2

70 L

t4:

1 Fo

resl

ope

- Slo

pe F

latte

ning

Are

a

10+2

70 E

ntra

nce

Lt

10+3

90 -

10+4

60 L

t 4:

1 Fo

resl

ope

- Slo

pe F

latte

ning

Are

a

10+4

23 T

renc

h R

eins

tate

men

t

10+5

79 -

10+5

93 L

tLa

ne E

xcav

atio

n

10+6

17 E

ntra

nce

Rt

10+7

00 -

11+2

60

11+2

60 -

11+4

90

11+4

90 -

11+7

00

11+7

00 -

12+4

00

Eas

t Bou

nd P

assi

ng L

ane

12+4

00 -

14+4

00

1845

3

14

1399

2

15

9066

3784

16

030

2284

1019

575

45

17

SAMPLE - Superpave & Granulars

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T6

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Des

crip

tion

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ceR

emar

ks:

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

HO

T M

IX A

ND

GR

AN

ULA

R

[Surface Course]Superpave 12.5 t

1277 74

[Binder Course]Superpave 19.0 t

1490 86

[150 mm]Granular A t11

080 2010 10325


4592


538


374

[Depth Varies]Granular A t

9

28714

[Shouldering]Granular A t

Granular B, Type III t1024

5 62290

138662

3

Wes

t Bou

nd P

assi

ng L

ane

14+4

00 -

16+7

60

Lane

)15

+723

- 15

+908

Lt T

alla

ri R

oad

(Rt T

urn

15+8

11 T

renc

h R

eins

tate

men

t

16+7

60 -

16+9

20

16+9

20 -

17+0

00

17+0

00 -

19+7

42

17+0

36 L

t Ent

ranc

e

New

Sno

w P

loug

h Tu

rn-A

roun

d18

+080

- 18

+144

Lt

18+2

74 T

renc

h R

eins

tate

men

t

19+3

75 -

19+5

10 L

t4:

1 Fo

resl

ope

- Slo

pe F

latte

ning

Are

a

19+5

27 L

t Ent

ranc

e

19+5

96 -

19+6

13 R

t Shl

d E

xcav

atio

n

19+4

30 -

19+7

25 L

t4:

1 Fo

resl

ope

- Slo

pe F

latte

ning

Are

a

1845

3

1980

4

19,8

04

14

1399

2

1556

8

15,5

68

15

9066

2051

120

511

3784

8376

8376

43,4

10

16

0

538

538

3022

3396

3396

84 394

394

1019

5

1019

510

195

7545

2015

1

20,1

51

17

SAMPLE - Superpave & Granulars

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T7

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Des

crip

tion

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ceR

emar

ks:

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

HO

T M

IX A

ND

GR

AN

ULA

R

U’lying Gran. []Reclam. of Bit.Pav’t &

In-Place Full Depth m2

9306

[Straight]1[OPSD 600.04]

Concrete Curb and Gutter m

5656 8 8

[Termination][OPSD 608.010]


4 4

[OPSD 605.030 45 Degree]Outlets

Concrete Gutter each

1 1

AsphaltRumble Strips - m

110 35 295

333

333

[40 mm]Partial Depth

Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - t

225

Full DepthReclaim Asphalt Pavement - m

2

3870

HIG

HW

AY

17

McG

RA

TH T

OW

NS

HIP

11+0

00 -

11+2

50

11+2

50 -

11+5

25

11+5

25 -

12+3

35

11+2

50 -

11+3

60 R

t

11+5

10 -

11+5

45 R

t

11+2

50 -

11+5

45 L

t

12+2

28 -

12+2

84 R

t

12+2

26 -

12+2

28 R

t

12+2

28 -

12+2

84 L

t

12+2

26 -

12+2

28 L

t

12+3

18 -

12+3

26 L

t

12+3

26 -

12+3

30 L

t

12+3

18 -

12+3

26 R

t

12+3

26 -

12+3

30 R

t

12+3

31 -

12+6

64 R

t

12+3

31 -

12+6

64 L

t

(P)93

06

18

(P)

128

(P)

8

19

(P)

2

20

(P)11

06

21

225

22

(P)38

70

23

1. P

rovi

de 2

5mm

Thi

ck A

spha

lt M

embr

ane

betw

een

Cur

b an

d B

ridge

SAMPLE - In-Place Full Depth, C&G, Rumble Strips, and Reclaim

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T8

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

U’lying Gran. []Reclam. of Bit.Pav’t &

In-Place Full Depth m229

647

[Straight]1[OPSD 600.04]


[Termination][OPSD 608.010]


[OPSD 605.030 45 Degree]Outlets

Concrete Gutter each

AsphaltRumble Strips - m

650

326

226

[40 mm]Partial Depth

Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - t

192

2219 30

3

Full DepthReclaim Asphalt Pavement - m

2

6172

12+3

35 -

14+8

88

14+8

88 -

16+7

44

MIL

LER

TO

WN

SH

IP

10+0

00 -

10+3

51

10+3

51 -

10+7

81

10+0

00 -

10+6

50 R

t

10+0

00 -

10+3

26 L

t

10+4

24 -

10+6

50 L

t

10+7

81 -

10+9

90

(P)93

06

3895

3

38,9

53

18

(P)

128

128

128

(P)

8 8 8

136

19

(P)

2 2 2

20

(P)11

06

2308

2,30

8

21

225

2939

2,93

9

22

(P)38

70

1004

2

10,0

42

23

1. P

rovi

de 2

5mm

Thi

ck A

spha

lt M

embr

ane

betw

een

Cur

b an

d B

ridge

SAMPLE - In-Place Full Depth, C&G, Rumble Strips, and Reclaim

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T9

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

and Ditch InletsManholes Catchbasins

600 mm x 600 mm each

111

and Ditch InletsManholes Catchbasins

1200 mm each

111H

ighw

ay 1

71

12+4

21.5

5.90

RT

701.

010

238.

6123

6.21

3.00

Hig

hway

17

212

+439

.54.

90 R

T70

1.01

023

8.65

235.

732.

92

Hig

hway

17

312

+537

.14.

90 R

T70

1.01

023

8.39

235.

993.

00

Hig

hway

594

415

+050

.24.

50 L

T70

5.01

022

5.79

224.

461.

98

Hig

hway

594

515

+045

.44.

50 R

T70

5.01

022

6.51

225.

131.

98

PO

CIO

N R

IVE

R B

RID

GE

626

+557

.870

5.01

040

0.02

02%

208.

631.

98

(P)

3 3

24

(P)

3 3

25

SAMPLE - MH, CB, & DI

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T10

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

Str

No

Sta

tion

Offs

etC

LG

rate

orC

over

Type

of

Stru

ctur

eS

td N

o

New

Gra

teS

td N

oR

efer

ence

s

Slope of Grate

Top of GrateElevation

Low InvertElevation

Depth ofStructure

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

DR

AIN

AG

E, M

AN

HO

LES,

CA

TCH

BA

SIN

S A

ND

DIT

CH

INLE

TS

Catch Basins and DI’sSewers, Manholes,Rock Excavation for m

3

10 26

500 + 75 S 222321500 mm Pipe Sewer m

45 33 50

600 + 75 S 222321600 mm Pipe Sewer m

62

2 to

424

6.90

245.

751.

8B

BG

L

4 to

524

5.68

244.

581.

8B

BG

L

16 to

17

238.

0523

7.80

3.0

GN

NL

18 to

19

238.

2523

7.85

3.0

GB

NN

L

24 to

27

235.

4323

4.80

2.4

GB

GN

GL

29 to

34

243.

2524

2.35

2.3

GG

NG

L

(P)

36 36

26

(P)

128

128

27

(P)

62 62

28

SAMPLE - Pipe Sewers

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T11

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Str.

No

to S

tr. N

oor

Sta

tion

to S

tatio

n

Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

Inv

Ele

vatio

nP

ipe

Fill

Mat

eria

l

Upstream

Downstream

Depth of Pipe

Bedding

Cover

Backfill

Pipe Joints

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Pipe

Mat

eria

l Cod

e - 6

dig

its d

efin

ed a

s no

ted

belo

w:

1st d

igit

= C

oncr

ete

2nd

digi

t = P

VC1

- 50-

D3

- 100

-D1

- Cla

ss 2

102

- 65-

D4

- 140

-D2

- Cla

ss 3

20

3rd

digi

t = H

DPE

1 - C

lass

210

3 - R

SC

160

5 - C

lass

210

or R

SC

160

2 - C

lass

320

4 - R

SC

250

6 - C

lass

320

or R

SC

250

4th

digi

t = G

alv;

5th

dig

it =

Alu

m &

6th

dig

it =

Poly

. Lam

. Ste

el1

- 1.6

mm

thic

k2

- 2.0

mm

thic

k3

- 2.8

mm

and

3.0

mm

thic

k4

- 3.5

mm

and

4.0

mm

thic

k5

- 4.2

mm

and

5.0

mm

thic

k6

- 6.0

mm

thic

k7

- 7.0

mm

thic

k

Not

e:’0

’ for

any

dig

it m

eans

that

the

pipe

mat

eria

l is

not a

ccep

tabl

e.S

ame

pipe

mat

eria

l with

a h

ighe

r val

ue is

als

o ac

cept

able

.

Pipe

Joi

nts

N -

not s

eale

d, L

or H

L -

low

pre

ssur

e se

al, o

r HH

-hi

gh p

ress

ure

seal

Not

e:N

join

ts is

spe

cifie

d if

noco

de is

ent

ered

.Pi

pe T

ype

S -

Sm

ooth

inne

r wal

l pip

eC

-C

orru

gate

d in

ner w

all p

ipe

Dep

th to

Pip

eis

from

top

of p

avem

ent o

r gro

und

surfa

ce a

t the

ups

tream

inve

rt to

top

of b

ase

pipe

ope

ning

unl

ess

othe

rwis

e st

ated

.Pi

pe F

ill M

ater

ial

N -

Nat

ive

or G

ranu

lar

G -

Gra

nula

r A o

r B T

ype

I, II

or II

IB

-G

ranu

lar A

or B

Typ

e II

A -

Gra

nula

r AU

-U

nshr

inka

ble

fill

Not

es:

N a

pplie

s to

cov

er a

nd b

ackf

ill o

nly.

1 le

tter s

peci

fies

mat

eria

l for

all

pipe

s.2

lette

r cod

es s

peci

fies

fill m

ater

ial f

or ri

gid

and

flexi

ble

pipe

s re

spec

tivel

y.S

peci

fied

pipe

fill

mat

eria

ls a

re G

for b

eddi

ng a

nd N

for c

over

and

back

fill i

f no

code

is e

nter

ed.

Em

bedm

ent m

ater

ial f

or fl

exib

le p

ipes

spe

cifie

d in

bed

ding

mat

eria

l col

umn.

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

SEW

ERS

500 + 25 C 000211500 + 25 S 112000

500 mm Pipe Culvert m

12 14

600 C 000211600 S 111000


18

800 + 100 C 000002800 + 100 S 224000800 mm Pipe Culvert m

24 28

800 + C 000021800 + 100 S 115000800 mm Pipe Culvert m

34

975 S 200332900 mm Pipe Culvert m

42 32

1200 C 0003211050 + 150 S 1223211000 mm Pipe Culvert m

HIG

WA

Y 5

27

PR

ELE

Y T

WP

111

+300

22.4

Rt &

19.

6m L

tS

qE3.

1G

GN

N36

1.58

361.

15

312

+220

11.9

Lt &

12.

1m R

tS

qE1.

1G

GG

NF

360.

5136

0.36

412

+343

Ent

ranc

e R

tS

qE1.

4G

GN

N

513

+128

20.9

Lt &

21.

1m R

tS

qE4.

1G

GN

N36

5.18

365.

00

613

+209

McK

ever

Roa

d Lt

SqE

0.8

GG

GN

F36

4.85

364.

67

713

+300

15.5

Lt &

16.

5m R

tS

qE2.

2G

GN

N37

1.58

371.

31

914

+448

Ent

ranc

e R

tS

qE2.

4G

GN

N

1014

+510

16.8

Rt &

17.

2m L

tS

qE3.

1G

GN

N36

9.98

369.

74

(P)

26

29

(P)

18

30

(P)

52

(P)

34

31

(P)

74

32

(P)

0

33

SAMPLE - Pipe Culverts (500, 600, 800, 900, & 1000 mm)

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T12

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Sta

tion

Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

Ext

Pip

e Fi

ll M

ater

ial

Inv

Ele

v

Culvert No

Skew No

End Finish

Depth of Pipe

Bedding

Cover

Backfill

Pipe Joints

Treatment

Left

Right

Upstream

Downstream

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Pipe

Mat

eria

l Cod

e - 6

dig

its d

efin

ed a

s no

ted

belo

w:

1st d

igit

= C

oncr

ete

2nd

digi

t = P

VC1

- 50-

D o

r HE

-A4

- 140

-D o

r HE

-III

1 - C

lass

210

2 - 6

5-D

or H

E-I

5 - H

E-IV

2 - C

lass

320

3 - 1

00-D

or H

E-II

3rd

digi

t = H

DPE

1 - C

lass

210

3 - R

SC

160

5 - C

lass

210

or R

SC

160

2 - C

lass

320

4 - R

SC

250

6 - C

lass

320

or R

SC

250

4th

digi

t = G

alv;

5th

dig

it =

Alu

m &

6th

dig

it =

Poly

. Lam

. Ste

el1

- 1.6

mm

thic

k2

- 2.0

mm

thic

k3

- 2.8

mm

and

3.0

mm

thic

k4

- 3.5

mm

and

4.0

mm

thic

k5

- 4.2

mm

and

5.0

mm

thic

k6

- 6.0

mm

thic

k7

- 7.0

mm

thic

kN

ote:

’0’ f

or a

ny d

igit

mea

ns th

at th

e pi

pe m

ater

ial r

epre

sent

ed is

not a

ccep

tabl

e. S

ame

pipe

mat

eria

l with

a h

ighe

r val

ue is

als

oac

cept

able

. Thi

s pi

pe m

ater

ial c

ode

appl

ies

to a

ll ci

rcul

ar a

ndno

n-ci

rcul

ar p

ipe

mat

eria

l.

Pipe

Typ

eS

-S

moo

th in

ner w

all p

ipe

C -

Cor

ruga

ted

inne

r wal

l pip

ePi

pe J

oint

sN

-no

t sea

led,

L o

r HL

-lo

w p

ress

ure

seal

, or H

H -

high

pre

ssur

e se

alN

ote:

N jo

ints

is s

peci

fied

if no

code

is e

nter

ed.

End

Fini

sh(O

PSD

801

.01

- 02

- 03)

SqE

-Squ

are

End

B -

Bev

elSk

-S

kew

End

SB -

Ste

p B

evel

ES -

Ste

el e

nd s

ectio

nN

ote:

All

pipe

s ar

e S

qE a

ndsy

mm

etric

al to

CL

unle

ssot

herw

ise

stat

ed.

Trea

tmen

tsF

-Fr

ost T

reat

men

tP

-P

ave

Inve

rtS

-C

hann

el S

ubst

rate

B -

Fish

Baf

fles

Dep

th to

Pip

eis

from

top

of ro

adsu

rface

at C

L to

top

of b

ase

pipe

open

ing

dire

ctly

bel

ow th

e C

Lun

less

oth

erw

ise

stat

ed.

Pipe

Fill

Mat

eria

lN

-N

ativ

e or

Gra

nula

rG

-G

ranu

lar A

or B

Typ

e I,

II or

III

B -

Gra

nula

r A o

r B T

ype

IIA

-G

ranu

lar A

U -

Uns

hrin

kabl

e fil

lN

otes

:N

app

lies

to c

over

and

bac

kfill

onl

y.1

lette

r spe

cifie

s m

ater

ial f

or a

ll pi

pes.

2 le

tter c

odes

spe

cifie

s fil

l mat

eria

l for

rigid

and

flex

ible

pip

es re

spec

tivel

y.S

peci

fied

pipe

fill

mat

eria

ls a

reG

for b

eddi

ng a

nd N

for c

over

and

back

fill i

f no

code

is e

nter

ed.

Em

bedm

ent m

ater

ial f

or fl

exib

le p

ipes

spec

ified

in b

eddi

ng m

ater

ial c

olum

n.Fr

ost P

enet

ratio

nFr

ost P

enet

ratio

n de

pth

- 2.4

m

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

PIPE

CU

LVER

TS

500 + 25 C 000211500 + 25 S 112000


12

600 C 000211600 S 111000


22

800 + 100 C 000002800 + 100 S 224000800 mm Pipe Culvert m

800 + C 000021800 + 100 S 115000800 mm Pipe Culvert m

975 S 200332900 mm Pipe Culvert m

1200 C 0003211050 + 150 S 1223211000 mm Pipe Culvert m

44 36

CO

OP

ER

TW

P

1210

+505

20.4

Lt &

21.

6m R

tS

qE3.

3G

GN

N37

2.48

372.

05

1311

+307

17.5

Lt &

18.

5m R

tS

qE5.

5G

GN

N37

1.77

371.

42

1412

+209

Talla

ri R

oad

Rt

SqE

1.5

GG

GN

F37

4.35

374.

16

1612

+433

Ent

ranc

e R

tS

qE0.

9G

GN

N

(P)

26 38 38

29

(P)

18 40 40

30

(P)

52 52 52(P

)

34 34 34 86

31

(P)

74 74 74

32

(P)

0 80 80

33

SAMPLE - Pipe Culverts (500, 600, 800, 900, & 1000 mm)

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T13

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Sta

tion

Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

Ext

Pip

e Fi

ll M

ater

ial

Inv

Ele

v

Culvert No

Skew No

End Finish

Depth of Pipe

Bedding

Cover

Backfill

Pipe Joints

Treatment

Left

Right

Upstream

Downstream

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Pipe

Mat

eria

l Cod

e - 6

dig

its d

efin

ed a

s no

ted

belo

w:

1st d

igit

= C

oncr

ete

2nd

digi

t = P

VC1

- 50-

D o

r HE

-A4

- 140

-D o

r HE

-III

1 - C

lass

210

2 - 6

5-D

or H

E-I

5 - H

E-IV

2 - C

lass

320

3 - 1

00-D

or H

E-II

3rd

digi

t = H

DPE

1 - C

lass

210

3 - R

SC

160

5 - C

lass

210

or R

SC

160

2 - C

lass

320

4 - R

SC

250

6 - C

lass

320

or R

SC

250

4th

digi

t = G

alv;

5th

dig

it =

Alu

m &

6th

dig

it =

Poly

. Lam

. Ste

el1

- 1.6

mm

thic

k2

- 2.0

mm

thic

k3

- 2.8

mm

and

3.0

mm

thic

k4

- 3.5

mm

and

4.0

mm

thic

k5

- 4.2

mm

and

5.0

mm

thic

k6

- 6.0

mm

thic

k7

- 7.0

mm

thic

kN

ote:

’0’ f

or a

ny d

igit

mea

ns th

at th

e pi

pe m

ater

ial r

epre

sent

ed is

not a

ccep

tabl

e. S

ame

pipe

mat

eria

l with

a h

ighe

r val

ue is

als

oac

cept

able

. Thi

s pi

pe m

ater

ial c

ode

appl

ies

to a

ll ci

rcul

ar a

ndno

n-ci

rcul

ar p

ipe

mat

eria

l.

Pipe

Typ

eS

-S

moo

th in

ner w

all p

ipe

C -

Cor

ruga

ted

inne

r wal

l pip

ePi

pe J

oint

sN

-no

t sea

led,

L o

r HL

-lo

w p

ress

ure

seal

, or H

H -

high

pre

ssur

e se

alN

ote:

N jo

ints

is s

peci

fied

if no

code

is e

nter

ed.

End

Fini

sh(O

PSD

801

.01

- 02

- 03)

SqE

-Squ

are

End

B -

Bev

elSk

-S

kew

End

SB -

Ste

p B

evel

ES -

Ste

el e

nd s

ectio

nN

ote:

All

pipe

s ar

e S

qE a

ndsy

mm

etric

al to

CL

unle

ssot

herw

ise

stat

ed.

Trea

tmen

tsF

-Fr

ost T

reat

men

tP

-P

ave

Inve

rtS

-C

hann

el S

ubst

rate

B -

Fish

Baf

fles

Dep

th to

Pip

eis

from

top

of ro

adsu

rface

at C

L to

top

of b

ase

pipe

open

ing

dire

ctly

bel

ow th

e C

Lun

less

oth

erw

ise

stat

ed.

Pipe

Fill

Mat

eria

lN

-N

ativ

e or

Gra

nula

rG

-G

ranu

lar A

or B

Typ

e I,

II or

III

B -

Gra

nula

r A o

r B T

ype

IIA

-G

ranu

lar A

U -

Uns

hrin

kabl

e fil

lN

otes

:N

app

lies

to c

over

and

bac

kfill

onl

y.1

lette

r spe

cifie

s m

ater

ial f

or a

ll pi

pes.

2 le

tter c

odes

spe

cifie

s fil

l mat

eria

l for

rigid

and

flex

ible

pip

es re

spec

tivel

y.S

peci

fied

pipe

fill

mat

eria

ls a

reG

for b

eddi

ng a

nd N

for c

over

and

back

fill i

f no

code

is e

nter

ed.

Em

bedm

ent m

ater

ial f

or fl

exib

le p

ipes

spec

ified

in b

eddi

ng m

ater

ial c

olum

n.Fr

ost P

enet

ratio

nFr

ost P

enet

ratio

n de

pth

- 2.4

m

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

PIPE

CU

LVER

TS

1200 + 200 S 2243221200 mm Pipe Culvert m

56

600 C 000211600 S 111000

Extension600 mm Pipe Culvert

m

6

1000 C 0003211000 S 222321


m

10

1200 C 0000211200 S 000000


m

7

HIG

WA

Y 5

27

PR

ELE

Y T

WP

211

+905

C/L

Ext

ensi

on6

SqE

GG

NN

813

+399

27.0

Lt &

29.

0m R

t95

SqE

4.5

GG

NN

B37

0.40

370.

15

CO

OP

ER

TW

P

1110

+290

C/L

Ext

ensi

on4

3S

qEG

GN

N

1311

+307

17.5

Rt &

18.

5m L

tS

qE5.

5G

GN

N37

1.77

371.

42

1512

+388

C/L

Ext

ensi

on5

5S

qEG

NN

N

(P)

56 56

34

(P)

6 6(P

)

10 10 23

35

(P)

7 7

SAMPLE - Pipe Culverts (1200mm & Extensions)

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T14

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Sta

tion

Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

Ext

Pip

e Fi

ll M

ater

ial

Inv

Ele

v

Culvert No

Skew No

End Finish

Depth of Pipe

Bedding

Cover

Backfill

Pipe Joints

Treatment

Left

Right

Upstream

Downstream

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Pipe

Mat

eria

l Cod

e - 6

dig

its d

efin

ed a

s no

ted

belo

w:

1st d

igit

= C

oncr

ete

2nd

digi

t = P

VC1

- 50-

D o

r HE

-A4

- 140

-D o

r HE

-III

1 - C

lass

210

2 - 6

5-D

or H

E-I

5 - H

E-IV

2 - C

lass

320

3 - 1

00-D

or H

E-II

3rd

digi

t = H

DPE

1 - C

lass

210

3 - R

SC

160

5 - C

lass

210

or R

SC

160

2 - C

lass

320

4 - R

SC

250

6 - C

lass

320

or R

SC

250

4th

digi

t = G

alv;

5th

dig

it =

Alu

m &

6th

dig

it =

Poly

. Lam

. Ste

el1

- 1.6

mm

thic

k2

- 2.0

mm

thic

k3

- 2.8

mm

and

3.0

mm

thic

k4

- 3.5

mm

and

4.0

mm

thic

k5

- 4.2

mm

and

5.0

mm

thic

k6

- 6.0

mm

thic

k7

- 7.0

mm

thic

kN

ote:

’0’ f

or a

ny d

igit

mea

ns th

at th

e pi

pe m

ater

ial r

epre

sent

ed is

not a

ccep

tabl

e. S

ame

pipe

mat

eria

l with

a h

ighe

r val

ue is

als

oac

cept

able

. Thi

s pi

pe m

ater

ial c

ode

appl

ies

to a

ll ci

rcul

ar a

ndno

n-ci

rcul

ar p

ipe

mat

eria

l.

Pipe

Typ

eS

-S

moo

th in

ner w

all p

ipe

C -

Cor

ruga

ted

inne

r wal

l pip

ePi

pe J

oint

sN

-no

t sea

led,

L o

r HL

-lo

w p

ress

ure

seal

, or H

H -

high

pre

ssur

e se

alN

ote:

N jo

ints

is s

peci

fied

if no

code

is e

nter

ed.

End

Fini

sh(O

PSD

801

.01

- 02

- 03)

SqE

-Squ

are

End

B -

Bev

elSk

-S

kew

End

SB -

Ste

p B

evel

ES -

Ste

el e

nd s

ectio

nN

ote:

All

pipe

s ar

e S

qE a

ndsy

mm

etric

al to

CL

unle

ssot

herw

ise

stat

ed.

Trea

tmen

tsF

-Fr

ost T

reat

men

tP

-P

ave

Inve

rtS

-C

hann

el S

ubst

rate

B -

Fish

Baf

fles

Dep

th to

Pip

eis

from

top

of ro

adsu

rface

at C

L to

top

of b

ase

pipe

open

ing

dire

ctly

bel

ow th

e C

Lun

less

oth

erw

ise

stat

ed.

Pipe

Fill

Mat

eria

lN

-N

ativ

e or

Gra

nula

rG

-G

ranu

lar A

or B

Typ

e I,

II or

III

B -

Gra

nula

r A o

r B T

ype

IIA

-G

ranu

lar A

U -

Uns

hrin

kabl

e fil

lN

otes

:N

app

lies

to c

over

and

bac

kfill

onl

y.1

lette

r spe

cifie

s m

ater

ial f

or a

ll pi

pes.

2 le

tter c

odes

spe

cifie

s fil

l mat

eria

l for

rigid

and

flex

ible

pip

es re

spec

tivel

y.S

peci

fied

pipe

fill

mat

eria

ls a

reG

for b

eddi

ng a

nd N

for c

over

and

back

fill i

f no

code

is e

nter

ed.

Em

bedm

ent m

ater

ial f

or fl

exib

le p

ipes

spec

ified

in b

eddi

ng m

ater

ial c

olum

n.Fr

ost P

enet

ratio

nFr

ost P

enet

ratio

n de

pth

- 2.4

m

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

PIPE

CU

LVER

TS

[CSP]Culverts and Sewers

Removal of Pipe m

15 334 2236

[CTC]Culverts and Sewers

Removal of Pipe m

17[Eccentric Loader]End Treatments

Removal of Guide Rail each

1 1 1 1

[3 Cable]Guide Rail

Removal of Cable m

165

257

Anchor BlocksRemoval of

each

2 2

[With Channel]Guide Rail [Single Rail]Removal of Steel Beam m

67 66

HIG

HW

AY

71

FALS

HA

W T

OW

NS

HIP

11+6

50 E

ntra

nce

Lt

12+0

23 C

/L

12+2

15 C

/L (R

ight

Sid

e)

12+2

25 -

12+2

33 R

t12

+233

- 12

+300

Rt

12+3

00 -

12+3

08 R

t

12+2

28 -

12+2

36 L

t12

+236

- 12

+302

Lt

12+3

02 -

12+3

10 L

t

13+4

92 -

13+6

57 L

t

13+5

00 -

13+8

12 R

t

13+6

60 C

L (1

200m

m x

120

0mm

CTC

)

13+8

87 C

/L

13+9

96 C

/L

(P)

110

110

(P)

17 17

127

36

(P)

4 4

37

(P)

422

422

38

(P)

4 4

39

(P)

133

133

40

SAMPLE - Removals

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T15

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

[500mm]1Rock Protection m

3

1460

1691 51

2

808

Gabions

m3

16

HIG

HW

AY

599

BE

AU

LIE

U T

OW

NS

HIP

12+2

35 -

12+3

45 E

mba

nkm

ent R

t

12+2

35 -

12+3

45 E

mba

mkm

ent L

t

12+8

79 C

L C

ulve

rt (R

ight

Sid

e)

14+8

63 -

14+9

90 E

mba

mkm

ent L

t

15+0

36 -

15+2

45 E

mba

mkm

ent L

t

(P)44

71

4,47

1

41

(P)

16 16

42

1. In

clud

ing

Geo

text

ile C

lass

II, N

on-W

oven

, FO

S 5

5-11

0um

SAMPLE - Rock Protection & Gabions

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T16

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

[Yellow, 10cm][Double Solid]

Pavement Marking m

2829

[White, 10cm][Solid ]

Pavement Marking m

2829

[White, 10cm][Broken 3-3-3]

Pavement Marking m

100


Pavement Marking m

26

[Solid White]Durable

Pavement Marking, m

SigningTraffic Control LS

100

%

[English]Message Signs

Portable Variable each

2

[Remove]Signs

Ground Mounted each

111

111 111 6

[New]Signs

Ground Mounted each

111

11

1 1

HIG

HW

AY

11/

17

THR

OU

GH

OU

T TH

E C

ON

TRA

CT

At E

ach

Lim

it of

Con

tract

Mac

AR

THU

R T

OW

NS

HIP

11+2

50 -

12+6

64

12+3

60 -

12+5

60

12+5

60 -

12+6

64

11+2

18 R

t Wc-

103L

11+3

13 R

t Wa-

103L

11+3

65 R

t Wc-

112/

Wc-

12t

11+3

65 L

t Wc-

112/

Wc-

12t

11+4

50 N

S80

14 S

now

Plo

w T

urn

Aro

und

11+6

68 L

t Wa-

3R

11+7

59 L

t Rb-

30

11+7

59 L

t Rb-

39

11+8

55 R

t Wa-

3L

12+0

70 R

t Wa-

27

12+0

80 -

12+2

00 W

a-33

L

(P)28

29

(P)28

29

43

(P)

100

(P)

26

(P)

0

44

100

%

45

(P)

2

46

(P)

14

(P)

5

47

1. R

emov

e an

d R

eloc

ate

on N

ew A

lignm

ent

SAMPLE - Pavement Markings

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T17

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

[Yellow, 10cm][Double Solid]

Pavement Marking m

1452

[White, 10cm][Solid ]

Pavement Marking m

1417


Pavement Marking m


Pavement Marking m

181

[Solid White]Durable

Pavement Marking, m

72

SigningTraffic Control LS

[English]Message Signs

Portable Variable each

[Remove]Signs

Ground Mounted each

4411 111 1 11

1 1

[New]Signs

Ground Mounted each

1 1 1 1 1

12+1

15 R

t Wa-

8R

12+1

18 R

t Wa-

8L

12+2

60 L

t & R

t Wa-

27

12+2

75 L

t & R

t Wa-

27

12+3

60 R

t Rb-

33

12+3

65 R

t Rb-

33

12+4

00 L

t Wa-

3R

12+4

59 L

t Wa-

27

12+4

65 L

t Wa-

103R

12+4

82 R

t Wa-

3R

12+5

75 R

t Tow

nshi

p ID

Sig

n

16+4

76 R

ea R

oad

Rt (

60 c

m S

top

Blo

ck)

SC

HM

ID T

OW

NS

HIP

10+0

00 -

10+7

80

10+3

25 R

b1a-

90

10+3

25 R

b-1a

-90

10+3

30 W

a-3L

10+4

18 W

a-10

3L

(P)28

29

4281

4281

(P)28

29

4246

4246

8,83

4

43

(P)

100

100

100

(P)

26 207

207

(P)

0 72 72

44

100

%

100

%

100

%

45

(P)

2 2 2

46

(P)

14 31 31(P

)

5 10 10 41

47

1. R

emov

e an

d R

eloc

ate

on N

ew A

lignm

ent

SAMPLE - Pavement Markings

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T18

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

[3]Cable Guide Rail m

442

113

190

250

110

Anchor Blocks

each

41

2 2 22

[912.140]Beam Guide RailSingle Rail Steel m

326

315

227

227

[912.140]with Channel

Beam Guide Rail Single Rail Steel

m

15 15 15 15

Concrete BarrierTemporary m

112

HIG

HW

AY

11/

17

GA

UTH

IER

TO

WN

SH

IP

11+6

56 -

11+7

66 R

t

11+9

44 -

12+2

70 L

t12

+270

- 12

+285

Lt

11+9

55 -

12+2

70 R

t12

+270

- 12

+285

Rt

12+1

43 -

12+2

55 L

t

12+3

18 -

12+3

33 L

t12

+333

- 12

+560

Lt

12+3

18 -

12+3

33 R

t12

+333

- 12

+560

Rt

ME

DE

ND

OR

P T

OW

NS

HIP

10+3

14 -

10+7

28 R

t

10+3

77 -

10+4

90 L

t

10+8

00 -

10+9

90 L

t

10+9

50 -

11+2

00 R

t

(P)11

05

1,10

5

48

(P)

12 12

49

(P)10

95

1,09

5

50

(P)

60 60

51

(P)

112

112

52

1. A

ncho

r in

Roc

k S

tatio

n 10

+314

SAMPLE - Cable GR, Anchor Blocks, SBGR, & Temp Concrete Barrier

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T19

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

Topsoil, Imported

m3

11 7

Sodding

m2

221

124

[Standard Roadside Mix]Seed and Mulch m

2

324

1131

1108 81 10

4 99 127

4387

3075

2086

BarriersSilt FenceLight Duty m

20 80

Flow ChecksStraw Bale

each

1

Turbidity Curtains

m

7

Coffer Dams

each

1

HIG

HW

AY

17

MO

UN

D T

OW

NS

HIP

10+0

50 -

10+1

75 R

t

10+1

75 -

10+2

80 R

t Slo

pe F

latte

ning

10+1

75 -

10+2

70 L

t Slo

pe F

latte

ning

10+2

70 -

10+3

20 L

t

10+2

90 -

10+3

20 R

t

10+3

30 -

10+3

85 L

t

10+3

40 -

10+3

80 R

t

10+5

20 -

11+1

50 L

t

10+6

25 -

11+1

80 R

t

11+1

40 -

11+2

55 R

t Tou

rist I

nfor

mat

ion

Cen

tre

11+2

72 -

11+3

25 R

t Tou

rist I

nfor

mat

ion

Cen

tre

11+6

49 L

t

11+6

49 R

t

12+4

20 -

13+0

50 R

t

13+4

40 R

t

14+2

07 L

t

18

53

(P)

345

54

(P)12

522

55

(P)

100

56

(P)

1

57

(P)

7

58

(P)

1

59

SAMPLE - Topsoil, Sodding, S&M, Silt Fence, Flow Checks, Curtains , and Coffer Dams

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T20

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

Topsoil, Imported

m3

Sodding

m2

[Standard Roadside Mix]Seed and Mulch m

2

50 115 86 704

BarriersSilt FenceLight Duty m

5230

Flow ChecksStraw Bale

each

Turbidity Curtains

m

8 25

Coffer Dams

each

15+9

20 L

t

15+9

40 -

15+9

70 L

t

16+0

11 L

t

16+0

25 -

16+0

70 L

t

16+3

40 -

16+3

63 L

ittle

Lak

e R

t

16+4

40 -

16+4

70 L

t

19+0

20 -

19+1

00 L

t Slo

pe F

latte

ning

18 18 18

53

(P)

345

345

345

54

(P)12

522

1347

7

13,4

77

55

(P)

100

182

182

56

(P)

1 1 1

57

(P)

7 40 40

58

(P)

1 1 1

59

SAMPLE - Topsoil, Sodding, S&M, Silt Fence, Flow Checks, Curtains , and Coffer Dams

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T21

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

[White Pine]1 m Height

Coniferous Trees, each

22 12

[Sugar Maple]2.0 m Height

Deciduous Trees, each

11 6

Landscape PlantingWarranty for

Maintenance and LS

100

%

[MTOD 912.1310]Attenuating TerminalSteel Beam Energy ea

ch

1 1 1 1

Landscaping

LS

100

%

HIG

HW

AY

61

TOW

NS

HIP

DeC

AL

15+1

00 -

15+1

75 R

t Tou

rist I

nfor

mat

ion

Cen

tre

15+2

40 -

15+2

70 R

t Tou

rist I

nfor

mat

ion

Cen

tre

15+0

50 -

15+3

00 R

t Tou

rist I

nfor

mat

ion

Cen

tre

15+0

50 -

15+3

00 R

t Tou

rist I

nfor

mat

ion

Cen

tre

HIG

HW

AY

11/

17

TOW

NS

HIP

TA

LLA

RI

11+9

29 -

11+9

44 L

t

11+9

40 -

11+9

55 R

t

12+5

60 -

12+5

75 L

t

12+5

60 -

12+5

75 R

t

(P)

34 34

60

(P)

17 17

61

100

%

100

%

62

(P)

4 4

63

100

%

100

%

64

SAMPLE - Trees, SBEAT, & Landscaping

Sub

- To

tals

Bro

ught

For

war

d:

Sub

- To

tals

Car

ried

Forw

ard:

SH

EE

T22

CH

KD

. __

____

____

AP

PR

. __

____

____

DA

TE _

____

____

_

W.P

. No.

100

0-08

-00

Con

trac

t No.

200

8-10

00


Loca

tion

and

Pos

ition

Ref

eren

ces

TOTA

LSU

NIT

ITE

M N

o.

Ref

eren

ce

QU

AN

TITI

ES -

MIS

CEL

LAN

EOU

S 1

CDED CHAPTER G Tender Documents

CHAPTER G

TENDER DOCUMENTS

August 2017 CDED G-050

CDED CHAPTER G Contract Preparation System (CPS)

CONTRACT PREPARATION SYSTEM (CPS) 1.0 Introduction

Contract Preparation System (CPS) is the computer system used by to prepare contract tender documents for tendering of highway capital projects. CPS also acts as an on-line reference system for the housing of contract documentation. It can also be used to obtain statistical information about the use of certain documentation, for example the number of times a particular document has been used, or which projects a particular tender item has been used in. CPS.Net is the new web based version of the application that was introduced in 2010. It is built on .NET technology which provides the ability to quickly build, deploy, manage, and use connected security-enhanced solutions with Web services. CPS is integrated with other MTO computer systems such as Capital Delivery System (CID), Highway Costing System (HiCo), and Electronic Bidding System (EBS).

2.0 CPS Access Roles Within CPS various access roles are assigned to users which control the level of access and privileges within the application. They are as follows: System Administrator The System administrator can perform any function in the system. The system admin can also change their role to act as any other user type. Reference Administrator Reference Administrator access is assigned to the Engineering Standards Analysts in the Engineering Specifications and Standards Management Section (ESSMS) of the Design and Contracts Standards Office (DCSO) in St. Catharines. The Reference Administrators maintain and update the permanent data and information records housed in CPS. Regional Administrator Regional Administrator access roles are assigned to specific MTO staff working in the five Regional Offices across Ontario, generally the Regional Contract Review Officers (CROs). They use CPS to review and assess Work Projects created by Consultants. Regional Administrators can modify work projects or reassign Work Projects to Consultants to make revisions.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 4 CDED G-200


Regional Office CMO Regional Office CMO access is a special category of access created to allow a select group of about 10 staff from regional offices to act as if they were CMO users in the head office. This permission level is managed from inside CPS as an override to these users’ PTASS-defined role as Regional Administrators. Contract Officer Contract Officer access roles are assigned to specific MTO staff working in the Tendering Section of the Contract Management Office (CMO) in St. Catharines. They use CPS to review work projects approved by Regional Offices, perform quality assurance checks, freeze work projects for further changes, and generate the final tender documents for contract tendering. Contract Officers can modify work projects or can reassign work projects to the Regional Administrators. Consultant Consultant access roles are assigned to consultant designers; they are staff of engineering firms that are contracted by MTO to design road work projects. The majority of CPS users are Consultants using CPS to create Work Projects for the preparation of contract tender documents. A Work Project can be worked on by several designers within a consulting firm, or by several firms working as a consortium under the lead of one firm. CPS allows Consultants to coordinate and combine Work Projects for a single submission to MTO. Consultant firms operate across Ontario, and are external to MTO. They connect to the system remotely over the internet via GORemote which requires a VPN token. MTO User MTO User access roles are assigned to staff from various functional areas and specialty offices within MTO. This access role is similar to the Consultant access role but with limited permissions. MTO users can view Work Projects, and can create partially complete Work Projects of particular types for follow up by other users. Upon request all designers, custodians, technicians, Project Managers, etc., can (and should) obtain MTO user access to CPS.

3.0 CPS User’s Training Guide

Information about the use of CPS can be found in the CPS.Net User's Training Guide available from the PMBP Website under Reference Materials, Training.



4.0 Obtaining Access to CPS

To obtain access to CPS, a completed LTC Application Enrollment Form must be submitted to Andy Luo, the LTC Application and Business Custodian for CPS.

4.1 Assistance With CPS Technical Issues For assistance with CPS performance issues such as:

• Error Messages • Program Not Responding as Expected • System Slowdowns and Outages

Contact Andy Luo with c.c. to Bob Rutter:

Andy Luo Design and Contract Standards Engineer Design Innovation Section Design and Contract Standards Office Phone: 905-704-2332 Email: [email protected]

Bob Rutter Technical/Business Consultant PHM Portfolio Unit Highways and Corporate Support Solutions Office Phone: 905-704-2153 Email: [email protected]

4.2 Assistance With CPS Content

For assistance with issues related to the data and information records housed in CPS such as:

• CPS Information Updates • Record Inconsistencies (e.g. Tender Item not linked to an SP) • Document Formatting • Creation or Release of Non-Standard Tender Items (NSTIs)

Contact: Rachel Kyte Engineering Standards Analyst | CPS Reference Administrator Engineering Standards and Specifications Management Section Design and Contract Standards Office Phone: 905-704-2029 Email: [email protected]



5.0 CPS Definitions

Implementation Date means the date that a change to an information record in CPS becomes effective. Status means the status of a record or document as noted in CPS. Active Status means the record or document is currently implemented for use by MTO. Pending Status means the record or document is scheduled for implementation on a set date. Future Status means the record or document is scheduled for future implementation but the exact date has not yet been determined. History Status means the record or document has been replaced with a newer version. Obsolete status means the record or document has been cancelled for use.


CDED CHAPTER G Work Projects

WORK PROJECTS

1.0 Introduction The creation of the Work Project File(s) in CPS and the addition of information to the Form of Tender are the first steps that must be completed by the designer in the creation of the Tender Document.

2.0 Types of Contracts and Work Project Files Traditionally there were three main types of contracts that were used by MTO for highway construction and maintenance projects: 1) large/major capital ($1 M), 2) small/minor capital (< $1 M), and 3) maintenance. The major capital projects were tendered by Head Office, and the minor capital and maintenance projects were tendered by the Regions. Contract Preparation System (CPS) is the computer application that was developed for the purpose of housing contract documentation and preparing tender documents, for the three types of contracts. Correspondingly there are three main sets of built-in templates that are incorporated into the tender document depending on the type of work project that is created and the options that are selected by the designer when the document is generated. The templates contain information such as the tender cover page, instructions to bidders, fax bid submission forms, fair wages, liquidated damages, etc. a) Large/Major Capital Work Project Types

There are six specific types of work projects that use the core set of templates designed for large/major capital projects. They are:

ATMS - Advanced Traffic Management System ELEC - Electrical GRAD - Grading LAND - Landscaping STRU - Structural COMP - Composite



A Composite file is used for combining two or more of the above Work Project types. Further information on combining work project files can be found in CPS, Help Menu under How Do I Combine Projects. The type of Work Project file is chosen when a new Work Project is created in CPS.

The built in templates can be seen when a Contract Package

b) Small/Minor Capital Work Project Types MNOR - Minor Capital



c) Maintenance Work Project Types MAIN - Maintenance

3.0 Recent Changes to Use of Work Project Types in CPS In recent years, traditional maintenance contracts have been discontinued, new types of contracts have been introduced such as Construction Manager General Contractor (CMGC) and Design-Build (DB), and the method of tendering projects has changed with the majority of minor capital projects now being tendered through Head Office and only non-highway construction projects (e.g. salt domes) being tendered through the regions. Because of these changes the Minor (MNOR) and Maintenance (MAIN) file types are no longer used. All projects are now created using the large capital file types and the designer must manually edit the tender document to accommodate any that are tendered regionally. The information presented in this chapter is provided to assist designers in the preparation of the contract documents for traditional large/major capital projects slated for tendering via Head Office on RAQS/MERX.

4.0 Assignment of Group and Work Project Numbers Once it has been decided to move forward with a project, the overall program priorities and funding will determine when a project is carried forward and programmed for further work. When a project is put on the rolling 5-year program and funded, the Group Work Project (GWP) and Work Project (WP) numbers are issued. A GWP number is assigned to all capital construction projects to describe the project and provide a means of internal tracking from inception to completion. A GWP is an “umbrella” number for a project.



An individual WP number is assigned for each type of major treatment in the project. A minimum of one WP must be identified for each project. Example of GWP/WPs: GWP 5001-11-00 WP 5001-11-01 WP 5000-11-02 The Program Planning Office has the primary responsibility for the creation of major capital GWP and WP numbers. The information required by the Program Planning Office to issue a GWP is:

• Highway number. • Project limits (from West to East, South to North, Chainage). • Type of project (resurfacing, reconstruction, widening, new alignment, etc.). • LHRS limits (from and to, including offsets, if applicable). • Length of the project. • Project description. • Program value (is revised as required during the project). • Proposed program year. • Anticipated capital program (Expansion, Rehabilitation, Work by Others, etc.).

The information required by the Program Planning Office to issue a WP is:

• Type of work (structure rehabilitation, resurfacing, etc.). • Program value. • Additional information may be required (structure site numbers, etc.). • Other information as required by the Program Planning Office.


CDED CHAPTER G Form of Tender

FORM OF TENDER 1.0 Introduction

The Form of Tender in CPS is used to document the estimated costs for the Work that will be carried out in a Contract. The Form of Tender > Reports function in CPS is used to generate the following forms.

• Proposed Work • Services Sundry • Acquisitions/Constructions of Physical Assets • Recoverables • Supplies by MTO to Contractors

The information is entered by the Designer in CPS using the various Form of Tender tabs.

2.0 Proposed Work The Proposed Work form documents specific information about the Contract and the Estimated Cost of the Work associated with the Contract.



The information for this form is entered by the Designer in CPS using the Proposed Work and Cost Summary tabs. For a composite Work Project the individual Work Projects that were used to create the composite file will be shown automatically in the "Included WPs" field.

The estimated cost of the Work to be carried out in a Contract includes:

• salaries and wages for engineering, • transportation and communications, • sundry work carried out by Ministry Forces, • miscellaneous services, • materials supplied by the Ministry to the Contractor, • force account work to be completed by the Contractor, • tender items, • force account and contingencies, and • utility work to be completed by others.

The estimated costs of the Work are summarized on the Cost Summary screen. Fields highlighted in grey cannot be edited; the information in these fields is automatically populated from information entered on other tabs such as Services Sundry. Fields highlighted in white can be edited; the information in these fields is entered by the Designer. The "Total Estimate Cost" is the total cost of the Work minus any transfer payments and/or recoverables that will be received from other agencies, companies, or Provincial Ministries.

3.0 Allocation of Funds Estimated costs must be accurately calculated so that adequate funds can be set aside for completion of the Work. The allocation of funds for the Work in a Contract, are assigned to various Standard Account Classifications (SAC) depending on how the Work is included in the Contract.



For example the majority or Work on a Capital Contract is usually included by way of Tender Items however certain work may not warrant a tender item. This may be work carried out by MTO, work negotiated with and carried out by the Contractor, or work carried out by others, such as Utility Companies. The manner in which the various items of Work are to be included in the Contract is determined at the Regional Technical Review Meeting in consultation with the office associated with the specific type of work to be performed. The allocation of funds is based on the SAC Codes associated with the Work. For example: Code 4 - Funds set aside under this code include costs for Services Sundry work

carried out by Ministry forces. Code 6 - Funds set aside under this code include costs for the Tender Items, Force

Account and Contingencies (foreseeable Work to be carried out by the Contractor), and Utilities and Work by Others (Work that will be carried out by others such as utility companies or municipalities).

Code 9 - Funds set aside under this code reflect monies to be recovered by MTO

and/or the Ontario Provincial Government. Information for the allocation of funds is detailed on the Services Sundry, Supplies by MTO to Contractors, Acquisitions/Constructions of Physical Assets, and Recoverables forms.

4.0 Services Sundry The Services Sundry form (PH-CC-770) documents the Work to be carried out by the Ministry. This information is completed by the Designer after consultation with the Regional Operations Office at the Technical Review Meeting.

The information for this form is entered by the Designer in CPS using the Services Sundry tab. The grand total is automatically carried forward to the corresponding field of the Cost Summary tab.



5.0 Acquisitions/Constructions of Physical Assets

The Acquisitions/Constructions of Physical Assets form (PH-CC-773) documents foreseeable Work to be carried out by the contractor for which a price is intended to be negotiated, and Work that will be carried out by others, such as a utility company or municipality. The form is divided into two parts: Force Account and Contingencies, and Utilities and Work by Others.

The Sub Totals are automatically carried forward to the corresponding fields of the Cost Summary tab.



The information for this form is entered by the Designer in CPS using the Acquisition (Force) and the Acquisition (Utilities) tabs in CPS.

a) Force Accounts and Contingencies

This part of the form contains the foreseeable force account operations expected to be carried out by the Contractor, as well as a percentage for unforeseen operations. The Work specified under this heading is performed on a negotiated basis with the Contractor. A percent of tender for miscellaneous Force Account and Contingencies is required to be entered.

b) Utilities and Work by Others

This part of the form contains work to be carried out by others, such as installation of electrical work by a Municipality. The cost of relocation of utilities, necessitated by construction or reconstruction of a highway, is borne wholly or in part by the Ministry. The commonly involved public utilities are:

• Towers and Poles of Ontario Hydro • Poles of Telephone Companies • Underground Cable (Bell, Hydro, DND, Airport Communications, etc.) • Pipelines (Gas, Oil) • Watermains and Sanitary sewers • Cable TV • Telecommunications

The Relocation of Utilities is to be included under the Grading and Drainage project or Structure and Approaches projects when applicable except when the Work Project is subdivided, in which case it can be included in Clearing and Grubbing, Grading and Drainage, or Granular Base and Paving projects. Upon completion of all the technical and administrative requirements between MTO and affected Utility Authorities, the Designer will consult with the Regional



Operations Office to obtain the costs of the relocation of utilities and the availability of corresponding utility orders or work order numbers for the completion of Form PH-CC-773. This information is entered by the Designer in the space provided.

6.0 Recoverables to Ministry and Province The Recoverables form documents funds to be recovered by the Ministry and by the Ontario Provincial Government. The form is divided into two parts: Recoverables to Ministry and Recoverables to Province. The completed form is generated using the Reports function in CPS.

The Grand Total is automatically carried forward to the corresponding field of the Cost Summary tab.



The information for this form is entered by the Designer in CPS using the Recoverables to MTO and Recoverables to Province tabs.

7.0 Supplies By MTO to Contractors Certain materials required on MTO projects are sometimes supplied by the Ministry, to the Contractor. The information and costs associated with this Work is documented on the Supplies by MTO to Contractors form.

The Grand Total is automatically carried forward to the corresponding field of the Cost Summary tab.



The information for this form is entered by the Designer in CPS using the Supplies by MTO tab.

7.1 Schedule of Materials to be Supplied by the Owner The information entered in the Supplies by MTO tab is also used to generate a Special Provision (SP) in the Tender Document titled "Schedule of Materials to be Supplied by the Owner". The information is automatically transferred to the SP when the Tender Document is generated in CPS. Example



In some instances, at the discretion of the designer, the supply of some of the materials listed in this chapter may become the responsibility of the Contractor. Conversely the designer may specify that a material, normally supplied by the contractor, be supplied by the Ministry. It is therefore essential that all Ministry supplied materials are listed. The phrase "All Ministry Supplied Materials" includes materials from Ministry stockpiles which the Contractor is obligated by contract to use, but not those materials for which the Contractor has the option to use or not to use.

7.2 List of Materials Supplied for Specific Tender Items Table A lists materials sometimes supplied by MTO, along with the usual descriptions and typical prices that are entered in the FOT. Designers can obtain further information about specific items from Detail Estimating Sections B201 to B942 of this chapter.



Table A List of Tender Items Supplied by MTO

CDED Tender Items Material to be Supplied UOM

B304 Class 1, 2, 4, and 6 Aggregate, from Stockpile Granular t

B314 Granular A, B (Type I, II, or II), M, and O, from Stockpile Granular t

B703 Small Signs, Ground Mounted, New Small Signs, Relocation Small Signs, Removal

Ground Mounted Signs Contract Information Signs BUILD ON Signs

each

B707 Modified Overhead Signboards Overhead Signboards each

B799-10

Intermediate Signs, Ground Mounted, New Intermediate Signs, Relocation Intermediate Signs, Removal

See B703 examples above.

B802 Topsoil from Stockpiles Topsoil m³

Bridge Site Figures Bridge Site Numbers Date and Site Figures OHS Identification Plate Structure Identification Numbers

each

7.3 Free on Board (F.O.B.)

Certain materials are supplied to an area within the contract limits whereas other materials are supplied to a point outside the contract limits such as a patrol yard or a stockpile site. Materials to be supplied by MTO to a supply point within the contract limits must be designated Free on Board (F.O.B.), a shipping term which designates the point of transfer of goods/materials. Important, since the owner is responsible for any losses or damage to the materials during transport to the supply point. FOB is designated by toggling the appropriate box when entering the information in the FOT, Supplies By MTO dialogue box as shown below.



A checkmark will be displayed on the FOT screen to indicate the material supplied FOB.

7.4 Manual Editing of the Schedule of Materials Due to deficiencies in CPS the designer must edit the Schedule of Materials that is printed in the tender document as per the following examples. Example 1 - Contract Contains Both FOB and Non FOB Supplies Materials marked as FOB will incorrectly appear in section (B) of the schedule therefore the designer must cut and paste all FOB materials into section (A).

Example 2 - Contract Contains Only Non FOB Materials When there are no FOB materials the designer must manually enter N/A in section (A) as shown below.



Example 3 - Contract Contains Only FOB Materials Designer shall move all FOB materials to section (A) and enter N/A in section (B) as shown below.

Example 4 - Contract Does Not Contain any Materials Supplied by MTO When nothing is entered in the Form of Tender / Supplies By MTO, the following schedule will appear in the tender document generated by CPS and does not require any further editing by the designer.


CDED CHAPTER G Tender Document

TENDER DOCUMENT 1.0 Introduction

The Tender Document contains the contract provisions. It is generated by the Designer from CPS and contains the design documents that have been prepared, added, and modified by the Designer.

The Tender Document consists of:

• Tender Cover Page • Tender Item List • Instructions to Bidders • Conflict of Interest Declaration • Schedule of Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Drawings, Specifications, &

General Conditions • Tax Compliance Declaration • Section A: Special Provisions • Section B: Fair Wage Program Special Provision • Section C: Liquidated Damages Special Provision

The Designer must perform a comprehensive check of the document as well as additional editing and formatting in order to produce a final copy suitable for tendering purposes.

2.0 Cover Page The cover page contains information about the contract and the ratings that are required in order to bid on the project.



a) Tender Closing Date and Time The tender closing date and time must be added directly to the cover page, after the Tender Document is generated from CPS. The date and time is added by the Contract Tendering Section prior to tendering the project.

b) Contract Information and Location Specific information about the contract such as its location, the type of improvement, the Hwy number, length, region, etc., is entered by the Designer in CPS using the Proposed Work tab under Form of Tender. The relevant information is automatically transferred to the corresponding fields of the cover page when the Tender Document is generated from CPS. Note the contract information and location entered on this screen must match the signed key plan in the contract drawings.

c) Qualified Versus Designated Contracts The statement for qualified contracts appears by default on the cover page of the Tender Document generated from CPS. It does not require any further editing or action by the Designer for qualified contracts.



For designated contracts the Designer must manually edit the statement on the cover page of the Tender Document after it is generated from CPS, as shown below.

Designers can obtain further information about Qualified and Designated Contracts from the Qualification Control Section (QCS) and the Contract Tendering Section (CTS). Bonds/bonding is used to:

• ensure that bidders are serious and will execute a contract, • that a contract will be completed should a contractor default, and • that payment will be made to those who are not a direct party to the

contract. In lieu of the use of bonds, a Qualification System can be used to ensure that a Contractor has the financial resources and skills to perform the Work. Under MTOs Qualification System contractors must be pre-qualified and rated in order to bid on a Qualified Contract. Rated Contractors may also bid on a Designated Contract by using their available Financial Rating or by providing bonds or security. Non-rated contractors can only bid on Designated Contracts and must provide performance bonds, payment bonds, or other forms of security. The Tender Documents must specify whether a contract is Qualified or Designated. In general, non-highway contracts such as those for equipment, material supply, facilities, and demolition are tendered regionally and highway construction contracts for expansion, reconstruction, structures, intersection improvements, electrical work, and ATMS are tendered by the Provincial Office, Contract Tendering Section (CTS), based in part on their value and complexity.

• Projects less than $1 million are usually designated and tendered

regionally. • Projects less than $3 million and/or 15 Tender Items are usually

designated and tendered regionally but may also be qualified and tendered by CTS via RAQS/MERX.

• Projects over $3 million and/or 15 items are Qualified and tendered by CTS via RAQS/MERX.



d) Classification and Ratings In order to bid on a Qualified Contract a Contractor must first be rated. A Contractor is rated based on their financial strength and their ability to do satisfactory work in various classifications. On an annual basis rated contractors are granted a:

• Basic Financial Rating based on their financial strength and technical ability, and a

• Maximum Workload Rating based on their 5 year work history for the Ministry.

In order for a rated contractor to bid on a contract, their ratings must equal or exceed the ratings placed on a contract in the classification(s) of work assigned. Contractors are rated in the following classifications of work:

GR General Road Contract Grading, Drainage, Granular Base, Hot

Mix Paving, Concrete Paving

S Structure Contract All Structure work

E Electrical Contract High Mast Lighting, Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS)

SC Structural Coating Contract Structure Coating

GM General Maintenance Contract Area Maintenance Contracts, Noise Barrier Wall, fencing, Landscaping

The Designer must assess the type and value of work to be completed, in order to assign appropriate ratings. For projects that will be completed in a single year the Financial Rating will be the same as the Maximum Workload Rating however for multi-year projects the Financial Rating will be based on the highest value of total work expected to be completed in any given year. Categories GR and S may both be assigned to a contract however categories GM, E, and SC are normally stand-alone categories. In determining whether a Contract can be assigned both a GR and an S classification the Designer must take into consideration that, as per the MTO General Conditions of Contract, a contractor can subcontract no more than 60% of the total tender value, therefore:

• If the value of work in either the GR or S classification is greater than 60% of the total value, then the contract is rated only in the classification that is over 60%.



• If the value of work in both the GR and S classifications are both less than 60% of the total value, then the contract is rated in both classifications.

Example 1 Grading, Drainage, Granular Base, Paving, Structural, and Electrical Projects:

Category Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Total % Value

GR 2,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 - - 4,000,000 40 %

S 1,000,000 4,000,000 - - - 5,000,000 50 %

E 100,000 900,000 - - - 1,000,000 10 %

SC - - - - - -

GM - - - - - -

Total 3,100,000 5,900,000 1,000,000 - - 10,000,000 100 %

Note: If the % Value of any given category is 60% or greater then only that category applies.

The categories and ratings that would be assigned are: • NECESSARY AVAILABLE FINANCIAL RATING IS $6,000,000 IN (GR) or (S) • NECESSARY AVAILABLE MAXIMUM WORKLOAD RATING IS $10,000,000

Example 2 Grading, Drainage, Granular Base, Paving, Structural, and Electrical Projects:

Category Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Total % Value

GR 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 - - 3,000,000 20 %

S 1,500,000 6,000,000 3,000,000 - - 10,500,000 70 %

E 500,000 800,000 200,000 - - 1,500,000 10 %

SC - - - - - -

GM - - - - - -

Total 3,000,000 7,800,000 4,200,000 - - 15,000,000 100 %

Note: If the % Value of any given category is 60% or greater then only that category applies.

The category and ratings that would be assigned are: • NECESSARY AVAILABLE FINANCIAL RATING IS $8,000,000 IN (S) • NECESSARY AVAILABLE MAXIMUM WORKLOAD RATING IS $15,000,000

Ratings of less than $5 million are to be rounded up the nearest $500 thousand, and ratings over $5 million are to be rounded up to the nearest $1 million.



The ratings and classification of work must be added directly to the cover page, after the Tender Document is generated from CPS. For projects advertised by CTS, this information is added by the CTS prior to tendering the project. Designers can obtain further information about classification and ratings from QCS and CTS.

3.0 Table of Contents The table of contents lists the titles of the sections and documents that are included, and is organized in the order in which the sections appear in the document. The Designer must refresh the table of contents after the Tender Document is generated from CPS. To refresh the table, right click anywhere on the table then select Update Field. This must be repeated after any subsequent edits are made to the Tender Document.



4.0 Tender Item List The Tender Item List indicates the Tender Item numbers description of the Tender Items, the specification code governing the Tender Items, whether there are one or more Special Provisions against an item, the units of measure, whether an item is a Plan Quantity Payment (PQP) item, and the item quantities. This section of the Tender Document does not usually require any further editing or action by the Designer however due to limitations of the CPS program, incorrect quantities may sometimes be found in the list, therefore the Designer shall manually verify the Tender Item quantities in the Tender Item List against the Tender Item quantities in the Quantity Sheets before submission of the final documents for tendering.

5.0 Instructions to Bidders

The instructions to bidders, details the bidding procedures and requirements of an acceptable tender submission. This section includes:

• definitions, compliance with instructions, and enquiries during the tender period,

• joint ventures, • electronic bid submission procedures, computer system failure, • unbalanced tenders and discrepancies, • qualification, bonding, and security requirements, • acceptance and rejection of tenders, and • contract award procedures.



This section of the Tender Document does not require any further editing or action by the Designer. Changes to this section shall be made only by CTS.

…

6.0 Conflict of Interest Declaration This section states the Ontario government’s conflict of interest policy and associated submission requirements. The Contractor must complete and submit, as part of the Tender Documentation, either Part 1(a) or Part 1(b) of the conflict of interest forms, the table for persons who participated in the preparation of the Tender, and the table for former OPS employees. This section of the Tender Document does not require any further editing or action by the Designer. Changes to this section shall be made only by CTS.



7.0 Schedule of Provisions, Plans, Drawings, Specifications, and GCs The schedule lists the applicable version numbers and dates of Special Provisions, drawings, and specifications, and general conditions applicable to the contract. The Schedule is organized into sections A through H as follows:

A. Special Provisions B. Plans C. Standard Drawings D. General Special Provisions E. Item Specific Special Provisions F. Standard Specifications G. Referenced Standard Specifications H. General Conditions

The schedule lists the applicable version of the MTO General Conditions of Contract (GCs) which are issued as Ontario Provincial Standard Specification OPSS.PROV 100 and are therefore also listed in sections F and G of the schedule. The GCs include information related to substantial performance, liens, reliance on contract documents, order of precedence, administration of the contract, delays, extensions of time, changes in the work, additional work, change proposals, clarifications and claims, owner’s rights and responsibilities, materials, insurance, protection and damage, Contractor’s responsibilities and control of the work, and measurement and payment. This section of the Tender Document does not require any further editing or action by the Designer however the contents should be reviewed for errors and inconsistencies before submission of final documents for tendering.



8.0 Signed Statement and Tax Compliance Declaration

This section of the Tender Document is automatically included and contains the signed statement by bidder and the Ontario government policy regarding the tenderer’s provincial tax standing. The bidder must complete and submit this declaration with their tender to indicate that their provincial taxes have been paid, or that arrangements have been to pay any outstanding balance. This section of the Tender Document does not require any further editing or action by the Designer. Note: This section of the Tender Document will be revised to account for recent

changes to the tax compliance requirements.



9.0 Section A: Special Provisions

Special Provisions are special directions within the Contract Documents containing requirements particular to the Work. Additional information about Special Provisions can be found in Chapters A and E of this manual. The Special Provisions that are included in Section A of the Tender Document are:

• General NSSPs (e.g. Notices to Contractor and Operational Constraints) • Item Specific NSSPs • General SSPs (100 Series) • Item-Specific SSPs (200 to 900 Series) • Schedule of Materials to Be Supplied By the Owner

The Designer shall ensure that all documents imported into CPS are formatted according to Formatting Guidelines outlined in Chapter E. Improperly formatted documents often print and view without any apparent issues from directly within the project file in CPS however when the Tender Document is produced, auto-numbered items may no longer be numbered correctly, paragraph and text alignments may be lost, “hidden” edits may appear if the track changes function was not disabled in the source document, and CPS will crash and fail to generate the full Tender Document if source documents contain section breaks.



This section of the Tender Document normally requires further editing by the Designer to address formatting issues which may not be readily apparent in the source documents however under no circumstances shall the content of SSPs or NSSPs be added or revised in the final Tender Document. If changes to the content of an SSP or NSSP are required after generation of the Tender Document the Designer must edit the documents directly in CPS and re-generate a new Tender Document.

9.1 Non-Standard Special Provisions (NSSPs) NSSPs may be written locally by the design team to address specific design issues or may be imported from the regional and head office copies housed in CPS. Due to a deficiency in CPS the Designer shall remove the warrants and notes to designer from all NSSPs in the Tender Document. a) General NSSPs

General NSSPs such as Notices to Contractor (NTCs) and Operational Constraints (OCs) contain information about constraints and restrictions within the contract that could affect the normal progress of the work and result in an increase in the cost of the contract. Additional information about NSSPs can be found in Chapter E of this manual. General NSSPs are printed in full in the Tender Document that is produced from CPS. They are printed in the order that they appear in CPS therefore the Designer must organize them before producing the Tender Document from CPS. To do this the Designer must select an NSSP by left clicking the mouse then dragging and dropping it to the desired location within the list. The types of general NSSPs that may be required, and the order that they must appear in the Tender Document, when required, are as follows:



Notices to Contractor

- Job Specific Bidding Procedures - New MTO Policy - Attendance to Pre-Bid Meetings

Operational Constraints

- Interim Completion Dates - Incentives/Disincentives - Timing Constraints - Work Around Railways - Night Work - Maintenance of Illumination - Co-ordination of Work - Access/Egress to Work - Maintenance of Existing Drainage - Scheduling of Milling/Paving Operations - Working On or Around Structures - Lane Closures - Hot Mix Paving Restrictions - Blasting Restrictions - Protection of Highways/Other Roads - Temporary Relocation of Signs - Contract Staging - Seasonal Shutdown - Winter Work - Specialized Work Requirements - Relocation/Maintenance of Various Facilities Within the Contract

Limits - Work Around/Protecting Existing Utilities (e.g. Hydro, Gas, Bell) - Delivery of Special Material - Other Contractors/Agencies Working Within or Adjacent to the

Contract - Staging Requirements - Work Around Utilities

Operational Constraints (Electrical)

- Fishery/Watercourse Protection - Migratory Bird Protection - Protected Animals/Vegetation - Areas for Used Management of Excess Material - Waterways - Erosion and Sediment Control - In-Stream Work - Management of Effluent from Concrete Cutting/Grinding - Control of Emissions During Abrasive Blast Cleaning

Operational Constraints (Environmental)

Weighing of Materials



b) Item Specific NSSPs Unlike standard SSPs, item specific NSSPs are not automatically “attached/linked” to Tender Items in CPS. They are added independently of their associated items and must be linked manually by the Designer in the CPS Work Project. An NSSP may be linked to both standard and non-standard Tender Items. To link an NSSP to a Tender Item, select the NSSP, then detail, and then new, on the items reference tab.

When editing the content of item specific NSSPs Designers should note that item numbers are not to be added manually to the headings of the actual NSSPs. The item titles and numbers that are printed in the heading of the NSSP in the Tender Document produced from CPS are based on the items that are attached/linked to the NSSP, therefore the Designer must ensure that all item specific NSSPs are “attached/linked” to the appropriate items before producing the Tender Document. The content of item specific NSSPs is printed in full in the Tender Document produced from CPS and they appear in the numerical order of the item(s) to which they are attached. Example - Item Specific NSSP Not Attached/Linked to Any Tender Items If the Designer fails to attach/link the NSSP to the appropriate Tender Item(s) in CPS the item number(s) will be missing from the NSSP that is printed out in the Tender Document produced from CPS. There will also be no indication of an SP having been applied to the item(s) on the Tender Item list.



Item titles and numbers are not to be manually revised in the NSSPs themselves however if this is done, and the NSSP is not attached to a Tender Item, then the information from the NSSP will appear in the Tender Document that is generated.

Example - Item Specific NSSP Attached/Linked to Appropriate Tender Item Linking the NSSP to the correct Tender Item ensures that the correct item title and number are printed in the Tender Document produced from CPS. It also ensures that the Tender Item is flagged in the Tender Item list as having an SP applied against it.



9.2 Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) All SSPs are listed in the schedule of the Tender Document that is produced from CPS and only the content of modified or fill-in SSPs is printed in full in the Tender Document. The warrants and notes to designer are automatically removed from all the SSPs that are printed in the Tender Document. a) General SSPs (100 Series)

General SSPs are not “attached/linked” to Tender Items. When modified and/or filled-in they will be printed in full in the Tender Document and will appear in numerical order. When a GRAD file is created in CPS all of the 100 series SSPs are automatically added to the CPS file and the Designer must manually delete any that do not apply. Designers should note that SSPs with a warrant of “all contracts” are to remain in all contracts including ones to which they appear to not be applicable. This includes stand-alone projects for ATMS, electrical, structural, etc. For convenience Designers may choose to create a GRAD file for use with stand-alone projects in order to facilitate the process of adding the general SSPs. Otherwise the applicable general SSPs must be added manually to all stand-alone projects or combined projects that do not contain a grading component.

b) Item Specific SSPs (200 to 900 Series) Item specific SSPs are “attached/linked” to their relevant Tender Items in CPS and are brought into the CPS file automatically upon insertion of the standard Tender Items to which they are attached however Designers shall still perform a thorough check to ensure that all documents and Tender Items are appropriately attached/linked. When modified and/or filled-in they will be printed in full in the Tender Document and will appear in the numerical order of the items to which they are attached.



c) Fill-In SSPs When general and item specific SSPs are coded with an “F” (e.g. 100F06) it means that additional fill-in information must be added. To fill-in an SSP the Designer must first export it, add the appropriate information, and then import the completed copy back into CPS. Upon importing the filled-in copy of the SSP the Designer must toggle the “Filled” box in CPS. An “F” will then appear in the “M/F” status column. All fill-in SSPs in a project file must be filled-in before the Designer can generate the Tender Document from CPS, failure to do so, will result in an error message upon attempting to generate the Tender Document.



d) Modified SSPs Both general and item specific SSPs may be modified. To modify an SSP the Designer must first export it, revise the appropriate information, then import the completed copy back into CPS. Upon importing the modified copy of the SSP the Designer must toggle the “Modified” box in CPS, and an “M” will then appear in the “M/F” column.

Failure to toggle the “Modified” box in CPS, when necessary, will result in a discrepancy between the schedule and the content of the Tender Document that is produced by CPS. Example: Failure to Toggle Modified Button When Necessary

Example: Modified Button Toggled When Necessary

When modifying an SSP the Designer shall add an “M” to the right of the SSP number in the title block of the Special Provision. The Designer may also add a tracking date in brackets to the right of the SSP number in the title block, however, under no circumstances is the date of the SSP be revised (e.g. September 2011 as shown below). It must remain the same as the currently active version of the SSP otherwise there will be a discrepancy between the schedule.



9.3 Schedule of Materials to be Supplied by the Owner This is covered in Chapter G, Section G-200. 10.0 Section B: Fair Wage Program (FWP)

This section of the Tender Document outlines the minimum fair wage payable by a Contractor to their employees on a MTO road construction project. The wage amounts are shown in a table based on the classification of the work. The minimum wages will vary depending on where the road construction project is located within the province. Also covered are the hours of work, wages and overtime pay, certification of wage rates, the Contractors' obligations with respect to subcontractors, the employees’ claims procedures, and the owner’s right to holdback to settle employee claims. The Ministry of Labour governs the Fair Wage Program and MTO is mandated by Cabinet order to include the appropriate Fair Wage Schedule in our contracts. The FWP applies to road building projects where the contract value is $160,000 or over. The Designer must toggle the appropriate Fair Wages Schedule SP to be included in the Contract based on the location of the contract using the map provided below. The selected document will be included in the Tender Document and does not require any further editing or action by the Designer.

[Boundary map will be inserted here at a later date.]



11.0 Section C: Liquidated Damages In this section the Contractor is given the requirements regarding time, progress of the work and time for completion, and liquidated damages. The time for completion will be specified through the use of either the Fixed Completion Date Special Provision, or the Working Days Special Provision. Upon generating the Tender Document in CPS, the Designer will be prompted to select the appropriate SP for inclusion in the Tender Document. Additional information on calculating working days, determining free time, determining start and finish dates, and converting working days to a fixed completion date, can be obtained from “Determining Contract Working Time” and “Production Rates” manuals issued by Contract Management Office, Estimating Section. Copies of these manuals are available from the PMBP website at www.mto.gov.on.ca/phmpmbp/default.shtml a) Working Days and Charges (Formerly SSP 100F09)

Upon generating the Tender Document in CPS for a “working days” contract the Designer must toggle the selection for working days under liquidated damages which will activate the fields for entry of additional information.

Start Date - The Designer can obtain this information from the Contract Review Officer in consultation with the Contract Tendering Section. Number of Days - The Designer must enter the number of working days.



Free Period Start and End Dates - The Designer must enter appropriate dates based on the following:

Contract Type Free Period Start Nearest Monday To:

Free Period End Nearest Sunday To:

Region

Structural Steel Coating Contracts

October 15 May 1 West, Central, Eastern

September 30 May 15 North, Northwest

All Other Contracts

December 1 May 15 West, Central, Eastern

November 17 May 31 North, Northwest These free times are to be included whether or not winter carry-over is anticipated at the time of Contract tendering. If no free time is allowed, the word NIL would be used in the allotted space. Penalty Amount/Liquidated Damages - The Designer shall enter the…. The information entered on this screen will populate the appropriate fields of the Special Provision that is included in the Tender Document that is generated by CPS. The resultant Special Provision requires further editing by the Designer. Example - Working Days and Charges Information as entered in CPS and the resultant Special Provision as it appears in the Tender Document generated by CPS.



The working days Special Provision originally contained notes to designer regarding the entry of information and the optional use of paragraph e), however the SSP was cancelled and replaced by a “hard-coded” version built into CPS. By default paragraph e) is now included however it is only required on contracts with hot mix paving in the fall therefore the Designer may delete it from the Tender Document, if it is not required. Regardless of whether paragraph e) is included, the word “OPTION **” shall be deleted before submission of the Tender Document for tendering.

b) Fixed Completion Date and Charges (Formerly SSP 100F10) Upon generating the Tender Document in CPS for a “fixed completion date” contract the Designer must toggle the selection for fixed completion date under liquidated damages which will activate fields for the entry of additional information.



The Designer can obtain the information for the Completion Date and Penalty Amounts, from the Project Manager. The Completion Date entered is typically a Friday. The information entered on this screen will be automatically transferred to the appropriate fields of the Special Provision that is included in the Tender Document that is generated from CPS. The SP does not require any further editing or action by the Designer. Example - Fixed Completion Date and Charges Information as entered in CPS and the resultant Special Provision as it appears in the Tender Document generated by CPS.


CHAPTER G Addenda

ADDENDA

1.0 Introduction An Addendum is an addition or a change to the Contract Documents that is issued during the tendering period after a Contract has been advertised and before the tender has closed. An Addendum forms part of the Contract Package and is issued, when necessary to clarify any questions or discrepancies that may arise during the tendering stage of the Contract. An addendum may include additions, deletions, or modification to tender items, quantities, contract drawings, specifications, Special Provisions, etc.

1.1 Transferring Ownership of the CPS File In order for an Addendum to be prepared, the Contract Review Officer (CRO) must arrange for the CPS file to be electronically transferred from the ownership of the Contract Management Office (CMO) to the Designer. Upon receiving ownership of the file the Designer creates an Addendum file in CPS and proceeds with making the necessary revisions.

1.2 Transferring Ownership of the HiCo File When changes to quantities and Tender Items are involved, the Estimating Section must be contacted to arrange for transfer of the corresponding HiCo file in order to update associated estimated costs, etc.

1.3 QDCHANGE NSSP Every Addendum created in CPS automatically contains a new Head Office NSSP titled QDCHANGE. This NSSP must be filled-in and marked as modified in order for the Addendum Tender Document to be generated. A new QDCHANGE NSSP is generated with each consecutive Addendum that is created.

This NSSP is used to document changes to the Contract Drawings and Quantity Sheets. It is also used to document any changes not captured by the automated process. For example changes to the Tender Cover Page or Liquidated Damages.


CHAPTER G Addenda

Once the Addendum document is generated these changes may need to be cut and pasted into the correct position in the document. For example a change to the liquidated damages would be moved to the Special Provisions (Revisions) section of the Addendum. If a Contract Drawing or Quantity Sheet is cancelled, the Designer should enter the sheet number in the “Cancelled” column “N/A” in the “Replaced By” column. If there are no changes the Contract Drawings or Quantity Sheets the Designer should enter “N/A” into the applicable location.

1.4 Addenda Structure The information contained in an Addendum, normally appears in the following order:

• Tender Document content not covered by Special Provisions. (i.e. Changes to the Tender cover page.)

• Tender Item updates. • Updates to Schedules A, B, D, E and F. • New Special Provisions. • Special Provision revisions and deletions. • Summary of changes to Contract Drawings Quantity Sheets. • Revisions to the Tender Item List.


CHAPTER G Addenda

2.0 Revising Tender Items a) Linking an Item to an Existing SSP

When an item is linked to an existing SSP that is not being modified in the Addendum, then Section E of the Schedule must be manually reproduced and added to the QDCHANGE NSSP as shown below.

b) Adding a New Tender Item

Create a new section titled Addendum 1, 2, etc., and use the New function to add a new Tender Item. The new item will be appended to the items of the original project or last Addendum. The change will be documented in the Addendum as shown below.

The change will be documented in the Addendum Tender Item List as shown below.

A new Quantity Sheet must also be created to detail the new Tender Item.


CHAPTER G Addenda

c) Deleting a Tender Item A Tender Item cannot be deleted after a Contract is advertised; it must instead be designated as “No Bid” in an Addendum. Select the Tender Item then use the detail function to select No Bid. CPS will automatically renumber, retitle, insert n/a under the u.o.m., update the quantity and total cost to zero, and delete all quantities for the item from the applicable Quantity Sheet. The change will be documented in the Addendum as shown below.

The deleted item will be displayed in its original position but will be documented as shown below in the Addendum Tender Item List.

3.0 Revising Plans a) Adding a Foundation Report(s) or Aggregate Source List

If the Contract is advertised without any Foundation Investigation Reports (FIRs), or ASLs, ASLs (Concrete), or Soils Profiles and they are subsequently added, then part B. Plans in the "Schedule" of the Tender Document would need to be revised. The following change would be documented in the QD CHANGE NSSP for inclusion in the Addendum. An ASL being added to a Contract would be documented as shown below.


CHAPTER G Addenda

4.0 Revising Special Provisions a) Adding a New SSP or NSSP

Simply add the new SSP or NSSP in the usual manner. If the new SSP requires fill-in or modification then this is also done in the usual manner by exporting the document to your project file directory, revising it as necessary, then importing it back into CPS. A new SSP that is neither a fill-in or modified would appear as a change to the schedule. NSSPs and fill-in or modified SSPs are documented in the addenda under the "Specials Provisions (NEW)" heading as shown below.

b) Deleting a Special Provision Select the existing SSP or NSSP and click the delete button. CPS will prompt you to be sure you want to delete the SP, click “OK”. A deleted NSSP would be documented in the Addendum as shown below.

c) Replacing an SSP with a New Version Update the SSP using the Replace function. The updated SP will be documented in the Addendum as shown below.


CHAPTER G Addenda

d) Replacing an SSP with a Modified Version Import the modified SSP. Ensure the original title block has been duplicated and the following revision statement has been added: “The above Special Provision is deleted and replaced with the following:” The updated SSP will be documented in the Addendum as shown below.

e) Special Provisions in Multiple Addenda When updating a Special Provision that has already been revised in a previous Addendum, the page number reference in the header should reflect the page and addendum number of the previous revision.


CHAPTER G Addenda

5.0 Revising Liquidated Damages SP When generating an Addendum in CPS, the Liquidated Damages applicable to the original tender will be toggled. If there are no changes to the Liquidated Damages SP then the Designer must deselect this button to avoid adding the LD SSP to the Addendum Tender Document.

If there are changes to the Liquidated Damages SP then the Designer must toggle the appropriate box. The page number from the original tender document must be added beside the title for reference purposes as well as the following revision statement. “All information under the above Special Provision is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:”.

6.0 Revising Contract Drawings

When changes are made to Contract Drawings as part of an Addendum the Designer must document the changes in the QDCHANGE NSSSP as shown below. If there are no changes to the Contract Drawings then this part of the NSSP should be filled in with "N/A".


CHAPTER G Addenda

a) New Drawings Added to the End of an Existing Book New drawings added to the end of a plan book are numbered consecutively after the last page. For example if the last page of an existing drawing book is 155. New sheets added to the end of the book would be labelled 156, 157, 158, etc.

b) New Drawings Added Within an Existing Book New drawings added within the sheets of an existing book are labelled with a number that indicates their position in the book, plus the addition of a hyphen followed by consecutive numbering starting at 1. For example an existing drawing book has 60 sheets. Two new sheets added between sheets 49 and 50 would be labelled 49-1 and 49-2 as shown below.

If these two drawings sheets are later revised in a subsequent Addendum they are labelled as 49-1A and 49-2A. If they are revised again in another subsequent Addendum they are labelled as 49-1B and 49-2B, and so on.

c) Revising an Existing Drawing

Revised drawings are identified by the addition of a letter after the drawing number. For example if existing drawing sheet 30 is revised. The revised drawing is labelled as 30A. If it is later revised in a subsequent Addendum it is labelled as 30B, and so on.

d) Deleting an Existing Drawing

Deleted drawings are captured under the QDCHANGE NSSP by entering the drawing number in the Cancelled column and N/A in the Replaced By column.


CHAPTER G Addenda

7.0 Revising Quantity Sheets When creating a new set of Quantity Sheets in CPS the Designer enters a corresponding Name. As shown below the Sheet Type is displayed in the upper centre of the corresponding Quantity Sheet and the Name is displayed in the lower right corner of the sheet. A "run" of Quantity Sheets refers to all the sheets in a particular set. For example all of the sheets in No. 2, Grading, Earth Excavation would constitute a set or "run" of sheets.

When changes are made to the Quantity Sheets as part of an Addendum the Designer must document the changes that were made by filling in the appropriate portion of the QDCHANGE NSSP. If no changes are made to the Quantity Sheets as part of the Addendum then the Designer should enter N/A in the applicable portion of the NSSP. Quantity Sheets issued under an Addendum are automatically labelled with the applicable Addendum number in the upper right corner of each sheet as shown below.

Addendum Quantity Sheets are to be issued as per CPS News Bulleting 07-17.


CHAPTER G Addenda

a) Revising a Single Quantity Sheet in a Run When revising a single Quantity Sheet all pages in the run of sheets must be re-issued. For example if there are 4 Grading sheets labelled 1 to 4. Grading sheet 3 is revised with the addition of new information. With the revisions the Grading sheets are now comprised of 6 pages. The entire run of Grading Sheets must be reissued. The new sheets would be numbered 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5 and 1-6. If the revised sheets were only comprised of 2 pages then the new sheets issued would be labelled 1-1 and 1-2.

b) Revising Quantity Sheets in More Than One Consecutive Run When more than one consecutive run of Quantity Sheets is revised, each run must be generated independently. (e.g. Grading Sheets 1 to 3 followed by Hot Mix Sheets 4 to 6 would not be replaced by Sheets 1-1 to 1-6, rather they would be generated independently as Grading 1-1 to 1-X and Hot Mix 4-1 to 4-X.)

c) Revising Many Quantity Sheets Throughout Several Runs in a Book If the majority of Quantity Sheets in a book need to be reissued due to revisions to several runs it is sometimes easier to simply reissue the entire book of Quantity Sheets in their entirety starting from sheet 1. The Designer should consult with the regional CRO and CTS before proceeding.

d) Revising Quantity Sheets in Subsequent Addenda When Quantity Sheets are being revised for a second time (or more) the process remains the same and the page numbers are identified by the addendum number. For example sheets 1-1 to 1-X (Addendum 1) reissued as Sheets 1-1 to 1-X (Addendum 2).

e) Adding New Quantity Sheets to the End of the Last Book New Quantity Sheets added to the last book, are issued continuing in sequence from the number of the last Quantity Sheet. For example the last Quantity Sheet in the book is numbered 200. New sheets added to the book would be numbered 201, 202, 203, etc.


CHAPTER G Addenda

f) Printing of Quantity Sheets

In order to print Quantity Sheets in Addenda, the first page number of each run that is being revised and reissued is entered. For example a run of this Quantity Sheet originally had 5 pages starting at 23 and ending at 27. The Addendum sheets would be numbered 23-1, 23-2, 23-3, etc.

8.0 Issuing an Extension of Time An extension of time is issued when there is a change to the closing date and/or time of a Contract. This most commonly occurs as a result of an Addendum, in order to allow sufficient time for bidders to assess the changes and revise their bids accordingly. The Designer must use the QD Change NSSP to document the change as shown below.

9.0 Formatting the Addenda Tender Document The Addenda document that is generated from CPS requires editing and formatting by the Designer in order to produce a final copy suitable for tendering. When editing documents the Designer should display and make use of the paragraph marks and other hidden formatting symbols. Due to CPS limitations, certain changes may not be captured by the automated process in CPS therefore the Designer must check to ensure that all changes are accounted for. The Designer may have to manually add certain information to the Addendum document.


CHAPTER G Addenda

a) Document Header Care should be taken not to delete the Section Breaks in the document otherwise the document header may be affected and or deleted particularly on the first page of the Addendum Tender Document.

b) Removal of White Space When generating an Addendum from CPS, there is a large area of white space on the first page of the document. Deleting the white space may result in the unintentional deletion of the "section break" contained in the document which will result in the deletion of the header information from the first page therefore the Designer must use the “cut” and “Paste” tools to move some of the content from the second page of the Addendum into the white space on the first page.

Before: After: 10.0 The Tender Item List

A new Tender Item List is automatically generated each time an Addendum Tender Document is generated in CPS. If there are no changes to Tender Items or quantities then the list can be deleted. If there are changes to Tender Items or quantities then the new Tender Item List that is generated with the Addendum must be submitted.


CDED CHAPTER H Contract Review, Submission, and Tendering

CHAPTER H

CONTRACT REVIEW,

SUBMISSION, AND TENDERING

August 2017 CDED H-050

CDED CHAPTER H Contract Review

CONTRACT REVIEW 1.0 Introduction

The thorough and accurate preparation of the Contract Package and associated documents is vital since the final product forms a legal contract between the Ministry/Owner and a Contractor to construct the Work as designed. This requires that the Contractor be given clear and accurate information so that a construction tender bid can be prepared and the Work can be constructed as designed with minimal changes in total cost or construction scope.

2.0 Preparation of the Contract Package Preparation of the Contract Documents and final Contract Package takes place during Phase 3 - Contract Preparation, of the detail design process. During this process Designers must exercise great care in the preparation of the Contract Documents, as the Owner warrants that the information furnished in the documents can be relied upon with only limited exceptions. The designer must avoid inconsistencies or conflicts in the contents of the Contract Documents. In the event of any inconsistencies or conflicts in the contents of the Contract Documents, the Order of Precedence outlined in the General Conditions (GCs) is used to establish the governing requirement. Contract Documents take precedence and govern in the following order:

a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Standard Specifications f) Standard Drawings g) Tender h) MTO General Conditions of Contract i) Working Drawings

Later dates govern within each of the above categories of documents.

August 2017 (UNDER REVIEW) Page 1 of 2 CDED H-100

CDED CHAPTER H Contract Review

In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Contract Drawings, the following rules apply:

a) Dimensions shown in figures on a drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions scaled from the same drawing.

b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale. c) Detailed drawings shall govern over general drawings. d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same

series. In the event of any conflict in the contents of Standards the following order of precedence shall govern:

a) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications and Drawings b) Other Standards referenced by OPSSs and OPSDs (e.g., CSA, CGSB,

ASTM, and ANSI)

3.0 Assembly of the Final Contract Package Assembly of the final Contract Package (contract drawings, tendering documents, specifications, schedule, cost estimates, etc.) takes place near the end of Phase 3 of the Detail Design process. At the conclusion of this phase the Contract Package is totally complete and all drawings, documentation and special provisions are in final form. The project then enters Phase 4 - Contract Review and Approval

4.0 Review of the Final Contract Package Review and submission of the Contract Package takes place during Phase 4 of the Detail Design process. During this phase the Designer must perform a detailed and thorough review of the Contract Package including, but not limited, to the items identified on the Contract Package Review Checklist provided in Section H-401. The checklist is provided to assist the Designer in compiling deliverables and is not to be considered exhaustive or meeting the requirements for a comprehensive review. During this phase the fully completed Contract Package is presented to Senior Management to obtain approval to proceed to tendering and construction. Once approval has been obtained the Contract Package is submitted for tendering. Submission and tendering takes place during Phase 5 - Tendering, which is discussed in further detail in Sections H-200 and H-300 of this chapter.


CDED CHAPTER H Contract Submission

CONTRACT SUBMISSION 1.0 Introduction

Submission of the Contract Package takes place during Phase 5 - Tendering of detail design. During this phase the final Contract Package is submitted to the Regional Contract Review Office then to the Contract Tendering Section (CTS) in St. Catharines for advertising on the Ministry's Registry, Appraisal and Qualification System (RAQS). A complete Contract Package consists of everything required to tender a project, including the Tender Document, Plans, Drawing Books, Quantity Sheets, attachments, submission form, checklists, reports, cost estimates, etc. All components must be completed and submitted in their entirety as part of the submission of the Contract Package.

2.0 Submission to Regional Contract Review Office (CRO) Contract Packages are to be submitted in full on the due date specified by the CRO which is typically 4-6 six weeks prior to the scheduled advertising date. On the due date the designer shall transfer ownership of the CPS file to the CRO and shall submit the following completed items:

• Contract Package Submission Form (See H-410). • Contract Package Review Checklist (See H-401). • CPS Quality Assurance Report. • Detailed estimates for all Lump Sum and Major Items. • A final formatted copy of the Tender Document. • Contract Drawings and Quantity Sheets in PDF format. • Contract Attachments in PDF format.

3.0 Submission to Contract Tendering Section (CTS) Contract Packages to be tendered by CTS via RAQS on-line tendering system are to be submitted in full on the due date specified by CTS which is typically 2 weeks prior to the scheduled advertising date. On the due date the CRO shall transfer ownership of the CPS file to CTS and submit the remainder of the contract package in its entirety via Enterprise Attachment Transfer Service (EATS).



4.0 CTS Submission Guidelines a) Submission Enquiries

• Enquiries regarding regional submission of contract packages should be

directed to the appropriate regional Contract Review Officer (CRO). • Enquiries regarding Provincial Office submissions should be directed to

Team Lead, Contract Tendering Section (CTS), telephone 905-704-2198. • Project managers and service providers should direct all communications

to CTS via the regional CRO. The contract number must be quoted in the subject line of all enquiries to CTS and the distribution of all contract related correspondence should include the Team Lead and Contract Technicians.

• Enquiries regarding issues related to Contract Preparation System (CPS) should be directed to Andy Luo, Design Innovation Section, telephone 905-704-2332.

b) Due Dates

• Due dates for submission of contract packages to CTS are set at two weeks prior to the advertising date shown on the Capital Construction Advertising and Award Schedule issued weekly by ISB, Capital Programming Section.

• CROs must review the schedule weekly and report any discrepancies to their Regional Program Development Officer in order for the information to be updated in Contract Improvement Delivery System (CID).

• Contract Packages must be submitted in full to CTS by the regional CRO, on or before the due date. The submission must include all items as detailed in section 3.1 above. All contract documents and attachments must be in electronic .PDF format and transferred via e-mail or Enterprise Attachment Transfer Service (EATS).

c) Rejection of Submissions The following may result in the rejection of a submission and a delay to the scheduled advertising and tender opening dates.

• Submissions that do not comply with the requirements of these guidelines. • Failure to submit a complete package and transfer all files and documents,

on the due date.



• CPS files that are not up to date as of the submission date; files that crash when the Tender Package is generated or contain improperly formatted SP’s, obsolete/history entries, or missing information.

d) Regional Review of Documents Posted on RAQS/MERX

• Final documents posted on the Registry, Appraisal and Qualification System (RAQS/MERX) must be reviewed by the MTO Project Manager and members of the Design Team. Any errors or omissions should be reported to CTS immediately.

e) Contract Drawing Book Contract Drawing Books shall be provided to the Contract Tendering Section in the following format:

• Submit each book as a separate PDF file. • Individual file size must be 40 MB or less. • Plan Books are to be separated into Contract Drawings and Quantity

Sheets. • File naming protocol to be used is:

- 2015-1234 Contract Drawings - Book 1 of 1 - 2015-1234 Quantity Sheets - Book 1 of 1

• Where file size necessitates splitting up the electronic files the naming protocol is: - 2015-1234 Contract Drawings - Book 1 of 1 - File 1 of 2 - 2015-1234 Contract Drawings - Book 1 of 1 - File 2 of 2

• Each book shall be limited to approximately 100 pages (double sided). • Format drawing sheets to 11 x 17 inches. • The Plan Book Index shall be produced in and exported from CPS, not

AutoCAD.

5.0 Attachments That Do Not Form Part of the Contract Designers must exercise care when including contract attachments in order to clearly distinguish between those that are intended to form part of the Contract Package/Contract Documents and those that are being made available to bidders for information purposes only.



Care must be taken to clearly distinguish and identify the documents that are being provided to bidders for information purposes only for example as constructed drawings from previous contracts in the area or copies of old contract documents, otherwise they will be deemed to form part of the Contract.

6.0 Changes After Submission Revisions to the Contract Documents may be necessary after submission of the Contract Package for tendering. Changes that affect the bid price significantly should be incorporated even after submission for tendering. The MTO Project Manager is responsible for ensuring that any changes made to the Contract Package after submission for tendering, are reviewed by the Contract Review Officer (CRO), endorsed by the appropriate Functional Area or Provincial Functional Office (PFO), and approved by the appropriate manager (e.g. Area Manager, Manager of Engineering, Manager of Operations, etc.). Changes that are submitted with sufficient lead time can sometimes be incorporated into the Contract Package before advertising. When this is not possible an Addendum will be required.

7.0 Review and Submission of Addenda a) Review of Addenda

Prior to submission of an addendum to the Regional Contract Review Officer (CRO), the Designer must complete a comprehensive review of the documents including but not limited to the items outlined in the Addenda Review Checklist provided in Section H-402. The checklist is provided to assist the Designer in compiling deliverables and is not to be considered exhaustive or meeting the requirements for a comprehensive review.

b) Submission of Addenda Addenda packages are to be submitted in full on the due date specified by the CRO. On the due date the designer shall transfer ownership of the CPS Addendum file to the CRO and submit the following items completed in full:

• Addendum Package Review Checklist (See H-402). • CPS Quality Assurance Report. • Detailed estimates for Lump Sum and Major Items added via the

Addendum.



• A final formatted copy of the Addendum tender document. • Final PDF copies of Addendum Contract Drawings, Addendum Quantity

Sheets, and other applicable attachments. Addenda packages for projects tendered by CTS via RAQS/MERX on-line tendering system are to be submitted in full on the due date specified by CTS. On the due date the CRO shall transfer ownership of the CPS Addendum file to CTS and shall submit the remainder of the Contract Package in its entirety via Enterprise Attachment Transfer Service (EATS).


CDED CHAPTER H Contract Tendering

CONTRACT TENDERING 1.0 Introduction

Tendering is the process of transitioning a project from design to construction. It begins after the Executive Review milestone has been completed and approval of the Contract Package has been obtained. It is finished when the Contract has been awarded. The primary office involved in the tendering of highway capital construction projects is:

• Contract Management Office (CMO) - Contract Award o Contract Tendering Section (CTS) o Estimating Section (ES)

2.0 Requirements for Tendering

For tendering to occur, the Contract Package must be completed and all required clearances (i.e. property, utilities, environmental, etc.) must have been obtained. During the tendering phase the designer shall:

• Submit supporting design documentation. • Submit the Contract Package for tendering in accordance with the Contract

Package Submission Guidelines using the Contract Package Submission Form.

• Respond to enquiries from Contract Tendering Section prior to advertising. • Respond to contractor bid enquiries. • Provide information requested by the bidders during tendering in accordance

with Highway Design Bulletin 2010-01 Providing Digital Information to Contractors.

• Prepare Contract Addenda during bidding, if required. 3.0 Highway Costing System (HiCo)

Highway Costing System (HiCo) is an application used to estimate the costs of building and maintaining roads and highways. In 2010, the ministry introduced HiCo.Net, a new web based version of HiCo that is accessible from any browser or operating system.



HiCo.Net is the key application that is used in the tendering and award process to create estimates for evaluating bid data. Its primary function is to assess the values of work projects based on historical bidder data. These values are used in the evaluation of tender bids to award contracts. As contracts are awarded, the average bid data from the three lowest bidders of the tender is saved to the HiCo historical bidder database to be used for future cost analysis. Due to the sensitivity and confidentiality of this data, security levels control the privileges of internal and external users accessing the HiCo.Net system. Further information about the use of HiCo can be found in the HiCo.Net Training Guide available from the PMBP Website under Reference Materials > Training.

4.0 Award / Non-Award Process

Table A details the typical steps and activities involved in the award / non-award of a capital construction project. The timeline reflects the number of days elapsed from the date of tender close.

Table A Typical Award Process

Day Milestone Details

Day 1

Tender Estimate is Submitted to ADM

- Estimating Section (ES) faxes the Ministry’s Official Tender Estimate directly to the Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM) before the tender closes.

Day 1

Tender Closes - Tenders close Tue/Wed/Thu, at 11am, 1:30pm and 3pm. - Two CTS staff members unlock the bids electronically in EBS. A third staff

member publishes the bids on RAQS, usually within 30 minutes.

Day 2

Unit Prices Due - Unit prices are submitted electronically through EBS by the 3 low bidders within 24 hours of the tender opening. CTS uploads the unit prices to HiCo where they remain confidential and accessible only to EO staff.

- Within 24 hours the 3 low bidders are also required to fill-in and submit the following declarations to CTS via fax: • Part 1(a) & 1(b) Certification-Conflict of Interest • Part 2 Disclosure-Conflict of Interest

Day 6

Bid Review Completed - ES reviews bids, looking for value and ensuring unit bids are balanced and there are no signs of collusion on the part of the industry.

- Where the bid price is within 10% of the Ministry’s official estimate, a report is not required and the Recommendation for Acceptance of Tender form is forwarded for signing.

- Where the bid price deviates from the Ministry’s Official Estimate by ±10%, EO prepares a Contract Tender Report indicating their recommendation for either acceptance or non-acceptance of the tender. • If acceptance is recommended, a copy of the report and a

Recommendation for Acceptance of Tender form is forwarded to Manager of Contracts, Manager CMO, Director CMOB, and ADM PHM for review and sign-off.

• If non-acceptance is recommended, a copy of the report and a Recommendation for Non-Acceptance of Tender form is forwarded for




signing. - During this period Regional Head of Program Planning provides information

directly to Manager Programs and Transportation at (MNDM) for all northern contracts funded by them. During this period MNDM has the opportunity to address concerns before the final recommendation is signed.

Day 7

Recommendation for Acceptance or Non-Acceptance of Tender is Received from ES

- Fully signed Recommendation for Acceptance/Non-Acceptance of Tender form is received by EO and a copy is forwarded to CTS.

Day 7

Notification of Acceptance of Tender Letter is Issued

- If the contract is being awarded the Notification of Acceptance of Tender letter is issued and a complete contract package consisting of the following documents is forwarded to the successful Contractor: • Drawings, Quantity Sheets, Reports, Miscellaneous Attachments, etc. • Addenda • Filled-in version of Part 1(a) or 1(b) Certification-Conflict of Interest • Filled-in version of Part 2 Disclosure-Conflict of Interest

- The following are also included in the package and where necessary must be filled-in and returned to CTS within 7 days: • Instructions Regarding Execution of the Contract Documents • Material Delivery Schedule (Applicable only if there are materials being

supplied by MTO.) • Appointment of Agent (Applicable only if there are multiple company

names listed on the submission.) • Agreement • Unit prices, (3) letters, contract title page, and scanned signatures from

Contractor are forwarded to the Region. • A copy of the Recommendation and title page is forward to Investment

Strategies Branch. - In order to comply with insurance requirements the Contractor requires the

name of the Contract Administrator which is not always available nor easily obtainable from the region. This sometimes necessitates the submission of an amended certificate at a later date.

Day 7

Notification of Non-Acceptance of Tender Letter is Issued

- Manager CMO or Director CMOB provides verbal notification to the Contractor before issuing the Notification of Non-Acceptance of Tender letter.

- Manager CMO or Director CMOB signs letter. Once fully signed form is received, CTS proceeds with issuing the Notification of Non-Acceptance of Tender letter to the Contractor.

- In the case of a non-award the process ends here.

Day 7

OH&S Letter Is Issued to the Contractor

- Occupational Health and Safety letter is issued to the Contractor requiring them to provide a Notice of Project.

Day 7

GST Letter Is Issued to the Contractor

- Statement of Use - Goods and Services Tax letter is issued to the contractor

Day 14

Contractor Submits Executed Documents to CTS

- Contractor returns the following documents to CTS: • OH&S Notice of Project • WSIB Clearance Certificate • Proof of Insurance/Certificate (can sometimes cause minor delays) • Critical Path Schedule • Material Delivery Schedule (when applicable) • Appointment of Agent (must contain seals) • Agreement (must contain seals)

- The Contractor also forwards copies of the Critical Path Schedule directly to the Regional Contracts Office.




Day 14

Executed Documents are Reviewed

- If all the documentation is in order, a fax is sent to the Contractor and the Region advising them that the Contractor may begin surveying and erecting temporary signs, but work is not to be started until the Critical Path Schedule has been reviewed and accepted by the Region.

Day 14

Notification of Acceptance of Contract Documentation Letter Is Issued

- Notification of Acceptance of Contract Documentation letter is issued to the Contractor. The Material Delivery Schedule is initialled by CTS and a copy is sent back to the Contractor for their records.

Day 14

Documents Forwarded to the Region

- CTS sends the Regional Contracts Office a copy of the Notification of Acceptance of Contract Documentation letter, any spare Critical Path Schedules, the Material Delivery Schedule, and the Appointment of Agent Form.

- From this point on the Region assumes responsibility. CTS does not receive notification of review and approval of the “Critical Path Schedule”.

Day 14

Documents Forwarded to Queen’s Park

- The following documents are forwarded to Queen’s Park for review and signature of the Minister: • Agreement • Recommendation for Acceptance of Tender • Briefing Note • Key Plan • Ministers Approval Form

- Return of documentation usually takes 1 - 4 weeks.

Day 21

Contractor Receives Permission to Start Work

- The Region normally issues permission to start work within 2 - 5 days of receiving the Critical Path Schedule.

Day 28+

Documents Returned from Queen’s Park

- Signed documents are received from Queen’s Park, one copy is kept on file and one copy is sent to the Contractor for their records.

Day 28+

Executed Copy of Contract is Sent to Contractor

- A third untitled letter is issued to the Contractor indicating that an executed copy of the Contract is attached for their records.

5.0 Contract Award

Contract award is completed with the execution of the construction contract. This takes place at the conclusion of the award process when the Agreement (the signed document between the Minister or delegated representative and the Contractor for the performance of the Work included in the Contract Documents) has been signed/executed by both parties.


CDED CHAPTER H CTS Forms and Checklists

CONTRACT TENDERING SECTION (CTS) FORMS AND CHECKLISTS 1.0 Introduction

The following forms and checklists required for the review and submission of Contract Packages to the Contract Tendering Section (CTS) are provided in CPS as follows:

H-401 Contract Package Review Checklist (Coming Soon) H-402 Addenda Review Checklist (Coming Soon) H-410 Contract Package Submission Form (Coming Soon) H-411 Design Build Contract Package Submission Form (Coming Soon) H-420 Foundation Investigation Reports Cover Page H-422 Contract Drawings Cover Page - Central Region H-423 Contract Drawings Cover Page - West Region H-424 Contract Drawings Cover Page - Eastern Region H-425 Contract Drawings Cover Page - Northeastern Region H-426 Contract Drawings Cover Page - Northwestern Region H-427 Contract Drawings Cover Page - Addendum H-430 Quantity Sheets Cover Page H-431 Quantity Sheets Cover Page - Addendum


FOUNDATION INVESTIGATION REPORT

CONTRACT NO. 2017-XXXX

REPORT NO. X

WE

ST

NO

RTH

RE

GIO

N

EA

NO

RTH

RE

GIO

N

W